TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Mark One)
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
☒
☐
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021
or
Commission file number 001-36777
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Bermuda
98-0585280
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
Wellesley House, 2nd Floor, 90 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke HM08, Bermuda
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (441) 278-4580
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Names of each exchange on which registered
Common Shares, par value $0.0002 per share
JRVR
NASDAQ
Global Select Market
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No x
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter)
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the
definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
x
Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer
☐ Smaller reporting company
☐
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting
standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section
404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report . ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No x
The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s common shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2021, computed by reference to the closing sales price on the NASDAQ
Global Select Market on that date, was approximately $1,362,783,768.
The number of the Registrant’s common shares outstanding was 37,448,314 as of February 25, 2022.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the James River Group Holdings, Ltd. Proxy Statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120
days after the year covered by this Form 10-K with respect to the 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
BUSINESS
RISK FACTORS
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
PROPERTIES
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
[RESERVED]
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
OTHER INFORMATION
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
FORM 10-K SUMMARY
2
Page
5
5
40
67
67
67
68
69
69
70
71
101
102
102
102
103
103
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
109
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Unless the context indicates or suggests otherwise, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to
James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements may be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or
current facts. You may identify forward-looking statements in this Annual Report by the use of words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,”
“intends,” “plans”, “seeks” and “believes,” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could.”
These forward-looking statements include, among others, all statements relating to our future financial performance, our business prospects and strategy,
anticipated financial position and financial strength ratings, liquidity and capital needs and other similar matters. These forward-looking statements are
based on management’s current expectations and assumptions about future events, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in
circumstances that are difficult to predict.
Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report as a
result of various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, among others:
• the inherent uncertainty of estimating reserves and the possibility that incurred losses may be greater than our loss and loss adjustment expense
reserves;
• inaccurate estimates and judgments in our risk management may expose us to greater risks than intended;
• the downgrade in the financial strength rating of our regulated insurance subsidiaries announced May 7, 2021, or further downgrades, impacting
our ability to attract and retain insurance and reinsurance business that our subsidiaries write, our competitive position, and our financial
condition;
• the potential loss of key members of our management team or key employees, and our ability to attract and retain personnel;
• adverse economic factors resulting in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in the frequency or severity of claims, or both;
• a persistent high inflationary environment could have a negative impact on our reserves, the values of our investments and investment returns, and
our compensation expenses;
• reliance on a select group of brokers and agents for a significant portion of our business and the impact of our potential failure to maintain such
relationships;
• reliance on a select group of customers for a significant portion of our business and the impact of our potential failure to maintain, or decision to
terminate, such relationships;
• our ability to obtain reinsurance coverage at prices and on terms that allow us to transfer risk and adequately protect our Company against financial
loss;
• losses resulting from reinsurance counterparties failing to pay us on reinsurance claims, insurance companies with whom we have a fronting
arrangement failing to pay us for claims, or a former customer with whom we have an indemnification arrangement that fails to perform their
reimbursement obligations;
• inadequacy of premiums we charge to compensate us for our losses incurred;
• changes in laws or government regulation, including tax or insurance law and regulations;
• the ongoing effect of Public Law No. 115-97, informally titled the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which may have a significant effect on us including,
among other things, by potentially increasing our tax rate, as well as on our shareholders;
• in the event we do not qualify for the insurance company exception to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules and are therefore
considered a PFIC, there could be material adverse tax consequences to an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation;
• the Company or any of its foreign subsidiaries becoming subject to U.S. federal income taxation;
• a failure of any of the loss limitations or exclusions we utilize to shield us from unanticipated financial losses or legal exposures, or other liabilities;
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
• losses from catastrophic events, such as natural disasters and terrorist acts, which substantially exceed our expectations and/or exceed the amount of
reinsurance we have purchased to protect us from such events;
• the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and associated government actions on our operations and financial performance;
• potential effects on our business of emerging claim and coverage issues;
• exposure to credit risk, interest rate risk and other market risk in our investment portfolio;
• the potential impact of internal or external fraud, operational errors, systems malfunctions or cyber security incidents;
• our ability to manage our growth effectively;
• failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (“Sarbanes-Oxley”);
• changes in our financial condition, regulations or other factors that may restrict our subsidiaries’ ability to pay us dividends; and
• other risks and uncertainties discussed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Accordingly, you should read this Annual Report completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from
what we expect.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. Except as expressly required under federal securities laws and the rules
and regulations of the SEC, we do not have any obligation, and do not undertake, to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or
circumstances arising after the date of this Annual Report, whether as a result of new information or future events or otherwise. You should not place undue
reliance on the forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report or that may be made elsewhere from time to time by us, or on our behalf. All
forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 1. BUSINESS
General
PART I
James River Group Holdings, Ltd. is a Bermuda-based holding company. We own and operate a group of specialty insurance and reinsurance
companies. For the year ended December 31, 2021, approximately 70.4% of our group-wide gross written premiums originated from the U.S. excess and
surplus (“E&S”) lines market. Substantially all of our business is casualty insurance and reinsurance, and for the year ended December 31, 2021, we
derived 96.9% of our group-wide gross written premiums from casualty insurance and reinsurance. Our objective is to generate compelling returns on
tangible equity, while limiting underwriting and investment volatility. We seek to accomplish this by earning profits from insurance and reinsurance
underwriting and generating meaningful risk-adjusted investment returns, while managing our capital. Our group includes three operating segments: Excess
and Surplus Lines, Specialty Admitted Insurance and Casualty Reinsurance.
We write very little property or catastrophe insurance and no property catastrophe reinsurance. For the year ended December 31, 2021, property
insurance and reinsurance represented 3.1% of our gross written premiums. When we do write property insurance, we buy reinsurance to significantly
mitigate our risk. We have structured our reinsurance arrangements so that our modeled net pre-tax loss from a 1/1000 year probable maximum loss
("PML") event would not exceed 2.5% of shareholders’ equity on a group-wide basis.
We report our business in four segments: Excess and Surplus Lines, Specialty Admitted Insurance, Casualty Reinsurance and Corporate and Other.
The Excess and Surplus Lines segment sells E&S commercial lines liability and property insurance in every U.S. state and the District of Columbia
through James River Insurance Company (“James River Insurance”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, James River Casualty Company (“James River
Casualty”). The Excess and Surplus Lines segment produced 55.3% of our gross written premiums and 67.3% of our net written premiums for the year
ended December 31, 2021. James River Insurance and James River Casualty are both non-admitted carriers. Non-admitted carriers writing in the E&S
market are not bound by most of the rate and form regulations imposed on standard market companies, allowing them flexibility to change the coverage
terms offered and the rate charged without the time constraints and financial costs and delays associated with the filing of such changes with state
regulators and seeking approval for the filings. In 2021, the average account in this segment (excluding commercial auto policies) generated annual gross
written premiums of approximately $23,000. The Excess and Surplus Lines segment distributes primarily through wholesale insurance brokers. Members
of our management team have participated in this market for over three decades and have long-standing relationships with the wholesale brokers who place
E&S lines accounts.
The Specialty Admitted Insurance segment has admitted licenses and the authority to write excess and surplus lines insurance in 50 states and the
District of Columbia through Falls Lake National Insurance Company (“Falls Lake National”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Stonewood Insurance
Company (“Stonewood Insurance”) and Falls Lake Fire and Casualty Company (“Falls Lake Fire and Casualty”). The Specialty Admitted Insurance
segment produced 32.6% of our gross written premiums and 11.3% of our net written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Specialty
Admitted Insurance segment has two areas of focus. We write a select book of workers’ compensation coverage for building trades, healthcare employees
and light manufacturing, among other light to medium hazard risks in select U.S. states. We also write fronting business which has become a significant
element of our revenues and profits in this segment. In our fronting business, we retain a small percentage of the risk, generally 10%-30%, and seek to earn
fee income. When we front, we use our legal authority, financial strength rating, underwriting experience and claims infrastructure to write insurance to
service clients (usually managing general agents and reinsurers) who assume the vast majority of the risk on each fronted policy. Because we retain little
premium or risk in our fronted business, we can allocate less capital per dollar of revenue to fronted policies than to policies where we retain more risk,
which we believe enhances our returns on equity. The Specialty Admitted Insurance segment accepts applications for insurance from a variety of sources,
including independent retail agents, program administrators and managing general agents (“MGAs”).
The Casualty Reinsurance segment distributes through reinsurance brokers and produced 12.1% of our gross written premiums and 21.4% of our net
written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Casualty Reinsurance segment provides proportional and working layer casualty reinsurance
to third parties and to our U.S.-based insurance subsidiaries. Typically, we structure our reinsurance contracts (also known as treaties) as quota share
arrangements, with loss mitigating features, such as commissions that adjust based on underwriting results. We frequently include risk mitigating features
in our working layer excess of loss treaties, such as paid reinstatements. On a premium volume basis, treaties with loss mitigation features, including
sliding scale ceding commissions, represented 58.9% of the net premiums written by our Casualty Reinsurance segment during 2021. We typically do not
assume large individual risks in our Casualty Reinsurance segment, nor do we write property catastrophe reinsurance. Most of the underlying policies
assumed by our Casualty Reinsurance segment have a $1.0 million per occurrence limit, and we typically assume only a portion of that exposure. We do
not assume stand-alone third-party property business at our Casualty Reinsurance segment, but we do have a small amount of assumed business
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
with ancillary property exposure. 65.7% of gross premiums written by our Casualty Reinsurance segment during 2021 were general liability accounts.
The Casualty Reinsurance segment writes third party business through one entity, JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd. ("JRG Re"). Through December
31, 2017, we had intercompany reinsurance agreements under which we ceded 70% of the net written premiums of our U.S. subsidiaries (after taking into
account third-party reinsurance) to JRG Re. Effective January 1, 2018, we generally discontinued ceding 70% of our U.S.-written premiums to JRG Re and
instead ceded 70% of our U.S.-written premiums to Carolina Re Ltd ("Carolina Re"). This business is ceded under quota-share reinsurance treaties with
ceding commissions that are negotiated at arm’s length. We exclude the effects of intercompany reinsurance agreements from the presentation of our
segment results, consistent with the way we manage the Company. At December 31, 2021, 41.2% of our invested assets were held at JRG Re.
The Corporate and Other segment consists of the management and treasury activities of our holding companies, equity compensation for the group,
and interest expense associated with our debt.
In 2021, our operating subsidiaries wrote $1,507.3 million of gross written premiums, allocated by segment and underlying market as follows:
Gross Written Premiums by Segment
Excess and Surplus Lines segment
Specialty Admitted Insurance segment
Casualty Reinsurance segment
Gross Written Premiums by Market
Non-admitted markets
Admitted markets
Gross Written
Premiums
Year Ended
December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
% of Total
$
$
$
$
833,657
491,561
182,081
1,507,299
1,060,562
446,737
1,507,299
55.3 %
32.6 %
12.1 %
100.0 %
70.4 %
29.6 %
100.0 %
The A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”) financial strength rating for our group’s regulated insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries is “A-” (Excellent)
with a stable outlook. This rating reflects A.M. Best’s evaluation of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’ financial strength, operating performance
and ability to meet obligations to policyholders and is not an evaluation directed towards the protection of investors. The rating for our operating insurance
and reinsurance companies of “A-” (Excellent) is the fourth highest rating of the thirteen ratings issued by A.M. Best and is assigned to insurers that have,
in A.M. Best’s opinion, an excellent ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.
The financial strength ratings assigned by A.M. Best have an impact on the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to attract and retain agents and brokers
and on the risk profiles of the submissions for insurance that our subsidiaries receive. We believe the “A-” (Excellent) ratings assigned to our insurance and
reinsurance subsidiaries allow our subsidiaries to actively pursue relationships with the agents and brokers identified in their marketing plans.
Recent Developments
Issuance of Series A Preferred Shares
On February 24, 2022, we entered into an Investment Agreement with GPC Partners Investments (Thames) LP (“GPC Partners”), an affiliate of
Gallatin Point Capital LLC, relating to the issuance and sale of 150,000 7% Series A Perpetual Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares, par value
$0.00125 per share (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), for an aggregate purchase price of $150.0 million, or $1,000 per share, in a private placement. The
closing of the transaction is expected to occur on March 1, 2022 (the “Closing Date”).
The Series A Preferred Shares rank senior to our common shares with respect to dividend rights and rights on the distribution of assets on any
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, upon which the holders of Series A Preferred Shares would receive the greater of the
$1,000 liquidation preference per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, or the amount they would have received if they had converted all of their Series
A Preferred Shares to common shares immediately before such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to a dividend at the initial rate of 7% of the $1,000 per share liquidation preference per annum,
paid in cash, in-kind in common shares or in Series A Preferred Shares, at our election. On
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
the five-year anniversary of the Closing Date, and each five-year anniversary thereafter, the dividend rate will reset to a rate equal to the five-year U.S.
treasury rate plus 5.2%. Dividends will accrue quarterly and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year,
commencing June 30, 2022.
The Series A Preferred Shares are convertible at the option of the holders thereof at any time into common shares at a conversion price set forth in the
Certificate of Designations designating the Series A Preferred Shares (the “Certificate of Designations”), which is subject to anti-dilution adjustments. We
may also require the Series A Preferred Shares to convert to common shares under certain circumstances. The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares may
require us to repurchase their shares upon the occurrence of certain change of control events.
Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to vote with the holders of the common shares on an as-converted basis, and are entitled to a
separate class vote with respect to certain actions specified in the Certificate of Designations.
The Series A Preferred Shares held by GPC Partners, together with any common shares received on conversion of Series A Preferred Shares or as
dividends with respect to Series A Preferred Shares, may not vote in excess of 9.9% of the aggregate voting power of our voting securities on an as
converted basis. In addition, unless and until we obtain the shareholder approval required by Nasdaq Listing Standard Rule 5635, if such rule is applicable,
GPC Partners will be subject to a 19.9% cap on voting power and beneficial ownership of our outstanding voting securities. GPC Partners and any
transferees will also be subject to the voting limitations imposed on all U.S. persons contained in our bye-laws to the extent such restrictions are applicable.
Until GPC Partners and its permitted transferees no longer beneficially own Series A Preferred Shares and/or common shares issued or issuable upon
conversion of such Series A Preferred Shares that represent in the aggregate at least 50% of the number of common shares beneficially owned by them, on
an as-converted basis, as of the Closing Date, GPC Partners will be entitled to designate one candidate for nomination to our Board of Directors. Until
required regulatory approvals are obtained, such individual will have observer status.
GPC Partners is obligated to comply with certain standstill provisions and transfer restrictions, and is entitled to customary registration rights for the
common shares issuable on conversion of, or payable as dividends on, the Series A Preferred Shares.
Loss Portfolio Transfer Retrocession Agreement
On February 23, 2022, JRG Reinsurance Company, Ltd. (“JRG Re”), the Company’s property/casualty reinsurance subsidiary, entered into a Loss
Portfolio Transfer Retrocession Agreement (the “Retrocession Agreement”) with Fortitude Reinsurance Company, Ltd. (“FRL”). The Retrocession
Agreement will close upon receipt of regulatory approval by FRL and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions (the date on which all closing
conditions are satisfied, the “Retrocession Closing Date”).
Pursuant to the Retrocession Agreement, JRG Re will (a) cede to FRL all existing and future claims for losses arising under certain casualty
reinsurance agreements with underlying insurance companies with treaty inception dates ranging from 2011 to 2020 (the “Subject Business”), in each case
net of third-party reinsurance and other recoveries, up to an aggregate limit of $400.0 million; (b) continue to manage and retain the benefit of other third-
party reinsurance on the Subject Business; (c) pay FRL a reinsurance premium of $335.0 million, $310.0 million of which JRG Re will credit to a notional
funds withheld account (the “Funds Withheld Account”) and $25.0 million of which JRG Re will pay in cash to FRL; and (d) pay FRL a 2% per annum
crediting rate on the Funds Withheld Account balance on a quarterly basis. The total premium, Initial Funds Withheld Account credit, and aggregate limit
will be adjusted for claims paid from October 1, 2021 to the Retrocession Closing Date.
Our History
In 2002, a group of experienced insurance executives created James River Group, Inc. (“James River Group”). James River Group was listed on the
NASDAQ Stock Market (symbol: JRVR) in 2005. James River Group had two insurance company subsidiaries, James River Insurance and Stonewood
Insurance Company (“Stonewood Insurance”). Both of these subsidiaries as well as James River Group remain subsidiaries of ours.
In 2007, a group of investors acquired James River Group, at which point it ceased trading as a public company. Simultaneously, the investors and
management founded and capitalized JRG Re, and we began the process of building our present company.
In December 2014, we completed an initial public offering of our common shares (the “IPO”). Institutional investors sold all of the common shares in
the IPO. Neither the Company nor any of its management or other shareholders sold shares in the IPO.
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we have the following competitive strengths:
Broad Underwriting Expertise. We strive to be innovative in tailoring our products to provide solutions for our distribution partners and insureds, and
we are willing to entertain insuring many types of risk classifications. As a result, we believe we are a “go to” market for a wide variety of risks. We are
able to structure solutions for our insureds and the wholesale brokers with whom we work because of our deep technical expertise and experience in the
niches and specialties we underwrite.
Emphasis on Lowering Volatility. We earn our profits by taking underwriting and investment risk. We underwrite many classes of insurance and
invest in many types of assets. We believe we have minimal exposure to material property risks and did not have material losses from property risks during
2021.
We seek to limit our catastrophic underwriting exposure in all areas, but in particular to property risks and catastrophic events. Our U.S. primary
companies purchase reinsurance from unaffiliated reinsurers to reduce our net exposure to any one risk or occurrence. In addition, our policy forms and
pricing are subject to regular formal analysis in an effort to ensure we are insuring the types of risks we intend and that we are being appropriately
compensated for taking on those risks. When we write reinsurance, we seek to avoid catastrophic risks and contractually limit the amount of exposure we
have on any one risk or occurrence. We prefer to structure our assumed reinsurance treaties as proportional or quota share reinsurance, which is generally
less volatile than excess of loss or catastrophe reinsurance. We believe this structure aligns our interests with those of the ceding company.
Meaningful Risk Adjusted Investment Returns. We seek to generate meaningful contributions to company profitability from our investment portfolio.
We attempt to follow a diversified strategy that emphasizes the preservation of our invested assets, provides adequate liquidity for the prompt payment of
claims and produces attractive results for our shareholders. Within that context, we seek to improve risk-adjusted returns in our investment portfolio by
allocating a portion of our portfolio to investments where we take measured risks based upon detailed knowledge of certain niche asset classes. Investment
grade fixed maturity securities make up the majority of our investment portfolio, and we are comfortable allocating a portion of our assets to non-traditional
investments. We consider non-traditional investments to include investments that are (1) unrated bond or fixed income securities, (2) non-listed equities or
(3) investments that generally have less liquidity than rated bond or fixed income securities or listed equities. Non-traditional investments represented 8.9%
of our total cash and invested assets (excluding restricted cash equivalents) at December 31, 2021, consisting of syndicated bank loans (6.7%) and other
invested assets (2.2%) that include interests in limited liability companies that invest in renewable energy opportunities, limited partnerships that invest in
debt or equity securities, notes receivable for renewable energy projects, and a private debt security. While we are willing to make investments in non-
traditional types of investments, we seek to avoid asset classes and investments that we do not understand. The weighted average credit rating of our
portfolio of fixed maturity securities, bank loans and preferred stocks as of December 31, 2021 was “A”. At December 31, 2021, the average duration of
our investment portfolio was 4.0 years.
Talented Underwriters and Operating Leadership. The managers of our 15 underwriting divisions have an average of over 25 years of industry
experience, substantial subject matter expertise and deep technical knowledge. They have been successful and profitable underwriters for us in the specialty
casualty insurance and reinsurance sectors. Our segment presidents all have extensive backgrounds and histories working in management capacities in
specialty casualty insurance and reinsurance. Our newly joined Chief Actuary, Chief Claims Officer and Chief Underwriting Officer also bring extensive
backgrounds in operational leadership within specialty casualty insurance and reinsurance, including a deep focus on risk management.
Robust Technology and Data Capture. We seek to ground our underwriting decisions in reliable historical data and technical evaluation of risks. Our
underwriters utilize intuitive systems and differentiated technologies. We have implemented processes to capture extensive data from our book of business,
before, during and after the underwriting analysis and decision. We use the data we collect to inform and, we believe, improve our judgment about similar
risks as we refine our underwriting criteria. We use the data we collect in regular formal review processes for each of our lines of business and significant
reinsurance treaties.
Focus on Small and Medium-Sized Casualty Niche and Specialty Business. We believe that small and medium-sized casualty accounts, in niche areas
where we focus, are consistently among the most attractive subsets of the property-casualty insurance and reinsurance market. We think the unique
characteristics of the risks within these markets require each account to be individually underwritten in an efficient manner.
Many carriers have chosen either to reject business that requires individual underwriting or have attempted to automate the underwriting of this
highly variable business. Since our inception, we have embraced technology to greatly reduce the cost of individually underwriting these accounts in our
Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty Admitted Insurance segments. We are investing in technologies that may bring additional insights to our
underwriters and allow them to refine and improve their
8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
risk selection and pricing. We continue to have our underwriters make individual judgments regarding the underwriting and pricing of accounts. Our
experience leads us to believe this approach, combining expert judgment and technology designed to provide our underwriters with relevant information
and quick processing, is still more likely to produce consistent results over time and across markets. While we believe the insurance and reinsurance
industry is generally overcapitalized at this time, we are successfully increasing rates in our Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty Admitted Insurance
segments. Pricing on our E&S renewal book has increased for twenty consecutive quarters. The E&S and Specialty Admitted segments combined
represented 87.9% of our gross written premiums and 78.6% of our net written premiums for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. We believe that
there are compelling opportunities for measured but profitable growth in many sectors of the insurance markets we target.
Active Claims Management. Our U.S.-based primary insurance companies actively manage claims as part of keeping losses and loss adjustment
expenses low. We attempt to investigate thoroughly and settle promptly all covered claims, which we generally accomplish through direct contact with the
insured and other affected parties. We have historically been able to close approximately 95% of claims from a particular policy year within the five
subsequent years, and as of December 31, 2021, our reserves for claims incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) were 64.4% of our total net loss reserves.
Efficient Operating Platform. We have what we believe to be an extremely attractive expense ratio, as we carefully manage personnel and all other
costs throughout our group while growing our business. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our expense ratio was 23%. At December 31, 2021, 41.2%
of our invested assets were held at JRG Re.
Our Strategy
We believe our approach to our business will help us achieve our goal of generating compelling returns on tangible equity while limiting volatility in
our financial results. This approach involves the following:
Generate Consistent Underwriting Profits. We seek to make underwriting profits each and every year. We attempt to find ways to grow in markets
we believe to be profitable, but are less concerned about growth than maintaining profitability in our underwriting activities (measured without regard to
investment income). We are willing to reduce the premiums we write when we cannot achieve the pricing and contract terms we believe are necessary to
meet our financial goals.
Maintain a Strong Balance Sheet. Balance sheet integrity is key to our long-term success. In order to maintain balance sheet integrity, we seek to
estimate the amount of future obligations, especially reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, in a consistent and appropriate fashion.
Earn a Meaningful Contribution from Investments. We seek to earn a meaningful contribution to our overall returns from our investment portfolio
activities each year. We attempt to balance the preservation of assets, liquidity needs and mitigation of volatility with returns across our portfolio. We
believe our diversified portfolio and ability to source investment opportunities positions us well to generate returns while balancing the importance of
maintaining a strong balance sheet.
Focus on Specialty Insurance Markets and Fee Income. We focus on specialty markets in which our underwriters have particular expertise and in
which we have fewer competitors than in standard markets, and greater flexibility to price and structure our products in accordance with our underwriting
strategy. We believe underwriting profitability can best be achieved through restricting our risk taking on insurance and reinsurance to niches where,
because of our expertise, we can distinguish ourselves in the underwriting and pricing process. We also believe that we can achieve attractive returns on
capital through the growth of our fronting business, as we carefully manage credit and collateral to generate attractive fee income, while generally utilizing
less capital than in our highly underwritten businesses.
Use Timely and Accurate Data. We design our internal processing and data collection systems to provide our management team with accurate and
relevant information in real-time. We collect premium, commission and claims data, including detailed information regarding policy price, terms,
conditions and the nature of the insured’s business. This data allows us to analyze trends in our business, including results by individual agent or broker,
underwriter and class of business and expand or contract our operations quickly in response to market conditions. We rely on our information technology
systems in this process. Additionally, the claims staff also contributes to our underwriting operations through its communication of claims information to
our underwriters.
Respond Rapidly to Market Opportunities and Challenges. For the year ended December 31, 2021, gross written premiums for the Excess and
Surplus Lines segment excluding commercial auto (“Core E&S”) increased by 19.4% over the same period in 2020. We plan to grow our business to take
advantage of opportunities in markets in which we believe we can use our expertise to generate consistent underwriting profits. We seek to measure rates
monthly and react quickly to changes in the rates or terms the market will accept. In this favorable pricing environment, we have taken steps to grow and
are increasing gross written premiums across most underwriting divisions in this segment. In 2021, our growth was primarily focused in our Excess
Casualty, General Casualty, Manufacturers & Contractors, Excess Property, and Life Sciences divisions within our Excess and Surplus Lines segment. This
very specific evaluation of each risk or class of risks is a hallmark of our underwriting.
9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
When market conditions have been challenging, or when actual experience has not been as favorable as we anticipated, or when the size or risk profile
of certain insureds or lines of business change, we have tried to act quickly to evaluate our situation and to make course corrections in order to protect our
profits and preserve tangible equity. Our actions have included reducing our writings when margins tightened and exiting lines or classes of business when
we believed the risk of continuing in a line outweighed the potential rewards from underwriting. We do not hesitate to increase loss estimates when we
determine that it is appropriate.
Manage Capital Actively. We invest and manage our capital with a goal of consistently increasing tangible equity for our shareholders and generating
attractive returns on tangible equity. We intend to expand our premium volume and capital base to take advantage of opportunities to earn an underwriting
profit or to reduce our premium volume and capital base if attractive underwriting opportunities are not available. We expect to finance our future
operations with a combination of debt and equity and do not intend to raise or retain more capital than we believe we can profitably deploy in a reasonable
time frame or that is reasonably necessary to bolster the capital positions of our regulated insurance entities. We may not, however, always be able to raise
capital when needed. Our ratings from A.M. Best are very important to us, as are our relationships with our regulators, and maintaining them in good order
is a principal consideration in our decisions regarding capital management.
Our Structure
The chart below displays our corporate structure as of December 31, 2021 as it pertains to our holding and operating subsidiaries.
Business Segments
Excess and Surplus Lines Segment
We underwrite non-admitted E&S business through our subsidiaries, James River Insurance Company and James River Casualty Company (together,
“James River,” which comprises our Excess and Surplus Lines segment), from offices in Richmond, Virginia; Scottsdale, Arizona; and Atlanta, Georgia.
The Excess and Surplus Lines segment is our largest segment, representing 55.3% of consolidated gross written premiums for the year ended December 31,
2021. James River has been engaged in the E&S insurance market for 19 years.
The E&S industry focuses on insuring commercial insureds that may be unable to purchase insurance from standard lines insurers typically due to
perceived risk related to their products or operations. Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment underwrites property-casualty insurance in all states and the
District of Columbia. We utilize a network of authorized wholesale brokers and general agents throughout the United States. In 2021, our Excess and
Surplus Lines segment’s gross written premiums increased by 19.2% over 2020. In 2020, our Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s gross written premiums
shrank by 24.2% relative to 2019 due to the early cancellation in late 2019 of a large commercial auto account. Gross written premiums for our Core E&S
business, which excludes our commercial auto division, grew by 19.4% and 29.5% in 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Excess and Surplus Lines segment
produced a weighted-average combined ratio of 95.2% from 2012 through 2021.
10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Companies that underwrite on an E&S lines basis operate under a different regulatory structure than standard market carriers. E&S lines carriers are
generally permitted to craft the terms of the insurance contract to suit the particular risk they are assuming. E&S lines carriers are, for the most part, free of
rate and form regulation. In contrast, standard market carriers are generally required to use approved insurance forms and to charge rates that have been
authorized by or filed with state insurance departments. However, as E&S carriers, our insurance subsidiaries in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment are
not backed by any state’s guarantee fund, and in most states these subsidiaries may only write coverage for an insured after they have been denied coverage
by the standard market and signed declarations stating that the insured is aware that it will not have access to any state guarantee funds should these
subsidiaries be unable to satisfy their obligations.
Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment underwrites coverage for a wide range of commercial businesses and does not write personal lines insurance.
Applications for insurance are presented to us by authorized wholesale brokers who are typically engaged by retail agents after their clients have been
rejected by standard markets.
In late 2017, the Excess and Surplus Lines segment started a binding contract unit (as part of our Small Business underwriting division) where limited
authority for underwriting is delegated to a select, but growing, group of agents on a limited number of General Liability classes through a company
designed online portal.
All claims for business written by the Excess and Surplus Lines segment are managed by our internal claims department although we use independent
adjusters for inspection and payment of certain claims.
The chart below identifies the Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s divisions and sets forth the amount of gross written premiums by each division.
E&S Division
2021
Percentage
of Total
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Gross Written Premiums
Year Ended December 31,
Excess Casualty
General Casualty
Manufacturers and Contractors
Excess Property
Energy
Life Sciences
Allied Health
Commercial Auto
Small Business
Environmental
Sports and Entertainment
Professional Liability
Medical Professionals
Total
$
$
285,082
140,608
139,720
47,241
46,216
35,935
35,192
34,630
32,593
17,050
9,442
8,104
1,844
833,657
34.2 % $
16.9 %
16.8 %
5.7 %
5.5 %
4.3 %
4.2 %
4.2 %
3.9 %
2.0 %
1.1 %
1.0 %
0.2 %
100.0 % $
213,037 $
125,433
122,880
37,332
51,109
35,163
26,918
30,029
24,790
17,753
6,118
6,881
1,700
699,143 $
118,954 $
115,832
105,096
31,606
45,442
24,462
26,713
405,565
19,725
16,539
4,212
6,441
1,733
922,320 $
66,452 $
54,127
79,160
16,963
33,942
16,636
30,450
322,126
14,808
10,499
3,685
5,916
1,774
656,538 $
51,160
38,097
85,719
14,447
29,704
12,981
19,181
247,960
11,307
7,920
3,021
6,326
2,297
530,120
Excess Casualty underwrites excess liability coverage for a variety of risk classes including manufacturers, contractors, distributors and transportation
risks. Typically, we provide between $1.0 million and $10.0 million per occurrence limits above a $1.0 million attachment point. Of this amount, we retain
up to $1.0 million of exposure per occurrence and cede the balance to our reinsurers. We write excess liability coverage above our own primary policies, as
well as policies issued by third parties. When we write above others’ policies, we are selective regarding underlying carriers, focusing on the nature of the
business, the financial strength of the carrier, their pricing and their claims handling capabilities. The underwriter who heads this division has 39 years of
industry experience.
General Casualty writes primary liability coverage on businesses exposed to premises liability type claims including real estate, mercantile and retail
operations, apartments and condominiums, daycare facilities, hotels and motels, restaurants, bars, taverns and schools. The head underwriter in this division
has 35 years of experience. Typically, we write $1.0 million per occurrence in limits, and we retain the entire $1.0 million limit.
Manufacturers and Contractors writes primary general liability coverage for a variety of classes, including manufacturers of consumer, commercial,
and industrial products and general and trade contractors. Typically, we issue a $1.0 million per
11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
occurrence limit in this division and we retain the entire $1.0 million limit. The individual overseeing this division has 39 years of industry experience.
Excess Property writes property risks providing limits in various layers above the primary coverage layer for a variety of classes, including
apartments, condominiums, resorts, shopping centers, offices and general commercial properties. Typical per risk limits offered range from $5.0 million to
$30.0 million on a gross basis, and a maximum of $5.0 million on a net of reinsurance basis. The average net per risk limit is approximately $1.6 million as
of December 31, 2021. We retain up to the first $5.0 million in any one event or catastrophe. The underwriter leading our Excess Property division has 33
years of experience in the industry.
Energy writes risks engaged in the business of energy production, distribution or mining, and the manufacture of equipment used in the energy
business segment. Examples of classes underwritten by this division include oil and gas exploration companies, oil or gas well drillers, oilfield consultants,
oil or gas lease operators, oil well servicing companies, oil or gas pipeline construction companies, fireworks manufacturing, mining-related risks, utilities,
and utility contractors. We provide policy limits up to $11.0 million, with typical limits between $1.0 million and $5.0 million per occurrence, retaining up
to $1.0 million in limit net on either a primary or excess basis. The underwriter leading this division has more than 39 years of experience in the business.
Life Sciences underwrites general liability, products liability and/or professional liability coverage for manufacturers, distributors and developers of
biologics (antibodies & vaccines used for the prevention of disease), nutraceuticals (health, nutrition and herbal supplements), human clinical trials,
pharmaceuticals (mainly generics and over-the-counters) and medical devices. This division also writes a book of various types of business engaged in the
medical and adult-use cannabis industry. We provide policy limits up to $11.0 million (up to $10.0 million on cannabis), with typical limits between $1.0
million and $5.0 million per occurrence, retaining up to $1.0 million in limit net. The underwriter at the head of this division has 39 years of experience in
the industry.
Allied Health underwrites casualty insurance for allied health and social service types of risks, such as long-term care facilities, independent living
apartments, group homes, half-way houses and shelters, drug rehabilitation, home health care and medical staffing enterprises. We provide policy limits up
to $11.0 million, with typical limits between $1.0 million and $5.0 million per occurrence, retaining up to $1.0 million in limit net. The underwriter
responsible for this unit has 29 years of experience in the business. Approximately 88% of the premiums written by our Allied Health division from
inception through 2021 have been written on a claims-made and reported form. We believe this policy form significantly reduces our long-term exposure in
this complicated class of business.
Commercial Auto underwrites primarily the hired and non-owned auto liability exposures for a variety of industry segments including package and
food delivery services. On December 31, 2019, we terminated coverage for our largest commercial auto insured (Rasier) which comprised $374.2 million
of gross written premiums in 2019, representing 40.6% of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s gross written premiums and 25.4% of our consolidated
gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2019. The underwriter leading this division has 35 years of experience. Limits assumed are
retained by the Company, in some cases subject to self-insured retentions of the insureds.
Small Business concentrates on brokerage accounts with annual primary liability insurance premiums of less than $10,000. For these smaller risks, we
limit flexibility in coverage options and pricing to facilitate quick turnaround and efficient processing. We generally write $1.0 million per occurrence
limits and retain the entire amount. The underwriter leading this division has 29 years of industry experience.
Environmental underwrites contractors’ pollution liability, products pollution liability, site specific pollution liability and consultant’s professional
liability coverage on a stand-alone basis and in conjunction with the general liability coverage. The underwriter heading our Environmental division has
more than 39 years of experience in the business. Typically, we write environmental coverage for contractors who are not engaged in environmental
remediation work on an occurrence form. We provide policy limits up to $11.0 million, with typical limits between $1.0 million and $5.0 million per
occurrence, retaining up to $1.0 million in limit net on a primary or excess basis.
Sports and Entertainment underwrites primary liability coverage for sports and entertainment related risks, including special events, family
entertainment centers, tourist attractions, health clubs and sport teams, leagues and complexes. Typical limits offered are up to $1.0 million per occurrence,
and we retain the entire $1.0 million limit. The underwriter at the head of this division has 35 years of experience in the industry.
Professional Liability writes professional liability coverage for accountants, architects, engineers, lawyers and certain other professions. We provide
policy limits up to $11.0 million, with typical limits between $1.0 million and $5.0 million per occurrence, retaining up to $1.0 million in limit net. The
individual who directs our professional liability division has 29 years of industry experience. All of our professional liability coverage is written on a
claims-made and reported basis.
12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Medical Professionals underwrites non-standard physicians’ professional liability for individuals or small groups. Our healthcare business is a mix of
both surgical and non-surgical classes. We typically provide between $1.0 million and $3.0 million per occurrence limits and retain up to $1.0 million of
exposure per occurrence and cede the balance to our reinsurers. All of the policies written by this division have been issued on a claims-made and reported
basis. The underwriter leading this division has 29 years of experience.
The following table identifies the top producing states by amount of gross written premium for our Excess and Surplus Lines segment for the year
ended December 31, 2021 and the amount of gross written premium produced by such states for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017.
The table also shows the percentage of each states’ gross written premium to total gross written premium in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment for the
years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
State
California
Florida
Texas
New York
Washington
New Jersey
Pennsylvania
Illinois
Massachusetts
Arizona
Louisiana
Georgia
Ohio
Missouri
North Carolina
All other states
Total
2021
2020
2019
Gross
Written
Premiums
% of
Total
Gross
Written
Premiums
% of
Total
Gross
Written
Premiums
% of
Total
2018
Gross
Written
Premiums
2017
Gross
Written
Premiums
$
$
147,677
137,880
128,312
101,820
22,778
22,131
22,055
19,010
16,682
16,544
15,723
15,522
13,156
11,967
10,060
132,340
833,657
17.7 % $
16.5 %
15.4 %
12.2 %
2.7 %
2.7 %
2.6 %
2.3 %
2.0 %
2.0 %
1.9 %
1.9 %
1.6 %
1.4 %
1.2 %
15.9 %
100.0 % $
136,532
104,120
79,338
108,778
16,407
17,621
19,008
16,243
13,762
12,782
13,968
11,934
9,210
10,080
7,957
121,403
699,143
19.5 % $
14.9 %
11.4 %
15.6 %
2.4 %
2.5 %
2.7 %
2.3 %
2.0 %
1.8 %
2.0 %
1.7 %
1.3 %
1.4 %
1.1 %
17.4 %
100.0 % $
368,488
67,700
51,978
89,680
16,573
13,425
16,206
14,491
34,494
9,023
16,001
10,936
10,537
14,628
9,950
178,210
922,320
40.0 % $
7.3 %
5.6 %
9.7 %
1.8 %
1.5 %
1.8 %
1.6 %
3.7 %
1.0 %
1.7 %
1.2 %
1.1 %
1.6 %
1.1 %
19.3 %
100.0 % $
213,729 $
47,918
31,604
54,417
17,329
12,147
8,562
20,893
19,758
5,160
12,654
9,120
13,043
9,424
10,305
170,475
656,538 $
153,340
55,502
29,567
47,585
13,697
17,486
12,041
25,853
13,587
8,302
8,508
15,787
8,283
5,729
8,199
106,654
530,120
Marketing and Distribution
The Excess and Surplus Lines segment distributes its products through a select group of authorized E&S lines brokers we believe can consistently
produce reasonable volumes of quality business. These brokers procure policies for their clients from us as well as from other insurance companies. At
December 31, 2021, the segment had authorized 109 broker groups to submit applications to us. The Excess and Surplus Lines segment generally makes
broker authorizations by brokerage office and underwriting division. The segment does not grant its brokers underwriting or claims authority. The segment
does delegate limited authority under several programs underwritten by exclusive General Agents as well as a growing but still limited number of General
Agents underwriting small-account commercial risks through our online contract binding portal.
Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment selects its brokers based upon management’s review of the experience, knowledge and business plan of each
broker. While many of our Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s brokers have more than one office, we evaluate each office as if it were a separate entity.
Brokers must be able to demonstrate an ability to competently produce both the quality and quantity of business that we seek. Brokers unable to produce
consistently profitable business, or who produce unacceptably low volumes of business, may be terminated. Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s
underwriters visit brokers regularly to discuss the products that we offer and the needs of the brokers. We believe the personal relationships we foster with
individual brokers and our ability to respond to a wide variety of risks placed by these brokers make us an important market for them.
Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s three largest brokers produced $568.9 million of gross written premiums for the year ended December 31,
2021, representing approximately 68.2% of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s gross written premiums and 37.7% of consolidated gross written
premiums for 2021. The three largest brokers produced $239.1 million (Ryan Specialty Group), $197.3 million (AmWins Group), and $132.5 million
(Truist Insurance Holdings) of gross written
13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
premiums for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, representing 15.9%, 13.1%, and 8.8% of consolidated gross written premiums and 28.7%,
23.7%, and 15.9% of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s gross written premiums for 2021, respectively.
In 2021 and 2020, our Excess and Surplus Lines segment paid an average commission to producers of 16.6% and 15.1%, respectively, of gross written
premiums.
Underwriting
Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s staff includes over 200 individuals directly employed in underwriting policies as of December 31, 2021. We
are very selective about the policies we bind. Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment binds approximately 4% of new submissions and one out of every five
new quotes. We realize all excess and surplus lines applications have already been rejected by the standard market. If our underwriters cannot reasonably
expect to bind coverage at the combination of premiums and coverage that meet our standards, they are encouraged to quickly move on to another
prospective opportunity. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we received approximately 303,000 submissions (new and renewal, excluding commercial
auto policies), quoted over 62,000 policies and bound over 25,000 policies.
When we accept risk in our Excess and Surplus Lines segment, we are careful to establish terms that are suited to the risk and the pricing. As an
excess and surplus lines writer, we use our freedom of rate and form to make it possible to take on risks that have already been rejected by admitted carriers
who have determined they cannot insure these risks on approved forms at filed rates. We attempt to craft policies that offer affordable protection to our
insureds by tailoring coverage in ways that make potential losses more predictable and are intended to reduce claims costs.
We design our internal processing and data collection systems to provide our management team with accurate and relevant information in real-time.
We collect premium, commission and claims data, including detailed information regarding policy price, terms, conditions and the nature of the insured’s
business. This data allows us to analyze trends in our business, including results by individual broker, underwriter and class of business and expand or
contract our operations quickly in response to market conditions. We rely on our information technology systems in this process. Additionally, the claims
staff also contributes to our underwriting operations through its communication of claims information to our underwriters.
Claims
We believe that effective management of claims settlement and any associated litigation avoids delays and associated additional costs.
Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s claims department consists of over 85 claims professionals as of December 31, 2021 with significant claims
experience in the property-casualty industry.
Our excess and surplus lines business generally results in claims from premises/operations liability, professional liability, hired and non-owned auto
liability, auto physical damage, first party property losses and products liability. We believe the key to effective claims management is timely and thorough
claims investigation. We seek to complete all investigations and adjust reserves appropriately as soon as is practicable after the receipt of a claim. We seek
to manage the number of claims per adjuster to allow adjusters sufficient time to investigate and resolve claims. Senior management reviews each case
above a specified amount at least quarterly to evaluate whether the key issues in the case are being considered and to monitor case reserve levels. We keep
the settlement authority of front-line adjusters low to ensure the practice of having two or more members of the department participate in the decision as to
whether to settle or defend. In addition, cases with unusual damage, liability or policy interpretation issues are subjected to peer reviews. Members of the
underwriting staff participate in this process. Prior to any scheduled mediation or trial involving a claim, claims personnel conduct further peer review to
make sure all issues and exposures have been adequately analyzed.
Our claims staff also contributes to our underwriting operations through communication of claims information to our underwriters. Members of our
Claims management team participate on our forms committee, which reviews and develops all policy forms and exclusions, and are also members of the
underwriting review committee.
Approximately 92% of all claims received are closed within five years in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment.
14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The calendar year net loss ratios for the Excess and Surplus Lines segment for the last ten years were:
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
52.6 %
40.4 %
55.2 %
54.5 %
62.6 %
80.2 %
78.8 %
84.4 %
76.7 %
106.2 %
The calendar year loss ratios for 2017 through 2021 were impacted by adverse reserve development of $38.7 million, $20.7 million, $57.4 million,
$91.4 million, and $200.1 million, respectively, in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to a former insured, Rasier LLC and its
affiliates (“Rasier”). The loss ratio for 2021 also includes $5.0 million of net catastrophe losses related to Hurricane Ida in the Excess Property line of
business.
On September 27, 2021, James River entered into a loss portfolio transfer reinsurance transaction with Aleka Insurance, Inc. (“Aleka”), a captive
insurance company affiliate of Rasier, to reinsure substantially all of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment's legacy portfolio of commercial auto policies
previously issued to Rasier for which James River is not otherwise indemnified by Rasier. Under the terms of the transaction, effective as of July 1, 2021,
James River ceded to Aleka approximately $345.1 million of commercial auto liabilities relating to Rasier policies written in the years 2013-2019, which
amount constituted the reinsurance premium. The reinsurance coverage is fully collateralized, not subject to an aggregate limit, and subject to certain
exclusions.
Specialty Admitted Insurance Segment
The Falls Lake Insurance Companies (“Falls Lake”) comprise our other U.S. insurance segment, Specialty Admitted Insurance. Falls Lake consists of
Falls Lake National Insurance Company (an Ohio domiciled company, licensed in 49 states and the District of Columbia and registered as a surplus lines
company in California), and its subsidiaries Stonewood Insurance Company (a North Carolina domiciled company) and Falls Lake Fire and Casualty
Company (a California domiciled company). The Specialty Admitted Insurance segment produced 32.6% of consolidated gross written premiums for the
year ended December 31, 2021.
Our plan is to continue to use our broad licensure and significant management expertise to earn substantial fee income as well as underwriting profits.
The Specialty Admitted Insurance segment consists of:
• Individual risk workers’ compensation business, underwritten by our staff and generated by appointed agents in 13 states, that produced 11.7% of
2021 gross written premiums in this segment, (15.6% in 2020, 16.4% in 2019, 14.8% in 2018, 13.9% in 2017, and 21.7% in 2016); and
• Fronting and program business written through selected MGAs, insurance carriers, and other producers, which represented 88.3% of 2021 gross
written premiums in this segment, (84.4% in 2020, 83.6% in 2019, 85.2% in 2018, 86.1% in 2017, and 78.3% in 2016).
Traditional Workers’ Compensation Business
Our individual risk workers’ compensation business, produced through a distribution channel comprised of appointed independent retail agents and a
limited number of appointed wholesale brokers, remains a regionally focused effort in select Southeastern U.S. states. We made the strategic decision in
2020 to focus our efforts towards the Southeast, and to substantially reduce our presence in other states. This decision was based upon a wide range of
factors, including ability to exceed internal performance metrics, regulations regarding pricing and cost containment, and our agent relationships. For the
year ended December 31, 2021, approximately 36% of our retail produced workers’ compensation direct written premiums were in North Carolina, 17%
were in Georgia, 17% were in Missouri, and 12% were in Virginia. Building trades represented approximately 32% of the direct premiums in force in our
retail produced workers’ compensation book in 2021. Other significant industry groups include specialty transportation (14%), healthcare employees
(13%), goods and services (13%), manufacturing (13%), and agriculture (8%). We view our retail produced workers’ compensation business as a core
competency and seek to make consistent underwriting profits from it. We recognize the cyclical nature of this line and are prepared to contract the business
rapidly when rates decline, or the regulatory or economic environment makes it difficult to contain costs.
15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fronting & Program Business
In our fronting business we issue insurance policies for another insurance company which may not have the licensure, product suite or rating to serve
its desired market, or for a program supported by reinsurance or alternative capital provider(s). We generally retain 10%-30% of the underwriting risk in
our fronting business. The issuance of our policy makes us contractually responsible to the insured in the event they experience a covered loss. We enter
into these arrangements selectively with counterparties which have significant experience and market presence in their desired segment of property-
casualty, workers' compensation or automobile business. Underwriting, claims and financial performance is subject to regular review by our staff, and we
hold appropriate collateral to manage counterparty credit risk. We specifically grant limited authority for underwriting and claims administration and
employ a rigorous review process to ensure the authority is appropriately used within the terms of our contract, and that collateral held by us is appropriate
as determined by our personnel. We charge fees as a percentage of gross written premiums for issuing these policies. We establish fronting opportunities
through a variety of sources, including direct carrier relationships, MGAs and reinsurance brokers.
Due to our broad licensure and product filings, we are positioned to support this business on a broad basis throughout the United States. Because of
the more limited capital allocation required to support it, we believe the fronting business represents an efficient use of capital, and we continued to expand
this business in 2021. Two fronting agencies produced $124.1 million (Atlas General Insurance Services) and $89.5 million of gross written premiums in
2021, representing 8.2% and 5.9% of consolidated gross written premiums and 25.2% and 18.2% of the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment's gross
written premiums, respectively. Our fronting business saw growth related to new fronting relationships added since January 1, 2020 that generated $105.2
million and $35.0 million of gross written premium in the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Our objective over time is to utilize the combination of fee income and underwriting profits from our Specialty Admitted Insurance segment to
leverage our capital and improve returns on tangible equity. Additionally, we expect that this fee income, which was $22.7 million in 2021, $19.3 million in
2020, and $15.8 million in 2019, may be increasingly material in future periods and provide us with a steady revenue stream.
In a fronting arrangement, we give selected MGAs authority to act on our behalf to produce, underwrite and administer policies that meet our strict
underwriting and pricing guidelines. We enter into these arrangements selectively with agents who have significant experience and market presence in
specialty classes of property-casualty risks. Underwriting, claims and financial performance is subject to regular review by our staff. We only work with
MGAs who permit us to actively engage with them through a combination of onsite and offsite resources to facilitate our real-time supervision of their
work. We specifically grant limited authority for underwriting and claims administration and employ a rigorous review process to ensure the authority is
appropriately used.
We focus our coverage on casualty risks in our fronting business, although some property insurance is written. We seek to limit our risk generally
through reinsurance either on a proportional or excess of loss basis, or sometimes both. For initial claims oversight and administration, we generally
outsource frequency layer claims management to third-party administrators for the first $50,000 of a claim, and then provide supervisory control above this
amount.
Under the terms of these program agreements, we pay fixed commissions, often with a profit contingency. Our fronting business is distributed
primarily through MGAs and program managers.
Excluding our Atlas program, we have seventeen active fronting arrangements as of December 31, 2021. During 2021, these arrangements represented
62.4% of the segment’s gross written premium.
Casualty Reinsurance Segment
We report our business of writing reinsurance for third party insurance companies in our Casualty Reinsurance segment (representing 12.1% of
consolidated gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2021). We participate in the reinsurance business through our Bermuda domiciled
reinsurance subsidiary, JRG Re, which is licensed as a Class 3B reinsurer by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. JRG Re provides proportional and working
layer excess of loss treaty reinsurance to third parties and, through December 31, 2017, also to our U.S.-based insurance subsidiaries. For purposes of
management evaluation, this segment’s underwriting results only include premiums ceded by, and losses incurred with respect to, business assumed from
unaffiliated companies and does not include premiums and losses ceded under the internal reinsurance arrangements.
Our Casualty Reinsurance segment underwrote $182.1 million in gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2021, 96.7% of which
consisted of E&S risks. Of those third-party premiums written by JRG Re, 65.7% is classified by the company as general liability and 23.4% as non-
medical professional liability, with the balance primarily related to excess casualty and commercial auto coverages. We typically structure our reinsurance
treaties as quota share arrangements with loss and risk mitigating features that align our interest with that of the ceding companies. On a premium volume
basis, treaties written as “proportional” arrangements represented 95.5% of the third-party net written premiums during 2021 and treaties with loss
mitigation features including sliding scale ceding commissions represented 58.9%. We purchase very little retrocessional
16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
coverage in this segment. Almost all of the segment’s premiums are for casualty lines of business. The Casualty Reinsurance segment writes virtually no
reinsurance designed to respond specifically to natural catastrophes.
The Casualty Reinsurance segment’s three largest brokers generated $80.1 million, $53.9 million, and $20.0 million of gross written premiums,
respectively, representing 84.5% of the segment’s gross written premiums in the year ended December 31, 2021. The Casualty Reinsurance segment’s three
largest relationships with unaffiliated ceding companies generated $115.7 million of gross written premiums ($76.6 million, $22.9 million, and $16.2
million, respectively) representing 7.7% of consolidated gross written premiums and 63.5% of the Casualty Reinsurance segment's gross written premiums
for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Underwriting profits and investment income earned by JRG Re are exempt from U.S. taxation. We do, however, pay a 1% U.S. Federal excise tax on
premiums ceded to JRG Re. At December 31, 2021, JRG Re invested assets made up 41.2% of our total invested assets.
Corporate and Other Segment
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and other holding company employees are part of the Corporate and Other segment. This is
where we set and direct strategy for the group as a whole as well as high level objectives for each of the three operating segments. We make all capital
management, capital allocation, treasury functions, information technology and group wide risk management decisions in this segment. Our decisions at
this level also include reinsurance purchasing.
Purchase of Reinsurance
We routinely purchase reinsurance for our Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty Admitted Insurance segments and, less frequently purchase
retrocessional coverage for our Casualty Reinsurance segment. The purchase of reinsurance reduces volatility by limiting our exposure to large losses and
provides capacity for growth. In a reinsurance transaction, an insurance company transfers, or cedes, all or part of its exposure in return for a portion of the
premium. In a retrocession transaction, a reinsurer transfers, or cedes, all or part of its exposure in return for a portion of the premium. Our companies
remain legally responsible for the entire obligation to policyholders and ceding companies, irrespective of any reinsurance or retrocession coverage we may
purchase. Typically, we pay claims from our own funds and then seek reimbursement from the reinsurer or retrocessionaire, as applicable. There is credit
exposure with respect to losses ceded to the extent that any reinsurer or retrocessionaire is unable or unwilling to meet the obligations ceded by us under
reinsurance or retrocessional treaties. The ability to collect on reinsurance or retrocessional reinsurance is subject to many factors, including the solvency of
the counterparty and their interpretation of contract language and other factors. As of December 31, 2021, we have no material, ongoing disputes with any
reinsurer or retrocessionaire, and we are not aware of any credit quality issues with any of our reinsurers or retrocessionaires.
Purchased Property Reinsurance
Our focus on return on tangible equity leads us to avoid lines of business that we know are exposed to high degrees of volatility. The Excess and
Surplus Lines segment writes a limited book of excess property risks (approximately $47.2 million direct written premiums in 2021). The risks assumed in
this book are geographically dispersed and significantly reinsured to limit losses. The Excess and Surplus Lines segment may retain up to $5.0 million per
risk on our excess property book; however, the average retained amount per risk is approximately $1.6 million. In our Specialty Admitted Insurance
segment, we focus on casualty business, but we do write a limited amount of property insurance, principally through our fronting and programs business.
The focus in our Casualty Reinsurance segment is also primarily casualty business, but we do have a relatively small amount of assumed business with
property exposure.
In our Excess and Surplus Lines segment, we purchased a surplus share reinsurance treaty specifically designed to cover property risks. The surplus
share treaty along with facultative reinsurance helps ensure that our net retained limit per risk will be $5.0 million or less. Additionally, we purchased
catastrophe reinsurance of $40.0 million in excess of a $5.0 million retention for the group that is intended to cover the 1 in 1,000 year modeled aggregate
PML on the segment’s excess property book. We buy such high limits because we believe the property catastrophe models are less accurate when applied
to small books of business like ours than when applied to larger portfolios. Where the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment incurs incidental property
risks in its program book of business, the segment has purchased coverage for $4.0 million in excess of $1.0 million per occurrence, in addition to the
protection provided under the corporate $40.0 million in excess of $5.0 million catastrophe treaty. This is also intended to cover the 1 in 1,000 year
modeled aggregate PML on any property exposures the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment assumes. In our Casualty Reinsurance segment, we believe
that our maximum loss from a catastrophic event is approximately $2.0 million and, as a result, we do not currently purchase retrocessional reinsurance
coverage for property-catastrophe risks. We believe our pre-tax group-wide PML from a 1 in 1,000 year catastrophic event would not exceed 2.5% of
shareholders’ equity, inclusive of reinstatement premiums payable.
17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Purchased Casualty Reinsurance
In our Excess and Surplus Lines segment, there are five divisions where we only write $1.0 million per occurrence limits (Commercial Auto,
Manufacturers and Contractors, General Casualty, Small Business and Sports and Entertainment), and therefore, we do not purchase any specific
reinsurance for these policies. In the other divisions, where we issue policies with larger limits, we purchase reinsurance in excess of $1.0 million per
occurrence.
In our Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, there are two distinct reinsurance strategies. For individual risk workers' compensation, we purchase
$29.0 million excess of $1.0 million per occurrence; and, effective January 1, 2020, we also purchased a 70% quota share coverage of the primary $1.0
million. For our fronting and program business, we purchase proportional reinsurance and excess of loss reinsurance to limit our exposure to no more than
$500,000 per occurrence.
For both our Excess and Surplus Lines segment and our Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, we purchase a contingency clash reinsurance treaty
that covers all casualty business for $10.0 million in excess of $2.0 million per occurrence. This coverage is intended to respond in a situation where we
have multiple insured losses from the same event as well as extra contractual obligations or excess policy limits on an individual occurrence basis.
Effective January 1, 2020, we purchased an additional $10.0 million in claims made coverage for excess policy limits and extra contractual obligations
exposures above the clash and contingency treaty for the period 2014 to present.
In our Casualty Reinsurance segment, we currently purchase quota share retrocessional reinsurance in support of an individual assumed treaty where
an expense override is achieved. In prior periods, we have purchased proportional and excess of loss retrocessional coverage for particular situations related
to specific treaties, but have only done so on a limited basis.
For 2021, our top ten reinsurers represented 72.8% of our total ceded reinsurance recoverables, and all of these reinsurance recoverables were from
reinsurers with an A.M. Best rating of “A+” (Superior), are collateralized with letters of credit or by a trust agreement, or represent recoverables from a
state residual market for automobile insurance. The following table sets forth our ten most significant reinsurers by amount of reinsurance recoverables on
unpaid losses and the amount of reinsurance recoverables pertaining to each such reinsurer as well as its A.M. Best rating as of December 31, 2021:
Reinsurer
Swiss Reinsurance America Corporation
Aleka Insurance Company
Berkley Insurance Company
Safety National Casualty
Aioi Nissay Dowa Insurance Company
Hannover Ruck SE
Endurance Assurance Corporation
Munich Reinsurance America
American European Insurance Company
North Carolina Reinsurance Facility
Top 10 Total
Other
Total
Reinsurance
Recoverable as of
December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
A.M. Best Rating
December 31, 2021
A+
Unrated
A+
A++
A+
A+
A+
A+
(2)
B
Unrated
(1)
(3)
$
$
324,982
256,452
125,424
47,916
47,341
47,335
36,843
34,612
34,349
26,995
982,249
366,379
1,348,628
(1) This reinsurer is unrated. All material reinsurance amounts from this reinsurer are collateralized.
(2) This reinsurer is below A-. All material reinsurance recoverable amounts from this reinsurer are collateralized.
(3) The North Carolina Reinsurance Facility is a residual market mechanism for automobile insurance in North Carolina.
18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Amounts Recoverable from an Indemnifying Party and Reinsurer on Legacy Commercial Auto Book
James River previously issued a set of commercial auto insurance contracts to Rasier (the “Rasier Commercial Auto Policies”) under which James
River pays losses and loss adjustment expenses on the contracts. James River has indemnity agreements with Rasier (non-insurance entities) (collectively,
the “Indemnity Agreements”) and is contractually entitled to reimbursement for the portion of the losses and loss adjustment expenses paid on behalf of
Rasier under the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies and other expenses incurred by James River. On September 27, 2021, James River entered into a loss
portfolio transfer reinsurance agreement (the “LPT Agreement”) with Aleka to reinsure substantially all of the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies for which
James River is not otherwise indemnified by Rasier under the Indemnity Agreements. Under the terms of the LPT Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2021,
James River ceded to Aleka approximately $345.1 million of commercial auto liabilities relating to Rasier Commercial Auto Policies written in the years
2013-2019, which amount constituted the reinsurance premium.
Each of Rasier and Aleka are required to post collateral under the Indemnity Agreements and the LPT Agreement, respectively:
•
Pursuant to the Indemnity Agreements, Rasier is required to post collateral for the amounts recoverable or that may be recoverable under the
Indemnity Agreements, including, among other things, case loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, IBNR loss and loss adjustment expense reserves,
extra contractual obligations and excess policy limits liabilities. The collateral is provided through a collateral trust arrangement (the “Indemnity Trust”) in
favor of James River by Aleka. In connection with the execution of the LPT Agreement, James River returned $691.3 million to the Indemnity Trust,
representing the remaining balance of the amount withdrawn in October 2019, as was permitted under the indemnification agreements with Rasier and the
associated trust agreement. At December 31, 2021, the balance in the Indemnity Trust was $584.6 million, and, together with the balance of the Loss Fund
Trust (as defined below) attributable to the Indemnity Agreements as described below, the total balance of collateral securing Rasier’s obligations under the
Indemnity Agreements was $653.7 million.
•
Pursuant to the LPT Agreement, Aleka is required to post collateral equal to 102% of James River's estimate of Aleka's obligations under the LPT
Agreement, calculated in accordance with statutory accounting principles. The collateral is provided through a collateral trust arrangement (the “LPT
Trust”) established in favor of James River by Aleka. At December 31, 2021, the balance in the LPT Trust was $251.7 million, and, together with the
balance of the Loss Fund Trust (as defined below) attributable to the LPT Agreement as described below, the total balance of collateral securing Aleka’s
obligations under the LPT Agreement was $279.9 million. At December 31, 2021, the total reinsurance recoverables under the LPT Agreement was $272.3
million (including $256.5 million of unpaid recoverables and $15.9 million of paid recoverables).
In connection with the execution of the LPT Agreement, James River and Aleka entered into an administrative services agreement (the
“Administrative Services Agreement”) with a third party claims administrator (the “Administrator”) pursuant to which the Administrator handles the
claims on the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies for the remaining life of those claims. The claims paid by the Administrator are reimbursable by James
River, and pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, James River established a loss fund trust account for the benefit of the Administrator (the
“Loss Fund Trust”) to collateralize its claims payment reimbursement obligations. James River funds the Loss Fund Trust using funds withdrawn from the
Indemnity Trust, funds withdrawn from the LPT Trust, and its own funds, in each case in an amount equal to the pro rata portion of the required Loss Fund
Trust balance attributable to the Indemnity Agreements, the LPT Agreement and James River’s existing third party reinsurance agreements, respectively. At
December 31, 2021, the balance in the Loss Fund Trust was $102.0 million, including $69.2 million of which represented collateral supporting Rasier’s
obligations under the Indemnity Agreements and $28.2 million of which represented collateral supporting Aleka’s obligations under the under the LPT
Agreement. Funds posted to the Loss Fund Trust are classified as restricted cash equivalents on the Company's balance sheet.
While the LPT Agreement brings economic finality to substantially all of the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies, the Company has credit exposure to
Rasier and Aleka under the Indemnity Agreements and the LPT Agreement if the estimated losses and expenses of the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies
grow at a faster pace than the growth in our collateral balances. In addition, we have credit exposure if our estimates of future losses and loss adjustment
expenses and other amounts recoverable under the Indemnity Agreements and the LPT Agreement, which are the basis for establishing the collateral
balances, are lower than actual amounts paid or payable. The amount of our credit exposure in any of these instances could be material. To mitigate these
risks, we closely and frequently monitor our exposure compared to our collateral held, and we request additional collateral when our analysis indicates that
we have uncollateralized exposure.
19
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Reserve Policy
We seek to establish reserves that will adequately meet our obligations. All of our reserving actuaries are credentialed and our Chief Actuary has 37
years of industry experience. We engage independent actuarial consultants to review our decisions regarding reserves. Anticipated inflation is reflected
implicitly in the reserving process through analysis of cost trends and the review of historical development. We do not discount our reserves for losses and
loss adjustment expenses to reflect estimated present value. All of our methods to calculate net reserves include assumptions about estimated reinsurance
recoveries and their collectability. Reinsurance collectability is evaluated independently of the reserving process and appropriate allowances for
uncollectible reinsurance are established.
We maintain reserves for specific claims incurred and reported and reserves for claims incurred but not reported (“IBNR”). The process of establishing
loss reserves is complex and inherently imprecise because it must take into consideration many variables that are subject to the outcome of future events.
As a result, informed subjective estimates and judgments about our ultimate exposure to losses are an integral component of our loss reserving process.
Given that loss reserve estimates depend on the outcome of future events, changes in prior year estimates are generally unavoidable in the insurance
industry. These changes are sometimes referred to as "prior year loss development" or "reserve development" and are included in current operations.
We continually monitor reserves using the most recent information on reported claims and a variety of statistical techniques and we adjust our
estimates as experience develops or new information becomes known.
In many cases, several years may elapse between the occurrence of an insured loss, the reporting of the loss and our eventual payment of the loss. We
establish loss and loss adjustment expense reserves for the ultimate payment of all losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred. We estimate the reserve
for losses and loss adjustment expenses using individual case-basis valuations of reported claims. We also use statistical analyses to estimate the cost of
losses that have been incurred but not reported to us. These estimates are based on historical information and on estimates of future trends that may affect
the frequency of claims and changes in the average cost of claims that may arise in the future. We also consider various factors such as:
• The product line and volume of business;
• Loss emergence and insured reporting patterns;
• Underlying policy terms and conditions;
• Business and exposure mix;
• Trends in claim frequency and severity;
• Changes in operations;
• Emerging economic and social trends;
• Inflation;
• Changes in the regulatory and litigation environments; and
• Discussions with third-party actuarial consultants.
The procedures we use to estimate loss reserves assume that past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments and anticipated trends, is
an appropriate basis for predicting future events. It also assumes that adequate historical or other data exists upon which to make these judgments. These
estimates are by their nature subjective and imprecise, and ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses may vary from established reserves.
Our Reserve Committees consist of our Chief Actuary, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer. Additionally,
the presidents, chief financial officers and chief actuaries of each of our three insurance segments are also members of the Reserve Committee for their
respective segments. The Reserve Committees meet quarterly to review the actuarial recommendations made by each chief actuary and use their best
judgment to determine the best estimate to be recorded for the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses on our quarterly balance sheet. The
Company also engages an independent internationally recognized actuarial consulting firm to review the Company’s reserve estimates in the third and
fourth quarters of each year.
20
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table reflects our favorable (adverse) reserve development by segment during the calendar years 2021 to 2012 individually and in
aggregate.
Segment
Calendar Year
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
Cumulative Development
Excess and
Surplus Lines
Specialty
Admitted
Insurance
Casualty
Reinsurance
Grand Total
$
$
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(190,710)
(59,437)
(51,173)
(15,012)
(20,023)
24,079
25,424
27,283
40,734
20,122
(198,713)
$
$
2,500
5,011
5,252
5,560
2,721
3,822
3,531
5,854
1,410
(4,898)
30,763
$
$
(137,568)
(37,778)
(23,087)
(8,220)
(4,170)
(4,185)
(12,637)
(5,719)
(4,692)
(16,617)
(254,673)
$
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
$
(325,778)
(92,204)
(69,008)
(17,672)
(21,472)
23,716
16,318
27,418
37,452
(1,393)
(422,623)
(1) Includes $200.1 million of adverse development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2019 and prior contract years
with Rasier, partially offset by $9.4 million of favorable development from other divisions.
(2) Includes $91.4 million of adverse development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2018 and prior contract years
with Rasier, partially offset by $32.0 million of favorable development from other divisions.
(3) Includes $57.4 million of adverse development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2016 and 2017 contract years
with Rasier, partially offset by $6.2 million of favorable development from other divisions.
(4) Includes $20.7 million of adverse development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2016 contract year with
Rasier, partially offset by $5.7 million of favorable development from other divisions.
(5) Includes $38.7 million of adverse development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2016 contract year with
Rasier, partially offset by $18.6 million of favorable development from other divisions primarily from the 2014 through 2016 accident years.
(6) Includes adverse development primarily related to underwriting years 2014 through 2018. This adverse development was mainly in the general
liability and professional liability lines of business.
(7) Includes adverse development primarily related to accident years 2014 through 2018. This adverse development was mainly in the general liability and
commercial auto lines of business.
(8) Includes adverse development primarily related to accident years 2011 through 2016. This adverse development was mainly in the general liability
and commercial auto lines of business.
(9) Includes $9.0 million of adverse development on assumed crop business and $7.6 million of adverse development on other assumed business.
Among the indicators of reserve strength that we monitor closely is the amount of IBNR reserves held on our balance sheet for claims that have been
incurred but not yet reported. The table below sets forth our IBNR, total gross reserves and the percentage that IBNR represents of the total gross reserves,
in each case by segment and in the aggregate, at December 31, 2021. The percentage that IBNR represents of total gross reserves at December 31, 2021 is
59.6%.
21
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Total
Gross Reserves at December 31, 2021
IBNR
Total
(in thousands)
$
$
958,522 $
389,841
289,819
1,638,182 $
1,623,635
686,643
438,195
2,748,473
IBNR
% of Total
59.0 %
56.8 %
66.1 %
59.6 %
The table below sets forth our IBNR, total net reserves (prior to the $631,000 allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverables) and the
percentage that IBNR represents of the total net reserves, in each case by segment and in the aggregate, at December 31, 2021. The percentage that IBNR
represents of total net reserves at December 31, 2021 is 64.4%.
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Total
Net Reserves at December 31, 2021
IBNR
Total
(in thousands)
558,454 $
62,385
280,384
901,223 $
869,489
104,731
424,994
1,399,214
$
$
IBNR
% of Total
64.2 %
59.6 %
66.0 %
64.4 %
A significant portion of reported claims from prior policy years were closed at December 31, 2021 as shown below:
Percentage of Claims Closed at December 31, 2021
Excess and
Surplus Lines
Segment Excluding
Commercial
Auto
Excess and
Surplus Lines
Segment
Commercial
Auto
Specialty
Admitted
Insurance
Segment
Individual
Risk Workers’
Comp
Specialty
Admitted
Insurance
Segment
Fronting
and
Programs
91.8 %
88.7 %
90.3 %
85.0 %
71.5 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
99.9 %
99.8 %
87.5 %
99.8 %
99.8 %
98.2 %
93.3 %
75.3 %
97.7 %
95.1 %
92.2 %
87.4 %
80.3 %
Policy Year
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Investment Strategy
We attempt to generate better than market average risk-adjusted returns in our investment portfolio by taking measured risks based upon detailed
knowledge of certain niche asset classes. While we are willing to make investments in non-traditional types of investments, we avoid risks that we do not
understand well, as well as structures or situations we think could cause substantial loss of capital. The vast majority of our investment portfolio is
managed by third party, independent investment managers.
The majority of our investment portfolio is invested in what we refer to as our Core Portfolio of investment grade fixed income securities. This
portfolio provides predictable income with low risk of principal loss. We seek to augment the return on the Core Portfolio by investing in bank loans and
other higher yielding securities, including dividend paying common equities and private investments. We designed these strategies to improve our
investment return, and we are focused on opportunistic investing in areas where we believe our management, directors or employees have expertise or
appropriate understanding of the risk and return of the investment.
Our strategy is designed to earn higher returns than an investment grade fixed income approach alone while maintaining a high average portfolio
credit rating and investing in asset classes and allocations that are consistent with the insurance regulatory and rating agency framework within which we
operate. We generally focus on securities that provide some current income.
As a result of affiliated and third party reinsurance contracts, we have a significant asset base at JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd, which is domiciled in
Bermuda and is not subject to U.S. corporate taxation. At December 31, 2021, 41.2% of our invested assets were held at JRG Re.
22
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A summary of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2021 is as follows:
December 31, 2021
Portfolio
Book Value
Market Value
Carrying Value
Book Yield
Core
Bank Loans
Incremental Yield
Private Investments
Total
Less cash and cash equivalents in Core and
Bank Loans
Total Invested Assets
$
1,790,527 $
181,332
103,005
1,824,319 $
179,585
116,821
($ in thousands)
1,824,319
179,585
116,821
51,908
2,172,633
2.14 %
6.57 %
6.18 %
NA
(42,148)
2,130,485
$
% of Carrying
Value
83.9 %
8.3 %
5.4 %
2.4 %
100.0 %
We have generally managed our overall portfolio to a duration of 3 to 5 years. At December 31, 2021, the average duration of our investment portfolio
was 4.0 years.
Core Portfolio
The Core Portfolio consists of cash, investment grade fixed income securities and a small dividend yield focused equity portfolio. Our objective in the
Core Portfolio is to earn attractive risk-adjusted returns with a low risk of loss of principal. We use a third-party manager to manage the Core Portfolio.
Bank Loans
The Bank Loan portfolio primarily consists of investments in participations in syndicated bank loans, but may also include a small allocation of bonds.
Bank loans in our portfolio are generally senior secured loans with an average credit quality of “B” as of December 31, 2021 and floating interest rates
based on spreads over LIBOR. We believe bank loans are an attractive asset class because (1) floating-rate loans help to reduce our risk of loss in the event
of rising interest rates, (2) the loans are generally senior secured, (3) the asset class has a history of relatively high recovery rates in the event of default, (4)
the portfolio provides an attractive yield and (5) the maturities of the loans are relatively short (average of approximately 5 years). We invest in this asset
class by owning individual loan participations that are carried at fair market value. We have over ten years of experience in investing in this asset class
through a third-party manager.
Incremental Yield Portfolio
The Incremental Yield Portfolio consists of investments in low investment grade and below investment grade bonds, preferred stocks, dividend paying
common equities and exchange traded funds. The average credit quality of the fixed income securities in this portfolio as of December 31, 2021 is BBB.
We generally invest in fixed income securities where we believe that risk of default is low relative to the potential yield on the securities. We own preferred
stocks, generally in the financial services industry. In some instances, we will purchase exchange traded funds. However, these purchases are generally
used as an effective means to get access to a high yielding asset class.
Private Investment Portfolio
We make selective investments in private debt or equity securities in areas where we see significant opportunity or attractive risk and return
characteristics. We focus on investments where we believe we have an understanding of the risk and opportunity and have the ability to monitor them
closely. At December 31, 2021, we held 12 private investments with a total carrying value of $51.9 million. Our portfolio consists of investments in wind
and solar energy, banking, small cap equities, loans of middle market private equity sponsored companies, and tranches of distressed home loans. We are
opportunistic in our private investment strategy and our portfolio may grow or shrink based on the opportunities available to us. Despite being only 2.4% of
our portfolio, we believe our Private Investment Portfolio has added meaningful returns to our tangible equity. Our Private Investment strategy has
significant risk and not all investments are successful. As a result, we intentionally keep this portfolio as a small portion of the overall investment portfolio.
23
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our recent total returns on our portfolio are as follows:
Core
Bank Loans
Incremental
Total
2019
2020
2021
Trailing 3 years
Ended 2021
6.80 %
3.56 %
14.34 %
6.87 %
5.74 %
7.46 %
5.64 %
5.88 %
(0.40)%
10.74 %
5.83 %
0.76 %
3.87 %
7.21 %
8.53 %
4.31 %
Total returns are calculated as the realized or unrealized gain or loss of an asset plus interest and dividends paid while the asset is held.
We consider a portion of our investment portfolio to be invested in non-traditional investments. We consider non-traditional investments to include
investments that are (1) not rated fixed income securities (2) non-listed equities or (3) investments that generally have less liquidity than rated fixed income
securities or listed equities. Non-traditional investments held at December 31, 2021 and their respective percentage of our total cash and invested assets
(excluding restricted cash equivalents) at such date consist of syndicated bank loans (6.7%) and private investments (2.2%). We will continue to actively
review opportunities to invest in non-traditional assets and may invest in additional non-traditional assets in the future.
Our invested assets totaled $2,130.5 million as of December 31, 2021. The weighted average credit rating of our portfolio of fixed maturity securities,
bank loans and preferred stocks as of December 31, 2021 was “A”. We have intentionally maintained a cautious interest rate risk position by having an
average duration of 4.0 years at December 31, 2021. This compares to an average duration at December 31, 2020 of 3.8 years. Based on the current
duration of 4.0 years, a 1.0% increase in interest rates would result in a pre-tax decline in the market value of our portfolio of approximately $83.8 million.
Insurance Cycle Management and Growth
The insurance and reinsurance business is cyclical in nature, with “hard” and “soft” cycles. Hard markets occur when insurance underwriters limit
their exposure in a line of business or across their entire portfolio. When underwriters exercise restraint, insurance buyers are forced to pay more to induce
underwriters to cover their risks. A hard market can also be created by economic expansions when capital committed to backing insurance policies does not
grow as fast as the demand for insurance. There is generally a correlation between interest rates and the willingness of insurance companies to commit their
capital to writing insurance. When fixed income yields are low, insurance companies need to raise insurance prices to improve underwriting results in order
to offset loss of investment income.
We are currently in a growth phase for our U.S. primary operations. In both our Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty Admitted Insurance segments,
we are experiencing growth in premiums driven by favorable rates as well as increases in policy count and exposures. The growth in the Excess and
Surplus Lines segment was impacted by the termination of our insurance contracts with Rasier effective December 31, 2019. The Rasier account generated
$374.2 million of gross written premium in 2019, but none in 2020 and 2021. Excluding Rasier, E&S gross written premium increased 27.5% in 2020,
from $548.2 million in 2019 to $699.1 million in 2020. The table below shows the changes in gross written premiums we have experienced in our
operating segments from 2019 through 2021.
Gross Written Premiums
$
% Change
$
% Change
$
% Change
2021
2020
2019
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Total
$
$
833,657
491,561
182,081
1,507,299
($ in thousands)
19.2 % $
20.3 %
22.1 %
19.9 % $
699,143
408,691
149,166
1,257,000
(24.2)% $
5.4 %
(7.2)%
(14.5)% $
922,320
387,642
160,773
1,470,735
40.5 %
3.6 %
18.3 %
26.1 %
In years prior to those presented, the business written at our U.S. primary operations has, at times, been subject to “soft” market conditions, reflected
both in price decreases and reduced underlying exposures. Our Excess and Surplus Lines segment is the most sensitive to hard and soft markets. We have,
therefore, sought to diversify this business by geography, line of business and revenue stream. While we have been growing this business and achieving
increasing or stable rates for several periods through December 31, 2021, there will likely be periods in the future where our growth moderates, stagnates or
turns negative. The market for most lines of commercial insurance, other than workers' compensation, are currently in a hardening phase.
The Excess and Surplus Lines segment has historically been able to make an underwriting profit regardless of the state of the underwriting cycle. This
segment's weighted average combined ratio for 2012 through 2021 is 95.2%.
24
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Traditionally, admitted insurance lines have been very susceptible to market cycles. We believe this trend is continuing. We seek to isolate ourselves
from these trends in our Specialty Admitted Insurance segment by writing lines of business we believe are slightly less competitive, by prudently
purchasing reinsurance and by being willing to dramatically reduce our writings when market conditions warrant.
A material portion of the profitability we seek to achieve from our fronting business will come from fee income that is generated via policies that are
issued by our insurance companies and then mostly or wholly reinsured to third parties. Because we earn substantial fees from underwriting business on
which we retain little or no insurance risk, this business can be profitable to us even in soft market conditions. We have $434.2 million of gross written
premiums for fronting and program business for 2021 ($68.3 million on a net basis), and we expect our fee income will continue to grow in future periods
and provide us with a steady revenue stream that will be relatively insulated from conditions in the admitted insurance market.
In the Casualty Reinsurance segment, we have the ability to manage the cycle by growing or shrinking our business according to market conditions
and the corresponding prices and terms being offered for the assumption of specific risks. We have a small team of seven people in Bermuda who
underwrite and administer the business written by JRG Re in Bermuda.
Competition
We compete in a variety of markets against a variety of competitors depending on the nature of the risk and coverage being underwritten. The
competition for any one account may range from large international firms to smaller regional companies in the domiciles in which we operate. To remain
competitive, our strategy includes, among other measures: (1) focusing on rate adequacy and underwriting discipline, (2) leveraging our distribution
network, (3) controlling expenses, (4) maintaining financial strength and issuer credit ratings and (5) providing quality services to agents and policyholders.
Excess and Surplus Lines
Competition within the E&S lines marketplace comes from a wide range of carriers. In addition to mature E&S companies that operate nationwide,
there is competition from carriers formed in recent years. The Excess and Surplus Lines segment may also compete with national and regional carriers from
the standard market willing to underwrite selected accounts on an admitted basis. Competitors in this segment include ACE Westchester Specialty Group,
AmRisc Insurance Company (Truist), Apollo Syndicate, Alleghany Corporation, Arrowhead General Insurance Agency, Inc., Ategrity Specialty Insurance
Company, Axis Insurance Company (Axis Capital Holdings Limited), Beazley Group (Lloyd’s), Brit Insurance (Lloyd’s), Colony Specialty Insurance
Company (Argo Group International Holdings, Ltd.), Fairfax Financial Holdings, Ltd., Hiscox Insurance Company (Lloyd’s), Houston Casualty Company
(a subsidiary of Tokio Marine HCC), Kinsale Capital Group, Lexington Insurance Company (American International Group, Inc.), Markel Corporation,
Navigators Insurance Company (Hartford), OneBeacon (Intact Financial Corporation), QBE Insurance Group Ltd., RLI Corp., E&S/Specialty (Nationwide
Mutual Group), Starr Insurance Company (C.V. Starr & Company), Swiss Re Ltd, United Specialty Insurance Company, W.R. Berkley, and other large
national and multi-national insurance carriers. In addition, in the last twelve months, there are several newly formed or repurposed start-up companies that
are focusing on writing Excess and Surplus lines insurance and we expect will be competing with us for this business.
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Due to the diverse nature of the products offered by the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, competition comes from various sources. The majority
of the competition for our workers’ compensation business comes from regional companies or regional subsidiaries of national carriers in the domiciles in
which they operate. National carriers tend to compete for fronting and program accounts along all product lines. Competitors in our workers’ compensation
business include Builders Mutual Insurance Company, Accident Fund Insurance Company of America, W. R. Berkley Corporation, American Interstate
Insurance Company (AMERISAFE, Inc.), and Amtrust Group. Competition for our fronting business includes but is not limited to State National (now part
of Markel), Argo Group, Clear Blue, Spinnaker, Trisura, Red Point, Equity Insurance Company, Worth Insurance, and Amtrust. In addition, in the last 12
months, there are several newly formed fronting companies that we expect will be competing with us for this business.
Casualty Reinsurance
The reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We expect to compete with major reinsurers, most of which are well-established, have a significant
operating history and strong financial strength ratings and have developed long-standing client relationships. Competitors in this segment include AXA XL,
Axis Re, MS Amlin, QBE Re, Renaissance Re, Sompo International Re, Swiss Re, Transatlantic Re, various Lloyd's syndicates, and other carriers that
underwrite U.S. casualty reinsurance. In addition, in the last 12 months, there are several newly formed reinsurance companies that are planning on writing
casualty reinsurance and we expect will be competing with us for this business.
25
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Regulation
Bermuda Insurance Regulation
The Insurance Act 1978 and related rules and regulations (the “Insurance Act”), which regulates the insurance business of both Carolina Re and JRG
Re, provides that no person shall carry on insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act by the
Bermuda Monetary Authority (the “BMA”). The BMA, in deciding whether to grant registration, has broad discretion to act as it thinks fit in the public
interest. The BMA is required by the Insurance Act to determine whether the applicant is a fit and proper body to be engaged in the insurance business and,
in particular, whether it has, or has available to it, adequate knowledge and expertise. The registration of an applicant as an insurer is subject to its
complying with the terms of its registration and such other conditions as the BMA may impose at any time.
It is not necessary that the insurance company be incorporated in Bermuda. A foreign corporation may obtain a permit under the Companies Act 1981
of Bermuda (the “Companies Act”) to carry on business in Bermuda and then be registered as an insurer in Bermuda under the Insurance Act.
The Insurance Act does not distinguish between insurers and reinsurers; companies are registered (licensed) under the Insurance Act as “insurers”
(although in certain circumstances a condition to registration may be imposed to the effect that the company may carry on only reinsurance business). The
Insurance Act uses the defined term “insurance business” to include reinsurance business.
The Insurance Act also grants to the BMA powers to supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies.
An Insurance Advisory Committee appointed by the Bermuda Minister of Finance advises the BMA on matters connected with the discharge of the
BMA’s functions and subcommittees thereof supervise, investigate and review the law and practice of insurance in Bermuda, including reviews of
accounting and administrative procedures.
The Insurance Act imposes solvency and liquidity standards on Bermuda insurance companies, as well as auditing and reporting requirements.
Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework applicable to Class 3A insurers and/or Class 3B insurers are set forth
below.
Classification of Insurers
The Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers carrying on long-term business, insurers carrying on general business and insurers carrying on
special purpose business. There are several classifications of insurers carrying on general business, ranging from Class 1 insurers (pure captives) to Class 4
insurers (large commercial underwriters). Carolina Re is licensed as a Class 3A insurer and JRG Re is licensed as a Class 3B insurer and each is regulated
as such under the Insurance Act.
Minimum Paid-Up Share Capital
A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer are each required to maintain fully paid up share capital of at least $120,000.
Principal Representative and Principal Office
A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer are each required to maintain a principal office and to appoint and maintain a principal representative in
Bermuda. For the purposes of the Insurance Act, the principal office of Carolina Re and JRG Re is located at Wellesley House, 2 Floor, 90 Pitts Bay
Road, Pembroke, HM 08, Bermuda.
nd
Without a reason acceptable to the BMA, an insurer may not terminate the appointment of its principal representative, and the principal representative
may not cease to act as such, unless 30 days’ prior notice in writing to the BMA is given of the intention to do so.
It is the duty of the principal representative to forthwith notify the BMA where the principal representative reaches the view that there is a likelihood of
the insurer (for which the principal representative acts) becoming insolvent, or on it coming to the knowledge of the principal representative, or the
principal representative having reason to believe, that a reportable “event” has occurred. Examples of a reportable “event” include a failure by the insurer to
comply substantially with a condition imposed upon it by the BMA relating to a solvency margin or a liquidity or other ratio, a significant loss reasonably
likely to cause the insurer to fail to comply with its enhanced capital requirement (discussed below) and the occurrence of a material change (as such term
is defined under the Insurance Act) in its business operations.
Within 14 days of such notification to the BMA, the principal representative must furnish the BMA with a written report setting out all the particulars
of the case that are available to the principal representative.
Where there has been a significant loss which is reasonably likely to cause the insurer to fail to comply with its enhanced capital requirement, the
principal representative must also furnish the BMA with a capital and solvency return reflecting an
26
TABLE OF CONTENTS
enhanced capital requirement prepared using post-loss data. The principal representative must provide this within 45 days of notifying the BMA regarding
the loss.
Furthermore, where a notification has been made to the BMA regarding a material change, the principal representative has 30 days from the date of
such notification to furnish the BMA with unaudited interim statutory financial statements in relation to such period as the BMA may require, together with
a general business solvency certificate in respect of those statements.
Head Office
A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer shall each maintain its head office in Bermuda. In determining whether the insurer satisfies this requirement,
the BMA shall consider, inter alia, the following factors: (i) where the underwriting, risk management and operational decision making of the insurer
occurs; (ii) whether the presence of senior executives who are responsible for, and involved in, the decision making related to the insurance business of the
insurer are located in Bermuda; and (iii) where meetings of the board of directors of the insurer occur. In making its determination, the BMA may also have
regard to (a) the location where management of the insurer meets to effect policy decisions of the insurer; (b) the residence of the officers, insurance
managers or employees of the insurer; and (c) the residence of one or more directors of the insurer in Bermuda. This provision does not apply to an insurer
that has a permit to conduct business in Bermuda under the Companies Act or the Non-Resident Insurance Undertakings Act 1967.
Loss Reserve Specialist
A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer are each required to appoint an individual approved by the BMA to be its loss reserve specialist. In order to
qualify as an approved loss reserve specialist, the applicant must be an individual qualified to provide an opinion in accordance with the requirements of
the Insurance Act and the BMA must be satisfied that the individual is fit and proper to hold such an appointment.
A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer are each required to submit annually an opinion of its approved loss reserve specialist with its capital and
solvency return in respect of its total general business insurance technical provisions (i.e. the aggregate of its net premium provisions, net loss and loss
expense provisions and risk margin, as each is reported in the insurer’s statutory economic balance sheet). The loss reserve specialist’s opinion must state,
among other things, whether or not the aggregate amount of technical provisions shown in the statutory economic balance sheet as at the end of the relevant
financial year (i) meets the requirements of the Insurance Act and (ii) makes reasonable provision for the total technical provisions of the insurer under the
terms of its insurance contracts and agreements.
Annual Financial Statements
A Class 3A insurer and Class 3B insurer are each required to prepare and submit to the BMA, on an annual basis, audited financial statements which
have been prepared under generally accepted accounting principles or international financial reporting standards (“GAAP financial statements”) and
audited statutory financial statements.
The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of statutory financial statements (which include, in statutory form, a balance
sheet, an income statement, a statement of capital and surplus and notes thereto). The statutory financial statements include detailed information and
analysis regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments of the insurer.
The insurer’s annual GAAP financial statements, and the auditor’s report thereon, and the statutory financial statements are required to be filed with
the BMA within four months from the end of the relevant financial year (unless specifically extended with the approval of the BMA). The statutory
financial statements do not form a part of the public records maintained by the BMA but the GAAP financial statements are available for public inspection.
Declaration of Compliance
At the time of filing its statutory financial statements, a Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer are each also required to deliver to the BMA a
declaration of compliance, in such form and with such content as may be prescribed by the BMA, declaring whether or not the insurer has, with respect to
the preceding financial year (i) complied with all requirements of the minimum criteria applicable to it, (ii) complied with the minimum margin of solvency
as at its financial year end, (iii) complied with the applicable enhanced capital requirements as at its financial year end, (iv) complied with applicable
conditions, directions and restrictions imposed on, or approvals granted to, the insurer and (v) complied with the minimum liquidity ratio for general
business as at its financial year end. The declaration of compliance is required to be signed by two directors of the insurer, and if the insurer has failed to
comply with any of the requirements referenced in (i) through (v) above or observe any limitations, restrictions or conditions imposed upon the issuance of
its license, if applicable, the insurer will be required to provide the BMA with particulars of such failure in writing. A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B
insurer shall be liable to a civil penalty by way of a fine for failure to comply with a duty imposed on it in connection with the delivery of the declaration of
compliance.
27
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Annual Statutory Financial Return and Annual Capital and Solvency Return
A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer are each required to file with the BMA a statutory financial return no later than four months after its
financial year end (unless specifically extended with the approval of the BMA).
The statutory financial return of an insurer shall consist of (i) an insurer information sheet, (ii) an auditor’s report, (iii) the statutory financial
statements and (iv) notes to the statutory financial statements.
The insurer information sheet shall state, among other matters, (i) whether the general purpose financial statements of the insurer for the relevant year
have been audited and an unqualified opinion issued, (ii) the minimum margin of solvency applying to the insurer and whether such margin was met,
(iii) whether or not the minimum liquidity ratio applying to the insurer for the relevant year was met and (iv) whether or not the insurer has complied with
every condition attached to its certificate of registration. The insurer information sheet shall state if any of the questions identified in items (ii), (iii) or (iv)
above is answered in the negative, whether or not the insurer has taken corrective action in any case and, where the insurer has taken such action, describe
the action in an attached statement.
The directors are required to certify whether the minimum solvency margin has been met, and the independent approved auditor is required to state
whether in its opinion it was reasonable for the directors to make this certification.
Where an insurer’s accounts have been audited for any purpose other than compliance with the Insurance Act, a statement to that effect must be filed
with the statutory financial return.
In addition, each year the insurer is required to file with the BMA a capital and solvency return along with its annual statutory financial return. The
prescribed form of capital and solvency return comprises the insurer’s Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement (“BSCR”) model or an approved internal
capital model in lieu thereof, together with such schedules as prescribed by the Insurance (Prudential Standards) (Class 3A Solvency Requirement) Rules
2011 for Class 3A insurers and the Insurance (Prudential Standards) (Class 4 and 3B Solvency Requirement) Rules 2008 for Class 3B insurers,
respectively, as each are amended from time to time.
Neither the statutory financial return nor the capital and solvency return is available for public inspection.
Quarterly Financial Return
A Class 3B insurer, not otherwise subject to group supervision, is required to prepare and file quarterly financial returns with the BMA on or before the
last day of the months of May, August and November of each year. The quarterly financial returns consist of (i) quarterly unaudited financial statements for
each financial quarter (which must minimally include a balance sheet and income statement and must also be recent and not reflect a financial position that
exceeds two months), (ii) a list and details of material intra-group transactions that the Class 3B insurer is a party to and the Class 3B insurer’s risk
concentrations that have materialized since the most recent quarterly or annual financial returns, details surrounding all intra-group reinsurance and
retrocession arrangements and other intra-group risk transfer insurance business arrangements that have materialized since the most recent quarterly or
annual financial returns and (iii) details of the ten largest exposures to unaffiliated counterparties and any other unaffiliated counterparty exposures
exceeding 10% of the Class 3B insurer’s statutory capital and surplus.
Public Disclosures
All commercial insurers and insurance groups are required under the Insurance Act to prepare and file with the BMA, and also publish on their web
site, a financial condition report. The BMA has discretion to approve modifications and exemptions to the public disclosure rules on application by the
insurer if, among other things, the BMA is satisfied that the disclosure of certain information will result in a competitive disadvantage or compromise
confidentiality obligations of the insurer.
Independent Approved Auditor
A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer must each appoint an independent auditor who will audit and report on the insurer’s GAAP financial
statements and statutory financial statements, each of which are required to be filed annually with the BMA. The auditor must be approved by the BMA as
the independent auditor of the insurer. If the insurer fails to appoint an approved auditor or at any time fails to fill a vacancy for such auditor, the BMA may
appoint an approved auditor for the insurer and shall fix the remuneration to be paid to the approved auditor within 14 days, if not agreed sooner by the
insurer and the auditor.
Non-insurance Business
No Class 3A insurer or Class 3B insurer may engage in non-insurance business unless that non-insurance business is ancillary to its insurance business.
Non-insurance business means any business other than insurance business and includes carrying on investment business, managing an investment fund as
operator, carrying on business as a fund administrator,
28
TABLE OF CONTENTS
carrying on banking business, underwriting debt or securities or otherwise engaging in investment banking, engaging in commercial or industrial activities
and carrying on the business of management, sales or leasing of real property.
Minimum Liquidity Ratio
The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business insurers. A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer engaged in general
business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets include cash and
time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums
receivable, reinsurance balances receivable, funds held by ceding reinsurers and any other assets which the BMA, on application in any particular case
made to it with reasons, accepts in that case.
There are certain categories of assets which, unless specifically permitted by the BMA, do not automatically qualify as relevant assets, such as
unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans.
The relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income taxes and letters of credit, guarantees
and other instruments.
Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements
The Insurance Act provides that the value of the statutory assets of an insurer must exceed the value of its statutory liabilities by an amount greater
than its prescribed minimum solvency margin (“MSM”).
The MSM that must be maintained by a Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer with respect to its general business is the greater of (i) $1,000,000, (ii)
20% of the first $6,000,000 of net premiums written (but if the net premiums written are in excess of $6,000,000, the figure is $1,200,000 plus 15% of net
premiums written in excess of $6,000,000) or (iii) 15% of the aggregate of net loss and loss expense provisions and other insurance general business
reserves or (iv) 25% of the ECR (as defined below) as reported at the end of the relevant year.
Class 3A insurers and Class 3B insurers are also required to maintain available statutory economic capital and surplus at a level equal to or in excess of
its enhanced capital requirement (“ECR”) which is established by reference to either the BSCR model or an approved internal capital model.
The BSCR model is a risk-based capital model which provides a method for determining an insurer’s capital requirements (statutory economic capital
and surplus) by taking into account the risk characteristics of different aspects of the insurer’s business. The BSCR formula establishes capital requirements
for ten categories of risk: fixed income investment risk, equity investment risk, interest rate/liquidity risk, currency risk, concentration risk, premium risk,
reserve risk, credit risk, catastrophe risk and operational risk. For each category, the capital requirement is determined by applying factors to asset,
premium, reserve, creditor, probable maximum loss and operation items, with higher factors applied to items with greater underlying risk and lower factors
for less risky items.
While not specifically referred to in the Insurance Act (or required thereunder), the BMA has also established a target capital level (“TCL”) for each
Class 3A insurer and Class 3B insurer equal to 120% of its ECR. The TCL serves as an early warning tool for the BMA, and failure to maintain statutory
capital at least equal to the TCL will likely result in increased regulatory oversight.
Any insurer which at any time fails to meet its MSM requirements must, upon becoming aware of such failure, immediately notify the BMA and,
within 14 days thereafter, file a written report with the BMA containing particulars of the circumstances that gave rise to the failure and setting out its plan
detailing specific actions to be taken and the expected timeframe in which the insurer intends to rectify the failure.
Any insurer which at any time fails to meet its applicable ECR shall, upon becoming aware of that failure or of having reason to believe that such a
failure has occurred, immediately notify the BMA in writing and within 14 days of such notification file with the BMA a written report containing
particulars of the circumstances leading to the failure, and a plan detailing the manner, specific actions to be taken and time within which the insurer
intends to rectify the failure, and within 45 days of becoming aware of that failure or of having reason to believe that such a failure has occurred, furnish
the BMA with (i) unaudited statutory economic balance sheets and unaudited interim statutory financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP
covering such period as the BMA may require; (ii) the opinion of a loss reserve specialist in relation to the total general business insurance technical
provisions as set out in the economic balance sheet, where applicable; (iii) a general business solvency certificate in respect of the financial statements; and
(iv) a capital and solvency return reflecting an enhanced capital requirement prepared using post failure data where applicable.
29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Eligible Capital
To enable the BMA to better assess the quality of an insurer’s capital resources, a Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer are each required to disclose
the makeup of its capital in accordance with a “3-tiered eligible capital system”. Under this system, all of the insurer’s capital instruments will be classified
as either basic or ancillary capital which in turn will be classified into one of three tiers based on their “loss absorbency” characteristics. Highest quality
capital will be classified as Tier 1 Capital, and lesser quality capital will be classified as either Tier 2 Capital or Tier 3 Capital. Under this regime, up to
certain specified percentages of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may be used to support the insurer’s MSM, ECR and TCL.
The characteristics of the capital instruments that must be satisfied to qualify as Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital are set out in the Insurance (Eligible
Capital) Rules 2012, and amendments thereto. Under these rules, Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may, until January 1, 2026, include capital instruments
that do not satisfy the requirement that the instrument be non-redeemable or settled only with the issuance of an instrument of equal or higher quality upon
a breach, or if it would cause a breach, of the ECR.
Where the BMA has previously approved the use of certain instruments for capital purposes, the BMA’s consent will need to be obtained if such
instruments are to remain eligible for use in satisfying the MSM and the ECR.
Code of Conduct
The Insurance Code of Conduct (the “Insurance Code”) prescribes the duties, standards, procedures and sound business principles with which all insurers
registered under the Insurance Act must comply. The BMA will assess an insurer’s compliance with the Insurance Code in a proportional manner relative
to the nature, scale and complexity of its business. Failure to comply with the requirements of the Insurance Code will be taken into account by the BMA in
determining whether an insurer is conducting its business in a sound and prudent manner as prescribed by the Insurance Act, may result in the BMA
exercising its powers of intervention and investigation (see below) and will be a factor in calculating the operational risk charge under the insurer’s BSCR
or approved internal model.
Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions
A Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer are each prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its MSM, ECR or minimum
liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. Where an insurer fails to meet its MSM or minimum liquidity
ratio on the last day of any financial year, it will be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval
of the BMA.
In addition, a Class 3A insurer and a Class 3B insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its
total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet), unless it files (at least seven days before payment of
such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least two directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda resident director if any of the insurer’s
directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that it will continue to meet its solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio.
Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.
Reduction of Capital
No Class 3A insurer or Class 3B insurer may reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements,
unless it has received the prior approval of the BMA. Total statutory capital consists of the insurer’s paid in share capital, its contributed surplus
(sometimes called additional paid in capital) and any other fixed capital designated by the BMA as statutory capital (such as letters of credit).
A Class 3A insurer or Class 3B insurer seeking to reduce its respective statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous year’s financial
statements, is also required to submit an affidavit signed by at least two directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda-resident director if any of the insurer’s
directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that the proposed reduction will not cause it to fail its relevant margins and such
other information as the BMA may require. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.
Policyholder Priority
In the event of the liquidation or winding up of an insurer, policyholders’ liabilities receive prior payment ahead of general unsecured creditors. Subject
to the prior payment of preferential debts under the Employment Act 2000 and the Companies Act, the insurance debts of an insurer must be paid in
priority to all other unsecured debts of the insurer. Insurance debt is defined as a debt to which an insurer is or may become liable pursuant to an insurance
contract, excluding debts owed to an insurer under an insurance contract where the insurer is the person insured. Insurance contract is defined as any
contract of insurance, capital redemption contract or a contract that has been recorded as insurance business in the financial statements of the insurer
pursuant to the Insurance Accounts Regulations 1980 or the Insurance Account Rules 2016, as applicable.
30
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fit and Proper Controller
The BMA maintains supervision over the controllers of all registered insurers in Bermuda.
A controller includes (i) the managing director of the registered insurer or its parent company, (ii) the chief executive of the registered insurer or of its
parent company, (iii) a shareholder controller, and (iv) any person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of the registered insurer
or of its parent company are accustomed to act.
The definition of shareholder controller is set out in the Insurance Act, but generally refers to (i) a person who holds 10% or more of the shares
carrying rights to vote at a shareholders’ meeting of the registered insurer or its parent company, (ii) a person who is entitled to exercise 10% or more of the
voting power at any shareholders’ meeting of such registered insurer or its parent company, or (iii) a person who is able to exercise significant influence
over the management of the registered insurer or its parent company by virtue of its shareholding or its entitlement to exercise, or control the exercise of,
the voting power at any shareholders’ meeting.
A shareholder controller that owns 10% or more, but less than 20% of the shares as described above is defined as a 10% shareholder controller. A
shareholder controller that owns 20% or more, but less than 33% of the shares as described above is defined as a 20% shareholder controller. A shareholder
controller that owns 33% or more but less than 50% of the shares as described above is defined as a 33% shareholder controller. A shareholder controller
that owns 50% or more of the shares as described above is defined as a 50% shareholder controller.
As the shares of Carolina Re’s and JRG Re’s parent company are traded on a recognized stock exchange, a person who becomes a 10%, 20%, 33% or
50% shareholder controller of the insurer, shall, within 45 days, notify the BMA in writing that he or she has become such a controller. In addition, a person
who is a shareholder controller of Carolina Re or JRG Re must serve on the BMA a notice in writing that he or she has reduced or disposed of his or her
holding in the insurer where the proportion of voting rights in the insurer held by him or her will have reached or has fallen below 10%, 20%, 33% or 50%
as the case may be, not later than 45 days after such disposal.
Any person who contravenes the Insurance Act by failing to give notice or knowingly becomes a controller of any description before the required 45
days has elapsed is guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of $25,000 on summary conviction.
The BMA may file a notice of objection to any person who has become a controller of any description where it appears that such person is not or is no
longer, a fit and proper person to be a controller of the registered insurer. Before issuing a notice of objection, the BMA is required to serve upon the person
concerned a preliminary written notice stating the BMA’s intention to issue a formal notice of objection. Upon receipt of the preliminary written notice, the
person served may, within 28 days, file written representations with the BMA, which shall be taken into account by the BMA in making their final
determination. Any person who continues to be a controller of any description after having received a notice of objection shall be guilty of an offense and
shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $25,000 (and a continuing fine of $500 per day for each day that the offense is continuing) or, if
convicted on indictment, to a fine of $100,000 and/or two years in prison.
Notification by Registered Person of Change of Controllers and Officers
All registered insurers are required to give written notice to the BMA of the fact that a person has become, or ceased to be, a controller or officer of the
insurer within 45 days of becoming aware of such fact. An officer in relation to a registered insurer means a director, chief executive or senior executive
performing duties of underwriting, actuarial, risk management, compliance, internal audit, finance or investment matters.
Notification of Material Changes
All registered insurers are required to give notice to the BMA of their intention to effect a material change within the meaning of the Insurance Act.
For the purposes of the Insurance Act, the following changes are material: (i) the transfer or acquisition of insurance business being part of a scheme falling
under Section 25 of the Insurance Act or Section 99 of the Companies Act, (ii) the amalgamation with or acquisition of another firm, (iii) engaging in
unrelated business that is retail business, (iv) the acquisition of a controlling interest in an undertaking that is engaged in non-insurance business which
offers services and products to persons who are not affiliates of the insurer, (v) outsourcing all or substantially all of the company’s actuarial, risk
management compliance or internal audit functions, (vi) outsourcing all or a material part of an insurer’s underwriting activity, (vii) the transfer other than
by way of reinsurance of all or substantially all of a line of business, (viii) expansion into a material new line of business, (ix) the sale of an insurer, and (x)
outsourcing of an officer role.
No registered insurer shall take any steps to give effect to a material change unless it has first served notice on the BMA that it intends to effect such
material change, and before the end of 30 days, either the BMA has notified such company in writing that it has no objection to such change or that period
has lapsed without the BMA having issued a notice of objection.
31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Before issuing a notice of objection, the BMA is required to serve upon the person concerned a preliminary written notice stating the BMA’s intention to
issue a formal notice of objection. Upon receipt of the preliminary written notice, the person served may, within 28 days, file written representations with
the BMA which shall be taken into account by the BMA in making their final determination.
Notification of Cyber Reporting Events
Every insurer is required to notify the BMA on it coming to the knowledge of the insurer, or where the insurer has reason to believe that a Cyber
Reporting Event has occurred. Within fourteen days of such notification, the insurer must also furnish the BMA with a written report setting out all the
particulars of the Cyber Reporting Event that are available to it. A Cyber Reporting Event includes any act that results in the unauthorized access to,
disruption, or misuse of electronic systems or information stored on such systems of an insurer, including breach of security leading to the loss or unlawful
destruction or unauthorized disclosure of or access to such systems or information where there is a likelihood of an adverse impact to policyholders, clients
or the insurer's insurance business, or an event that has occurred for which notice is required to be provided to a regulatory body or government agency.
Notification of Other Events
Every insurer is required to forthwith notify the BMA on it coming to the knowledge of the insurer, or where insurer has reason to believe that the
insurer has failed to comply with a condition imposed upon it by the BMA or that the insurer, or a shareholder controller or officer of the insurer is
involved in any criminal proceedings whether in Bermuda or abroad.
Supervision, Investigation, Intervention and Disclosure
The BMA may, by notice in writing served on a registered person or a designated insurer, require the registered person or designated insurer to
provide such information and/or documentation as the BMA may reasonably require with respect to matters that are likely to be material to the
performance of its supervisory functions under the Insurance Act. In addition, it may require such person’s auditor, underwriter, accountant or any other
person with relevant professional skill of such registered person or designated insurer to prepare a report on any aspect pertaining thereto. In the case of a
report, the person so appointed shall immediately give the BMA written notice of any fact or matter of which he becomes aware or which indicates to him
that any condition attaching to his registration under the Insurance Act is not or has not, or may not be or may not have, been fulfilled and that such matters
are likely to be material to the performance of its functions under the Insurance Act. If it appears to the BMA to be desirable in the interests of the clients of
a registered person or relevant insurance group, the BMA may also exercise these powers in relation to subsidiaries, parent companies and other affiliates
of the registered person or designated insurer.
If the BMA deems it necessary to protect the interests of the policyholders or potential policyholders of an insurer or insurance group, it may appoint
one or more competent persons to investigate and report on the nature, conduct or state of the insurer’s or the insurance group’s business, or any aspect
thereof, or the ownership or control of the insurer or insurance group. If the person so appointed thinks it necessary for the purposes of the investigation,
such person may also investigate the business of any person who is or has been, at any relevant time, a member of the insurance group or of a partnership
of which the person being investigated is a member. In this regard, it shall be the duty of every person who is or was a controller, officer, employee, agent,
banker, auditor, accountant, barrister and attorney or insurance manager to produce to the person appointed such documentation as the appointed person
may reasonably require for purposes of the investigation, and to attend and answer questions relevant to the investigation and to otherwise provide such
assistance as may be necessary in connection therewith.
Where the BMA suspects that a person has failed to properly register under the Insurance Act or that a registered person or designated insurer has
failed to comply with a requirement of the Insurance Act or that a person is not, or is no longer, a fit and proper person to perform functions in relation to a
regulated activity, it may, by notice in writing, carry out an investigation into such person (or any other person connected thereto). In connection therewith,
the BMA may require every person who is or was a controller, officer, employee, agent, banker, auditor, accountant, barrister and attorney or insurance
manager to make a report and produce such documents in his care, custody and control and to attend before the BMA to answer questions relevant to the
BMA’s investigation and to take such actions as the BMA may direct. The BMA may also enter any premises for the purposes of carrying out its
investigation and may petition the court for a warrant if it believes a person has failed to comply with a notice served on him, there are reasonable grounds
for suspecting the completeness of any information or documentation produced in response to such notice, or that its directions will not be complied with or
that any relevant documents would be removed, tampered with or destroyed.
If it appears to the BMA that the business of the registered insurer is being conducted in a way that there is a significant risk of the insurer becoming
insolvent or being unable to meet its obligations to policyholders, or that the insurer is in breach of the Insurance Act or any conditions imposed upon its
registration, or the minimum criteria stipulated in the Insurance Act is not or has not been fulfilled in respect of a registered insurer, or that a person has
become a controller without providing the BMA with the appropriate notice or in contravention of a notice of objection, or the registered insurer is in
breach of its ECR, or that a
32
TABLE OF CONTENTS
designated insurer is in breach of any provision of the Insurance Act or the regulations or rules applicable to it, the BMA may issue such directions as it
deems desirable for safeguarding the interests of policyholders or potential policyholders of the insurer or the insurance group. The BMA may, among other
things, direct an insurer, for itself and in its capacity as designated insurer of the insurance group of which it is a member, (i) not to take on any new
insurance business, (ii) not to vary any insurance contract if the effect would be to increase the insurer’s liabilities, (iii) not to make certain investments,
(iv) to realize certain investments, (v) to maintain in or transfer to the custody of a specified bank, certain assets, (vi) not to declare or pay any dividends or
other distributions or to restrict the making of such payments, (vii) to limit its premium income, (viii) not to enter into specified transactions with any
specified person or persons of a specified class, (ix) to provide such written particulars relating to the financial circumstances of the insurer as the BMA
thinks fit, (x) as an individual insurer only, and not in its capacity as designated insurer, to obtain the opinion of a loss reserve specialist and submit it to the
BMA, and/or (xi) to remove a controller or officer.
The BMA has the power to assist other regulatory authorities, including foreign insurance regulatory authorities, with their investigations involving
insurance and reinsurance companies in Bermuda if it is satisfied that the assistance being requested is in connection with the discharge of regulatory
responsibilities and that such cooperation is in the public interest. The grounds for disclosure by the BMA to a foreign regulatory authority without consent
of the insurer are limited and the Insurance Act provides for sanctions for breach of the statutory duty of confidentiality.
Cancellation of Insurer’s Registration
An insurer’s registration may be cancelled by the BMA at the request of the insurer or on certain grounds specified in the Insurance Act. Failure by the
insurer to comply with its obligations under the Insurance Act, or if the BMA believes that the insurer has not been carrying on business in accordance with
sound insurance principles, would be examples of such grounds.
Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations
Corporate Bermuda Law Considerations
Although James River Group Holdings, Ltd. is incorporated in Bermuda, it is designated as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes by
the BMA. Pursuant to its non-resident status, James River Group Holdings, Ltd. may engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar,
and there are no restrictions on its ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to
non-residents who are holders of its common shares in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar.
In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are issued only in the names of companies, partnerships or individuals. In the case of an applicant
acting in a special capacity (for example, as an executor or trustee), certificates may, at the request of the applicant, record the capacity in which the
applicant is acting. Notwithstanding the recording of any such special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or see to the execution of any such trust. We
will take no notice of any trust applicable to any of our common shares whether or not we have notice of such trust.
Each of James River Group Holdings, Ltd., Carolina Re and JRG Re is incorporated in Bermuda as an “exempted company.” Under Bermuda law,
exempted companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As a
result, they are exempt from Bermuda laws restricting the percentage of share capital that may be held by non-Bermudians. However, exempted companies
may not participate in certain business transactions, including: (i) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda except that required for their business and
held by way of lease or tenancy for a term not exceeding 50 years or, with the consent of the Minister of Finance granted in his discretion by way of lease
or tenancy for a term not exceeding 21 years in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees, (ii) the taking of
mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of B.D.$50,000 without the consent of the Minister of Finance, (iii) the acquisition of any
bonds or debentures secured by any land in Bermuda, other than certain types of Bermuda government securities or securities issued by Bermuda public
authorities, or (iv) the carrying on of business of any kind in Bermuda, except in furtherance of business carried on outside Bermuda or under license
granted by the Minister of Finance. Generally, it is not permitted without a special license granted by the Minister of Finance to insure Bermuda domestic
risks or risks of persons of, in or based in Bermuda. Each of Carolina Re and JRG Re is a licensed insurer in Bermuda, and so it may carry on activities
from Bermuda that are related to and in support of its insurance business.
Each of James River Group Holdings, Ltd., Carolina Re and JRG Re must comply with the provisions of the Companies Act regulating the payment
of dividends and making distributions from contributed surplus. A company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed
surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (i) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or (ii) the
realizable value of the assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. In addition, certain provisions of the Insurance Act will limit our ability to pay
dividends.
Under the Companies Act, where a Bermuda company issues shares at a premium (that is, for a price above the par value), whether for cash or
otherwise, a sum equal to the aggregate amount or value of the premium on those shares must be transferred
33
TABLE OF CONTENTS
to an account called “the share premium account.” The provisions of the Companies Act relating to the reduction of the share capital of a company apply as
if the share premium account were paid up share capital of that company, except for certain matters such as: (i) paying up unissued shares to be issued to
members as fully paid bonus shares, (ii) writing off the preliminary expenses of the company or the expenses of, or the commission paid or discount
allowed on any issue of shares or debentures of the company, or (iii) providing for the premiums payable on redemption of shares or of any debentures of
the company. The paid up share capital may not be reduced if, on the date the reduction is to be effected, there are reasonable grounds for believing that the
company is, or after the reduction would be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due. See “- Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions”.
Securities may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 and the Exchange Control
Act 1972 and related regulations of Bermuda which regulate the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the permission of the BMA is required under the
provisions of the Exchange Control Act 1972 and related regulations for all issuances and transfers of shares of Bermuda companies to or from a non-
resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, other than in cases where the BMA has granted a general permission. The BMA, in its notice to the
public dated June 1, 2005, has granted a general permission for the issue and subsequent transfer of any securities of a Bermuda company from and/or to a
non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes for so long as any “equity securities” of the company (which would include our common shares)
are listed on an “Appointed Stock Exchange” (which would include the NASDAQ Stock Market). In granting the general permission, the BMA accepts no
responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed herein.
We have received consent from the BMA to issue, grant, create, sell and transfer freely any of our shares, stock, bonds, notes (other than promissory
notes), debentures, debenture stock, units under a unit trust scheme, shares in an oil royalty, options, warrants, coupons, rights and depository receipts to
and among persons who are either resident or non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes.
Economic Substance
Under the Economic Substance Act 2018 and related regulations (collectively, the "ESA"), each entity resident in Bermuda that carries on a "relevant
activity" is required to comply with the economic substance requirements under the ESA, unless resident for tax purposes in a jurisdiction outside Bermuda
that is not on the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes. Relevant activities include, inter alia, insurance and holding entity activities, as
each is defined in the ESA.
Compliance requires that the entity is managed and directed in Bermuda, core income generating activities (which in relation to insurance includes
predicting and calculating risk, insuring or re-insuring against risk, providing client services and preparing regulatory reports) are undertaken in Bermuda
with respect to the relevant activity, the entity maintains adequate physical presence in Bermuda, there are adequate full time employees in Bermuda with
suitable qualifications and there is adequate operating expenditure incurred in Bermuda in relation to the relevant activity. Entities in scope will also need to
file an annual declaration form in respect of its relevant activity or activities.
In relation to carrying on the relevant activity of insurance, compliance with the ESA also requires compliance with requirements in the Companies Act
relating to corporate governance and the requirements of the Insurance Act and other instruments (including the Insurance Code) made thereunder. The
Bermuda Registrar of Companies (the "Registrar") will have regard to an insurer's compliance with the Insurance Act and the Companies Act in his
assessment of compliance with economic substance requirements and on the basis that an insurer complies with such requirements, the insurer will
generally be considered to operate in Bermuda with adequate substance. An insurer will be required to complete and file a declaration form, and the
Registrar will also have regard to the information provided in the declaration form in making his assessment of compliance with economic substance
requirements.
Holding entities are subject to minimum economic substance requirements comprising (in the case of an exempted company), compliance with the
corporate governance requirements set forth in the Companies Act and the filing of a declaration form. The ESA also requires such a holding entity to have
adequate people for holding and managing equity participations and have adequate premises in Bermuda.
Any entity that must satisfy economic substance requirements but fails to do so could face automatic disclosure to competent authorities in the EU of the
information filed by the entity with the Registrar in connection with the economic substance requirements and may also face financial penalties, restriction
or regulation of its business activities and/or may be struck off as a registered entity in Bermuda.
34
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bermuda Work Permit Considerations
Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident’s certificates) may not engage in
any gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate government work permit.
Standard work permits can be obtained for a one-, two-, three-, four- or five-year period. Where a standard work permit is being applied for, it is a
requirement that the job must be advertised for three days (within an eight-day period) in the local newspaper and advertised for eight consecutive days on
the Bermuda Government Job Board. Should no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian or holder of a permanent resident’s certificate) meet the minimum
standards as stipulated in the advertisements, the employer may then apply for a standard work permit for the non-Bermudian. Where such persons apply,
employers must complete a Recruitment Disclosure Form, within the Standard Work Permit Application Form, and provide a summary of all applicants
that are Bermudian, the spouse of the Bermudian or the holder of a permanent resident's certificate, including their qualifications. The Department of
Immigration will compare the qualifications and experience of any Bermudian applicants (or spouse of a Bermudian or holder of a permanent resident’s
certificate) to that stipulated in the advertisements and to the non-Bermudian to be satisfied that the role could not have been filled by a Bermudian (or
spouse of a Bermudian or holder of a permanent resident’s certificate). In addition to the advertising, there are other documents that are required prior to the
Department of Immigration making its decision.
If the position for which the standard work permit is being applied is that of a Chief Executive Officer or other chief officer post, the Minister of
Labour allows an automatic waiver from the requirement to advertise the job and on occasion may waive the requirement to advertise for other senior
executive positions.
If an employer wishes to change an employee’s job title, provided that the job description, duties, remuneration and benefits remain unchanged, the
employer does not need to advertise or obtain the permission of the Minister of Labour to do this, but it must inform the Department of Immigration and
pay the necessary fee after the change has occurred.
If an employer wishes to promote an employee currently on a work permit from his current job to another within the same business, the permission of
the Minister of Labour must first be obtained. The employer will need to provide evidence of internal recruitment efforts and consideration of internal
Bermudian/spouse of Bermudian candidates.
A temporary work permit can take up to 10 working days to process and a standard work permit takes four weeks to process.
Employers have the right to appeal to the Minister following any decision made by the Board or the Minister. Appeals should be submitted on letter
form to the Department for the attention of the Chief Immigration Officer, made within seven (7) working days of the date of the refusal letter.
U.S. Insurance Regulation
State Regulation
Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by their state of domicile, as well as those states in which they do
business. The purpose of such regulation and supervision is primarily to provide safeguards for policyholders, rather than to protect the interests of
shareholders. The insurance laws of the various states establish regulatory agencies with broad administrative powers, including the power to grant or
revoke operating licenses and regulate trade practices, investments, premium rates, deposits of securities, the form and content of financial statements and
insurance policies, dividend limitations, cancellation and non-renewal of policies, accounting practices and the maintenance of specified reserves and
capital for the protection of policyholders.
The payment of dividends by our subsidiaries to us is limited by statute. In general, the laws and regulations applicable to our domestic insurance
subsidiaries limit the aggregate amount of dividends or other distributions that they may declare or pay within any 12 month period without advance
regulatory approval. In Ohio, the domiciliary state of James River Insurance and Falls Lake National Insurance Company (“Falls Lake National”), the
limitation is the greater of statutory net income for the preceding calendar year or 10% of the statutory surplus at the end of the preceding calendar year,
provided that such dividends may only be paid out of the earned surplus of each of the companies without obtaining regulatory approvals. In North
Carolina, the domiciliary state of Stonewood Insurance, this limitation is the greater of statutory net income excluding realized capital gains for the
preceding calendar year or 10% of the statutory surplus at the end of the preceding calendar year, provided that such dividends may only be paid out of
unassigned surplus without obtaining regulatory approval. In Virginia, the domiciliary state of James River Casualty Company, this limitation is the greater
of statutory net income excluding realized capital gains of the preceding calendar year or 10% of the statutory surplus at the end of the preceding calendar
year, provided that such dividends may only be paid out of unassigned surplus without obtaining regulatory approval. In California, the domiciliary state of
Falls Lake Fire and Casualty Company, this limitation is the greater of statutory net income for the preceding calendar year or 10% of the statutory surplus
at the end of the preceding calendar year, provided that such dividends may only be paid out of unassigned surplus without obtaining regulatory approval.
In addition, insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent
35
TABLE OF CONTENTS
reduction of statutory surplus to inadequate levels and could refuse to permit the payment of dividends calculated under any applicable formula.
Premium rate regulation varies greatly among jurisdictions and lines of insurance. In most states in which our subsidiaries write insurance, premium
rates for the various lines of insurance are subject to either prior approval or limited review upon implementation. States require rates for property-casualty
insurance that are adequate, not excessive, and not unfairly discriminatory.
Our insurance subsidiaries are required to file quarterly and annual reports with the appropriate regulatory agency in its state of domicile and with The
National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) based on applicable statutory regulations, which differ from U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles. Their business and accounts are subject to examination by such agencies at any time.
Many jurisdictions have laws and regulations that limit an insurer’s ability to withdraw from a particular market. For example, states may limit an
insurer’s ability to cancel or non-renew policies. Furthermore, certain states prohibit an insurer from withdrawing one or more lines of business from the
states, except pursuant to a plan approved by the state insurance department. Laws and regulations that limit cancellation and non-renewal and that subject
program withdrawals to prior approval requirements may restrict our ability to exit unprofitable marketplaces in a timely manner.
State laws governing insurance holding companies and insurance companies require an insurance holding company and their insurance subsidiaries to
register with the insurance department authority, to file certain reports disclosing information, including but not limited to capital structure, ownership,
management, and financial condition. Such holding company laws also impose standards and filing requirements on certain transactions between related
companies, which include, among other requirements, that all transactions be fair and reasonable, that an insurer’s surplus as regards policyholders be
reasonable and adequate in relation to its liabilities and that expenses and payments be allocated to the appropriate party in accordance with customary
accounting practices. These transactions between related companies include transfers of assets, loans, reinsurance agreements, service agreements, certain
dividend payments by the insurance companies and certain other material transactions and modifications to such transactions. In 2012, the NAIC adopted
significant changes to the insurance holding company act and regulations (the “NAIC Amendments”). The NAIC Amendments, when adopted by the
various states, are designed to respond to perceived gaps in the regulation of insurance holding company systems in the United States. One of the major
changes is a requirement that an insurance holding company system’s ultimate controlling person submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an
“enterprise risk report” that identifies activities, circumstances or events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied properly, are
likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company system as a whole. Other
changes include (i) requiring a controlling person to submit prior notice to its domiciliary insurance regulator of its divestiture of control, (ii) having
detailed minimum requirements for cost sharing and management agreements between an insurer and its affiliates and (iii) expanding the types of
agreements between an insurer and its affiliates to be filed with its domiciliary insurance regulator. The NAIC Amendments must be adopted by a state
legislature and such state’s insurance regulator in order to be effective in that state. Each of California, North Carolina, Ohio, and Virginia, the states in
which our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, include this enterprise risk report. In addition, in 2012, the NAIC adopted the Risk Management and
Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Model Act (the “ORSA Model Act”). The ORSA Model Act, when adopted by the various states, requires an
insurance holding company system’s Chief Risk Officer to submit at least annually to its lead state insurance regulator an Own Risk and Solvency
Assessment Summary Report (“ORSA”). The ORSA is a confidential internal assessment, appropriate to the nature, scale and complexity of an insurer, of
the material and relevant risks identified by the insurer associated with an insurer’s current business plan and the sufficiency of capital resources to support
those risks. The ORSA Model Act must be adopted by a state legislature in order to be effective in that state. Each of California, North Carolina, Ohio, and
Virginia, the states in which our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, adopted and require an ORSA filing.
The insurance holding company laws and regulations of the states in which our insurance companies are domiciled also generally require that before a
person can acquire direct or indirect control of an insurer domiciled in the state, and in some cases prior to divesting its control, prior written approval must
be obtained from the insurer’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. These laws discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent
an investment in or a change of control involving us, or one or more of our regulated subsidiaries, including transactions that our management and some or
all of our shareholders might consider desirable. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, “control” over an insurer is generally presumed to exist if any
person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds the power to vote or holds proxies representing, 10 percent or more of the voting securities of that
insurer. Indirect ownership includes ownership of the Company’s common shares.
Under state insurance guaranty fund laws, insurance companies doing business in a state can be assessed for certain obligations of insolvent insurance
companies to such insolvent companies’ policyholders and claimants. Maximum assessments allowed in any one year generally vary between one percent
and two percent of annual premiums written in that state, but it is
36
TABLE OF CONTENTS
possible that caps on such assessments could be raised if there are numerous or large insolvencies. In most states, guaranty fund assessments are
recoverable either through future policy surcharges or offsets to state premium tax liabilities.
The admitted market is subject to more state regulation than the E&S market, particularly with regard to rate and form filing requirements, restrictions
on the ability to exit lines of business, premium tax payments and membership in various state associations, such as guaranty funds. Some states have
deregulated their commercial insurance markets. We cannot predict the effect that further deregulation would have on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
The state insurance regulators utilize a risk-based capital model to help assess the capital and surplus adequacy of insurance companies in relation to
investment and insurance risks and identify insurers that are in, or are perceived as approaching, financial difficulty. This model establishes minimum
capital needs based on the risks applicable to the operations of the individual insurer. The risk-based capital requirements for property-casualty insurance
companies measure three major areas of risk: asset risk, credit risk and underwriting risk. Under risk-based capital requirements, regulatory compliance is
determined by the ratio of a company’s total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to its company action level risk-based capital. Companies having
less statutory surplus than required by the risk-based capital requirements are subject to varying degrees of regulatory scrutiny and intervention, depending
on the severity of the inadequacy. At December 31, 2021, the Company’s U.S.-based insurance subsidiaries had total adjusted statutory capital of $325.4
million, which is in excess of the minimum risk-based capital requirement.
In response to the growing threat of cyber-attacks in the insurance industry, certain jurisdictions have begun to consider new cybersecurity measures,
including the adoption of cybersecurity laws and regulations which, among other things, would require insurance companies to establish and maintain a
cybersecurity program and implement and maintain cybersecurity policies and procedures. On October 24, 2017, the NAIC adopted its Insurance Data
Security Model Law, intended to serve as model legislation for states to enact in order to govern cybersecurity and data protection practices of insurers,
insurance agents, and other licensed entities registered under state insurance laws. The following states have either adopted the NAIC Insurance Data
Security Model Law or similar laws that govern the cybersecurity and data protection practices of insurers, insurance agents, and other licensed entities
registered under state insurance laws: Alabama, California, Connecticut, Delaware, Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi,
New Hampshire, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia and Wisconsin. We continue to monitor whether the other states in
which we conduct business adopt the NAIC’s Insurance Data Security Model Law.
From time to time, states consider and/or enact laws that may alter or increase state authority to regulate insurance companies and insurance holding
companies. States also consider and/or enact laws that impact the competitive environment and marketplace for property-casualty insurance. Changes in
legislation or regulations and actions by regulators, including changes in administrative and enforcement policies, could require operational modifications
from time to time. We cannot predict the effect that such changes or actions would have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Federal Regulation
The U.S. federal government generally has not directly regulated the insurance industry except for certain areas of the market, such as insurance for
flood, nuclear and terrorism risks. However, the U.S. federal government has undertaken initiatives or considered legislation in several areas that may
impact the insurance industry, including tort reform, corporate governance and the taxation of reinsurance companies. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform
and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) established the Federal Insurance Office which is authorized to study, monitor and report to
Congress on the insurance industry and to recommend that the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) designate an insurer as an entity posing
risks to the U.S. financial stability in the event of the insurer’s material financial distress or failure. In December 2013, the Federal Insurance Office issued
a report on alternatives to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States, including by increasing national uniformity
through either a federal charter or effective action by the states. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act streamlined E&S placements, the payment of E&S taxes,
the regulation of credit for reinsurance, and simplified the process for insurers to become an eligible E&S insurer in the United States. In addition,
legislation has been introduced from time to time that, if enacted, could result in the U.S. federal government assuming a more direct role in the regulation
of the insurance industry, including federal licensing in addition to or in lieu of state licensing and reinsurance for natural catastrophes. Changes to federal
legislation and administrative policies in several areas, including changes in federal taxation, can also significantly impact the insurance industry and us.
On December 20, 2019, the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 and its successors, the Terrorism Risk Insurance Extension Act of 2005, the
Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007, and the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015 (collectively, the
“Terrorism Acts”), were extended through December 31, 2027. Under the Terrorism Acts, commercial property and casualty insurers, in exchange for
making terrorism insurance available, may be entitled to be reimbursed by the federal government for a portion of their aggregate losses. As required by the
Terrorism Acts, we offer policyholders in specific lines of commercial insurance the option to elect terrorism coverage.
37
TABLE OF CONTENTS
In order for a loss to be covered under the Terrorism Acts, the loss must meet the aggregate industry loss minimum and must be the result of an act of
terrorism as certified by the Secretary of the Treasury. Insurers participating in the Terrorism Acts are required to provide information regarding insurance
coverage for terrorism losses, including: (i) lines of business with exposure to such losses, (ii) premiums earned on such coverage, (iii) geographical
location of exposures, (iv) pricing of such coverage, (v) the take-up rate for such coverage, and (vi) the amount of private reinsurance for acts of terrorism
purchased.
Geographic Information
For each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, 100% of our gross written premiums and net earned premiums were generated from
policies issued to U.S.-based insureds.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
We believe that by understanding and leveraging the different dimensions of diversity in our workforce, we drive empowerment, collaboration and
innovation needed to be a leader in our industry. As of December 31, 2021, we had 638 employees located in the United States and Bermuda, all classified
as full-time. Of that population, 58% were female and 42% were male. Among the 98% of our employees who chose to disclose their race and ethnicity,
approximately 14% identified as Black or African American, 3% as Hispanic or Latino, 6% as Asian, 2% as two or more races, less than 1% as Native
Hawaiian or other Pacific Islander, and less than 1% as American Indian or Alaska Native.
Over the last year, our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) committee has made significant progress in bringing additional awareness and focus to
DEI topics throughout the company and in the locations where we operate. The committee is both diverse and made up of employees from all segments,
levels and office locations. The primary objectives of the committee are to increase awareness of diversity and inclusion, provide education opportunities to
all employees, improve understanding of how diversity and inclusion affect our corporate objectives, and identify and address potential roadblocks to
diversity and equity in hiring, promotion, physical environment and professional development.
We recognize the mutual benefits for our company and our employees to further their formal education and professional development. Our Employee
Development and Education Assistance program provides financial assistance for courses, development programs and professional affiliations.
Additionally, employees have access to an online learning management system that hosts courses and modules across a wide range of topics.
We offer a competitive benefits package that is designed to support the well-being of our employees. Our benefits include medical, dental and vision
insurance, a comprehensive employee assistance program to support the mental health of our employees and their families, employer-paid life and
disability plans, contributions to employee retirement accounts through a company match with immediate vesting as well as paid parental leave and
adoption assistance.
In July of 2021, after more than a year and a half of our offices being closed to all non-essential staff due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we reopened
our offices on a voluntary basis. We built a reopening plan that reflected the shared goals and needs of our employees and business, placing an emphasis on
remaining safe, productive and connected. Safety measures and procedures have been implemented throughout our offices to help ensure that all staff
working in the office remain safe.
We value the opinions and diverse perspectives of our employees and utilize the feedback that we receive throughout the year to help develop many of
our company programs, policies, and benefits. We conduct an annual engagement survey followed by voluntary focus group sessions to better assess how
motivated and engaged our employees are to perform their best each day. New hire feedback is collected following an employee’s first 30 days of
employment, which allows us to reflect upon and improve aspects of our recruitment and onboarding processes. In addition to the formal surveys and
feedback meetings, we collect valuable input through our Employee Suggestion Program where employees may express their feedback regarding any
aspect of their employment with our company.
Intellectual Property
We hold U.S. federal service mark registration of our corporate logo and several other company trademark registrations with the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office. Such registrations protect our intellectual property from confusingly similar use. We monitor our trademarks and service marks and
protect them from unauthorized use.
We use licensed and proprietary systems and technologies in our underwriting. The licenses have terms that expire at various times. We believe that
we can utilize other available systems and technologies in the event that the licenses are not renewed upon their expiration.
38
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Available Information
We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and other information with the SEC. The SEC
maintains an Internet web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, including us, that file
electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current
reports on Form 8-K and other information filed by us with the SEC are available, without charge, on our Internet web site, http://www.jrgh.net, as soon as
reasonably practicable after they are filed electronically with the SEC. Copies are also available, without charge, by writing to us at James River Group
Holdings, Ltd., Wellesley House, 2 Floor, 90 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke, HM 08, Bermuda. The information on our web site is not a part of this Annual
Report.
nd
39
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risks, together with the cautionary statement under the caption “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements” above and the other information included in this Annual Report. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks that
are currently unknown to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also impair our business or materially adversely affect our financial condition or
results of operations. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operation could be materially adversely
affected.
Summary
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
• Our actual incurred losses may be greater than our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
• Our risk management is based on estimates and judgments that are subject to significant uncertainties.
•
• Adverse economic factors could result in the sale of fewer policies than expected or an increase in frequency or severity of claims and premium
If we are unable to retain key management and employees or recruit other qualified personnel, we may be materially adversely affected.
defaults or both, which, in turn, could affect our growth and profitability.
• A decline in our financial strength rating may result in a reduction of new or renewal business.
• We distribute products through a select group of brokers and agents, several of which account for a significant portion of our business, and there
•
can be no assurance that such relationships will continue, or if they do continue, that the relationship will be on favorable terms to us.
Brokers or agents that produce our business may not forward premiums to us that they collect from our policyholders, and as a result, we may not
receive compensation for coverage set forth in the underlying policy.
• We rely on a select group of customers for a significant portion of our business, and the loss or termination of our relationship with any such
customers, or a material reduction in their business, could materially adversely affect our rate of growth, results of operations and financial
condition.
• We may be unable to obtain reinsurance coverage at reasonable prices or on terms that provide us adequate protection.
• We have primary liability on our insurance policies for losses, even if reinsurance counterparties or insurance companies with which we have a
fronting arrangement fail to make any contractually obligated payments with respect to such loss, or if we do not receive indemnification
payments pursuant to an arrangement we have with a former customer.
If we are unable to underwrite risks accurately and charge and collect competitive yet profitable rates to our policyholders, our business, financial
condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected.
The failure of any of the loss limitations or exclusions we employ, or changes in other claims or coverage issues, could result in higher than
anticipated losses.
•
•
• We have exposure to losses arising from unpredictable natural disasters, terrorist acts, and other catastrophic events, the occurrence of which could
result in an increase in the number or value of claims and could exceed the amount of reinsurance we purchased to protect us from such claims.
The global coronavirus outbreak could harm business and results of operations of the Company.
The effect of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business is uncertain, and may result in coverage of risks that we did not factor in our
policy prices.
•
•
• Our investment portfolio is subject to significant market and credit risks, which could result in a material adverse impact on our financial
condition or results of operations.
• We are subject to extensive regulation, and the cost of compliance with such regulation or new regulation, or the results of non-compliance, may
materially adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives and additionally may materially adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations.
• We, or agents we have appointed, may act based on inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the accounts we underwrite, the result of
which may be to cause us to misprice our policies.
• Agents may exceed their authority or commit fraud when binding policies on our behalf, causing us to make underwriting decisions on inadequate
or inaccurate information.
• Our reinsurance business is subject to loss settlements made by ceding companies and fronting carriers over which we have no control that are
binding upon us, which could materially adversely affect our performance.
• We could be forced to sell investments to meet our liquidity requirements, causing us to incur losses on the investments.
• We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or available only on unfavorable terms.
• Our credit agreements contain a number of financial and other covenants, the breach of which could result in acceleration of payment of amounts
due under our credit facilities.
If we are unable to keep pace with the technological advancements in the insurance industry, our ability to compete effectively could be impaired.
•
40
TABLE OF CONTENTS
•
•
If actual renewals of our existing contracts do not meet expectations, our premiums written in future years and our future results of operations
could be materially adversely affected.
If California, North Carolina, Ohio, or Virginia significantly increase the assessments our insurance companies are required to pay, our financial
condition and results of operations will suffer.
• Our use of third-party claims administrators in certain lines of business may achieve less desirable results which could cause us to incur higher
losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Risks Related to Taxation
•
•
•
Changes in U.S. tax laws and the interpretation of certain provisions of the 2017 Tax Act (including the regulations promulgated with respect
thereto), which may be retroactive, could have a significant impact on the Company and/or persons who own our shares.
The Company, JRG Re and James River Group Holdings UK Limited may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation and our non-U.K. companies
may be subject to U.K. taxation, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
Persons who own our shares may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation on our undistributed earnings and may recognize ordinary income
upon disposition of shares, non-corporate persons who own our shares may not qualify for the reduced tax rate for qualified dividend income on
the dividends paid by us in the future, and tax-exempt organizations who own our shares may recognize unrelated business taxable income.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Shares
•
•
The amount of dividends that we may pay to our common shareholders is subject to restriction pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred
Shares, and we cannot assure you that we will declare or pay dividends on our common shares in the future.
The issuance of the Series A Preferred Shares reduces the relative voting power of holders of our common shares, and the conversion of those
shares into common shares would dilute the ownership of common shareholders and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
• Dividends paid by our U.S. subsidiaries to James River UK may not be eligible for benefits under the U.S.-U.K. income tax treaty, reducing the
amount of funds that would be available for the payment of dividends.
• Our bye-laws and provisions of Bermuda law may impede or discourage a change of control transaction, which could deprive our investors of the
opportunity to receive a premium for their shares.
Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our shares.
There are regulatory limitations on the ownership and transfer of our common shares.
•
•
General Risk Factors
• We rely on our systems and employees, and those of certain third-party vendors and service providers in conducting our operations, and certain
failures, including internal or external fraud, operational errors, systems malfunctions, or cyber-security incidents, could materially adversely
affect our operations.
• Our operating results have in the past varied from quarter to quarter and may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.
•
Litigation and legal proceedings against us or our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or
results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our actual incurred losses may be greater than our loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
Our financial condition and results of operations depend upon our ability to assess accurately the potential losses and loss adjustment expenses under
the terms of the insurance policies or reinsurance contracts we underwrite. Reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability. Rather, reserves
represent an estimate of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost us, and our ultimate liability may be greater or less
than current reserves. These estimates are based on our assessment of facts and circumstances then known, as well as estimates of future trends in claim
severity, claim frequency, judicial theories of liability and other factors. These variables are affected by both internal and external events that could increase
our exposure to losses, including changes in actuarial projections, claims handling procedures, inflation, climate change, economic and judicial trends, and
legislative changes. We continually monitor reserves using new information on reported claims and a variety of statistical techniques.
In the insurance and reinsurance industry, there is always the risk that reserves may prove inadequate, and actual results always differ from our reserve
estimates. It is possible for insurance and reinsurance companies to underestimate the cost of
41
TABLE OF CONTENTS
claims. Our estimates could prove to be low, and this underestimation could have a material adverse effect on our financial strength. For example, in our
Casualty Reinsurance segment, we experienced adverse development on the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of: $137.6 million for the
calendar year ended December 31, 2021 primarily in underwriting years 2014 through 2018; $37.8 million in 2020 primarily in accident years 2014
through 2018; and $23.1 million in 2019 primarily in accident years 2011 through 2016. In addition, for the commercial auto business in our Excess and
Surplus Lines segment, we experienced adverse development on the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of: $200.1 million for the calendar
year ended December 31, 2021 principally relating to the 2019 and prior accident years; $91.4 million in 2020 principally relating to the 2018 and prior
accident years; and $57.4 million in 2019 principally relating to the 2016 and 2017 accident years. We cannot assure you that we will not have further
adverse development in our business.
The uncertainties we encounter in establishing our reserves for losses and related expenses in connection with our insurance businesses include:
• When we write “occurrence” policies, we are obligated to pay covered claims, up to the contractually agreed amount, for any covered loss that
occurs while the policy is in force. Losses can emerge many years after a policy has lapsed. Accordingly, our first notice of a claim or group of
claims may arise many years after a policy has lapsed. Approximately 94% of our Excess and Surplus Lines net casualty loss reserves are
associated with “occurrence form” policies at December 31, 2021.
• Even when a claim is received (irrespective of whether the policy is a “claims made” or “occurrence” basis form), it may take considerable time to
fully appreciate the extent of the covered loss suffered by the insured and, consequently, estimates of loss associated with specific claims can
increase over time.
• New theories of liability are enforced retroactively from time to time by courts. See also “The effect of emerging claim and coverage issues on our
business is uncertain” risk factor herein.
• Volatility in the financial markets, economic events and other external factors may result in an increase in the number of claims and the severity of
the claims reported. In addition, elevated inflationary conditions could, among other things, cause loss costs to increase.
• If claims became more frequent, even if we had no liability for those claims, the cost of evaluating these potential claims could escalate beyond the
amount of the reserves we have established. As we enter new lines of business, or as a result of new theories of claims, we may encounter an
increase in claims frequency and greater claims handling costs than we had anticipated.
• We occasionally enter new lines of insurance, and as a consequence, we sometimes have to make estimates of future losses for risk classes with
which we do not have a great deal of loss experience. This lack of loss experience may contribute to making errors of judgment when establishing
reserves.
In addition, reinsurance reserve estimates are typically subject to greater uncertainty than insurance reserve estimates, primarily due to reliance on the
original underwriting decisions made by the ceding company. As a result, we are subject to the risk that our ceding companies may not have adequately
evaluated the risks reinsured by us and the premiums ceded may not adequately compensate us for the risks we assume. Other factors resulting in additional
uncertainty in establishing reinsurance reserves include:
• The increased lapse of time from the occurrence of an event to the reporting of the claim and the ultimate resolution or settlement of the claim.
• The diversity of development patterns among different types of reinsurance treaties.
• The necessary reliance on the ceding company for information regarding claims.
If any of our insurance or reinsurance reserves should prove to be inadequate for the reasons discussed above, or for any other reason, we will be
required to increase reserves, resulting in a reduction in our net income and shareholders’ equity in the period in which the deficiency is identified. Future
loss experience substantially in excess of established reserves could also have a material adverse effect on future earnings and liquidity and financial rating,
which could affect our ability to attract business, our cost of capital and our ability to retain or hire qualified personnel.
Our risk management is based on estimates and judgments that are subject to significant uncertainties.
Our approach to risk management relies on subjective variables that entail significant uncertainties. For example, we rely heavily on estimates of
probable maximum losses for certain events that are generated by computer-run models. In addition, we rely on historical data and scenarios in managing
credit and interest rate risks in our investment portfolio. These estimates, models, data and scenarios may not produce accurate predictions and
consequently, we could incur losses both in the risks we underwrite and to the value of our investment portfolio.
42
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Small changes in assumptions, which depend heavily on our judgment and foresight, can have a significant impact on the modeled outputs. Although
we believe that these probabilistic measures provide a meaningful indicator of the relative risk of certain events and changes to our business over time,
these measures do not predict our actual exposure to, nor guarantee our successful management of, future losses that could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to retain key management and employees or recruit other qualified personnel, we may be materially adversely affected.
We believe that our future success depends, in large part, on our ability to retain our experienced management team and key employees. For instance,
our specialty insurance operations require the services of a number of highly experienced employees, including underwriters, to source quality business and
analyze and manage our risk exposure. There can be no assurance that we can attract and retain the necessary employees to conduct our business activities
on a timely basis or at all. Our competitors may offer more favorable compensation and/or permanent remote work arrangements to our key management or
employees to incentivize them to leave our Company, or alternatively, to make it more difficult for us to hire such persons. Additionally, the transition to
remote work by employees has allowed competitors that are located in different states or parts of the country to solicit our employees without requiring
their relocation. Although we have employment agreements with the majority of the members of our senior management team, we do not have employment
agreements with our senior underwriters or claims personnel. Our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel and the loss of services of key personnel
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, if members of management or a significant number of our employees should become unavailable due to an outbreak of COVID-19
among them, whether due to a return to work in an office environment or otherwise, our operations could be disrupted, which may have a detrimental
impact on our business.
Adverse economic factors, including recession, inflation, periods of high unemployment or lower economic activity could result in the sale of fewer
policies than expected or an increase in frequency or severity of claims and premium defaults or both, which, in turn, could affect our growth and
profitability.
Factors such as business revenue, economic conditions, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, inflation and COVID-19 or other pandemics
can all affect the business and economic environment. These same factors affect our ability to generate revenue and profits. In an economic downturn that
is characterized by higher unemployment, declining spending and reduced corporate revenues, the demand for insurance products is adversely affected,
which directly affects our premium levels and profitability. Negative economic factors may also affect our ability to receive the appropriate rate for the risk
we insure with our policyholders and may adversely affect the number of policies we can write, including with respect to our opportunities to underwrite
profitable business. In an economic downturn, our customers may have less need for insurance coverage, cancel existing insurance policies, modify their
coverage, self-insure their risks, or not renew with us. Existing policyholders may exaggerate or even falsify claims to obtain higher claims payments, or
not pay premiums on our policies when due. These outcomes would reduce our underwriting profit to the extent these factors are not reflected in the rates
we charge.
We underwrite a significant portion of our insurance in (i) the Excess and Surplus Lines segment in California, Florida, Texas and New York, (ii) the
individual risk workers’ compensation business of the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment in North Carolina, Georgia, Missouri, and Virginia, and (iii)
the fronting and program business of the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment in California, Michigan, New York, Texas, and Georgia. Any economic
downturn or reduced business activities in any such state, or other states where we conduct business, could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations.
If the current high inflationary environment persists over an extended period of time, it could adversely affect the adequacy of our reserves by
increasing average loss costs over time, negatively impact the values of our investments and our investment returns, and may increase our compensation
expenses.
A decline in our financial strength rating may result in a reduction of new or renewal business.
Companies, insurers and reinsurance brokers use ratings from independent ratings agencies as an important means of assessing the financial strength
and quality of reinsurers. A.M. Best has assigned a financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent), which is the fourth highest of 13 ratings that A.M. Best
issues, to each of James River Insurance, James River Casualty, Falls Lake Fire and Casualty, Falls Lake National, Stonewood Insurance, JRG Re and
Carolina Re. A.M. Best assigns ratings that are intended to provide an independent opinion of an insurance or reinsurance company’s ability to meet its
obligations to policyholders and such ratings are not an evaluation directed to investors. A.M. Best periodically reviews our rating and may revise it
downward or revoke it at its sole discretion based primarily on its analysis of our balance sheet strength (including capital adequacy and loss and loss
adjustment expense reserve adequacy), operating performance and business profile. Factors that could affect such an analysis include but are not limited to:
43
TABLE OF CONTENTS
• if we change our business practices from our organizational business plan in a manner that no longer supports our A.M. Best’s rating;
• if unfavorable financial, regulatory or market trends affect us, including excess market capacity;
• if our losses exceed our loss reserves;
• if we have unresolved issues with government regulators;
• if we are unable to retain our senior management or other key personnel;
• if our investment portfolio incurs significant losses;
• if A.M. Best alters its capital adequacy assessment methodology in a manner that would adversely affect our rating; or
• if A.M. Best reduces its assessment of our enterprise risk management (as was the case in the May 2021 downgrade described below).
These and other factors could result in a downgrade of our rating. A downgrade of our rating could cause our current and future brokers and agents,
retail brokers and insureds to choose other, more highly-rated competitors. A downgrade of this rating could also increase the cost or reduce the availability
of reinsurance to us, increase collateral required for our assumed reinsurance business, trigger termination of assumed and/or ceded reinsurance contracts,
trigger termination rights in certain of our agreements with MGAs in our Specialty Admitted segment, or result in a default under our credit facilities. See
the Risk Factor “Our credit agreements contain a number of financial and other covenants, the breach of any of which could result in acceleration of
payment of amounts due under our credit facilities.”
On May 7, 2021, A.M. Best announced that it downgraded the financial strength rating on our regulated insurance subsidiaries from “A” to “A-”
(Excellent) with a negative outlook, as a result of the recurring nature of our adverse reserve development in our commercial auto lines and A.M. Best’s
reduction of its assessment of our enterprise risk management. On September 30, 2021, A.M. Best revised the outlook to stable from negative and affirmed
the financial strength rating of “A-” (Excellent) on our regulated insurance subsidiaries following the announcement of a retroactive legacy reinsurance
transaction described in more detail under “Item 1. Business–Business Segments–Purchase of Reinsurance–Amounts Recoverable from an Indemnifying
Party and Reinsurer on Legacy Commercial Auto Book”.
In addition, in view of the earnings and capital pressures recently experienced by many financial institutions, including insurance companies, it is
possible that rating organizations will heighten the level of scrutiny that they apply to such institutions, will increase the frequency and scope of their credit
reviews, will request additional information from the companies that they rate and may increase the capital and other requirements employed in the rating
organizations’ models for maintenance of certain ratings levels. It is possible that such reviews of us may result in adverse ratings consequences, which
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. A downgrade below “A-” or withdrawal of any rating could
severely limit or prevent us from writing new and renewal insurance or reinsurance contracts. See also “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Ratings.”
We distribute products through a select group of brokers and agents, several of which account for a significant portion of our business, and there can
be no assurance that such relationships will continue, or if they do continue, that the relationship will be on favorable terms to us. In addition, reliance
on brokers and agents subjects us to their credit risk.
We distribute our products through a select group of brokers and agents. In 2021:
• the Excess and Surplus Lines segment conducted business with three brokers that produced an aggregate of $568.9 million in gross written
premiums, or 68.2% of that segment’s gross written premiums for the year;
• the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment conducted business with two agencies that produced $213.6 million in gross written premiums,
representing 43.5% of that segment’s gross written premiums for the year; and
• the Casualty Reinsurance segment conducted business with three brokers that generated $153.9 million of gross written premiums, or 84.5% of that
segment’s gross written premiums for the year.
We cannot assure you that the relationship with any of these brokers will continue. Even if the relationships do continue, they may not be on terms that
are profitable for us. The termination of a relationship with one or more significant brokers or agents could result in lower direct written premiums and
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or business prospects.
There is a continuing trend toward consolidation among retail and wholesale brokers and agents. As brokers and agents consolidate and competition
among them declines, they may seek and receive higher commissions. Increases in commission expense could reduce our underwriting profit.
44
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Certain premiums from policyholders, where the business is produced by brokers or agents, are collected directly by the brokers or agents and
forwarded to our insurance subsidiaries. In certain jurisdictions, when the insured pays its policy premium to brokers or agents for payment on behalf of
our insurance subsidiaries, the premiums might be considered to have been paid under applicable insurance laws and regulations. Accordingly, the insured
would no longer be liable to us for those amounts, whether or not we have actually received the premiums from that broker or agent. Consequently, we
assume a degree of credit risk associated with brokers and agents. Where necessary, we review the financial condition of potential new brokers and agents
before we agree to transact business with them. Although failures by brokers and agents to remit premiums have not been material to date, there may be
instances where brokers and agents collect premiums but do not remit them to us and we may be required under applicable law to provide the coverage set
forth in the policy despite the absence of premiums.
Because the possibility of these events depends in large part upon the financial condition and internal operations of our brokers and agents (which in
most cases is not public information), we are not able to quantify the exposure presented by this risk. If we are unable to collect premiums from brokers and
agents in the future, underwriting profits may decline and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We rely on a select group of customers for a significant portion of our business, and the loss or termination of our relationship with any of these
customers, or a material reduction in business with any of these customers, could materially adversely affect our rate of growth, results of operations
and financial condition.
Our largest customer, Atlas General Insurance Services, accounted for approximately $124.1 million of our gross written premium in 2021,
representing 8.2% of our gross written premiums in 2021. No insured generated 10.0% or more of consolidated gross written premiums for 2021.
Atlas General Insurance Services was also our largest customer in 2020, accounting for approximately $125.5 million of our gross written premium,
representing 10.0% of our gross written premiums in 2020. No other insured generated 10.0% or more of consolidated gross written premiums for 2020.
The loss or termination of our relationship with Atlas General Insurance Services, or another significant customer, or a material reduction in business
with any such party, could materially adversely affect our rate of growth, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be unable to obtain reinsurance coverage at reasonable prices or on terms that provide us adequate protection.
We purchase reinsurance in many of our lines of business to help manage our exposure to insurance and reinsurance risks that we underwrite and to
reduce volatility in our results. In addition, JRG Re has managed its risk through retrocession arrangements with third-party reinsurers. A retrocession is a
practice whereby a reinsurer cedes risk to one or more other reinsurers.
The availability and cost of reinsurance are subject to prevailing market conditions, both in terms of price and available capacity, each of which can
affect our business volume and profitability. The availability of reasonably affordable reinsurance is a critical element of our business plan. One important
way we utilize reinsurance is to reduce volatility in claims payments by limiting our exposure to losses from large risks. Another way we use reinsurance is
to purchase substantial protection against concentrated losses when we enter new markets. In addition, the ability to obtain reinsurance is critical to our
objective to grow our fee-based fronting business. As a result, our ability to manage volatility and avoid significant losses, expand into new markets, grow
by offering insurance to new kinds of enterprises, or grow our fronting business may be limited by the unavailability of reasonably priced reinsurance. We
may not be able to obtain reinsurance on acceptable terms or from entities with satisfactory creditworthiness. In such event, if we are unwilling to accept
the terms or credit risk of potential reinsurers, we would have to reduce the level of our underwriting commitments, which would reduce our revenues.
Reinsurance capacity has become more restricted making reinsurance placements more challenging during 2021 than in prior years.
Many reinsurance companies have begun to exclude certain coverages from, or alter terms in, the reinsurance contracts we enter into with them. Some
exclusions relate to risks that we cannot in turn exclude from the policies we write due to business or regulatory constraints. In addition, reinsurers are
imposing terms, such as lower per occurrence and aggregate limits, and more exclusions, limiting the protection provided under the reinsurance contract.
As a result, we, like other direct insurance companies, write insurance policies which to some extent do not have the benefit of reinsurance protection.
These gaps in reinsurance protection expose us to greater risk and greater potential losses. For example, certain reinsurers have excluded coverage for
terrorist acts or priced such coverage at unreasonably high rates. Many direct insurers, including us, have written policies without terrorist act exclusions
and in many cases we cannot exclude terrorist acts because of regulatory constraints. We may, therefore, be exposed to potential losses as a result of
terrorist acts. See also “Item 1. Business — Business Segments—Purchase of Reinsurance.”
45
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We are subject to credit risk with regard to our reinsurance counterparties, insurance companies with which we have a fronting arrangement and an
indemnification arrangement we have with a former customer.
Although reinsurance makes the assuming reinsurer liable to us to the extent of the risk ceded, we are not relieved of our primary liability to our
insureds as the direct insurer. At December 31, 2021, reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses from our three largest reinsurers was $706.9 million in the
aggregate and represented 52.4% of the total balance. Additionally, prepaid reinsurance premiums ceded to three reinsurers at December 31, 2021 was
$143.6 million in the aggregate, or 49.3% of the total balance of prepaid reinsurance premiums. In addition to reinsurance purchased to manage our
ongoing business, we entered into a loss portfolio transfer reinsurance transaction on our legacy commercial auto lines business in our Excess & Surplus
Lines segment (the “Commercial Auto LPT”). At December 31, 2021, reinsurance recoverables on the Commercial Auto LPT were $272.3 million
(including $256.5 million of unpaid recoverables and $15.9 million of paid recoverables).
At December 31, 2021, all of our material reinsurance recoverable amounts are from companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A-" (Excellent) or better,
are collateralized by the reinsurer for our benefit through letters of credit or funds held in trust accounts, or represent recoverables from a state residual
market for automobile insurance, but we cannot be sure that our reinsurers will pay all reinsurance claims on a timely basis or at all. For example,
reinsurers may default in their financial obligations to us as the result of insolvency, lack of liquidity, operational failure, fraud, asserted defenses based on
agreement wordings or the principle of utmost good faith, asserted deficiencies in the documentation of agreements or for other reasons. The failure of a
reinsurer to pay us does not lessen our contractual obligations to insureds. If a reinsurer fails to pay the expected portion of a claim or claims, our net losses
might increase substantially and materially adversely affect our financial condition. Any disputes regarding reinsurance contracts, indemnification
arrangements and related agreements could be time-consuming, costly and uncertain of success.
Downgrades to the credit ratings of our reinsurance counterparties may result in the reduction of rating agency capital credit provided by those
reinsurance contracts and could, therefore, result in a downgrade of our own credit ratings. In addition, under the reinsurance regulations, in many states
where our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, certain reinsurers are required to collateralize their obligations to us and to the extent they do not do
so, our ability for regulators to recognize this reinsurance will be impaired. We evaluate each reinsurance claim based on the facts of the case, historical
experience with the reinsurer on similar claims and existing case law and include any amounts deemed uncollectible from the reinsurer in our reserve for
uncollectible reinsurance. See also “Item 1. Business— Business Segments— Purchase of Reinsurance.”
Similarly, in our fronting business, which we conduct through our Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, we are primarily liable to the insureds
because we have issued the policies. While we customarily require a collateral trust arrangement to secure the obligations of the insurance entity for which
we are fronting, we do not obtain collateral in every instance and in situations where we do obtain collateral for the obligations of the other insurance entity,
it is possible that the collateral could be insufficient to cover all claims, either as a result of a decline in the value of the collateral, an increase in the
obligations being collateralized, or a failure of management to monitor the adequacy of the collateral held. In that event, we would be contractually entitled
to recovery from the entity for which we are fronting, but it is possible that, for any of a variety of reasons, the other party could default in its obligations.
See also “Item 1. Business— Business Segments—Specialty Admitted Insurance Segment—Fronting & Program Business.”
We are exposed to credit risk relating to a set of insurance contracts previously issued to Rasier, under which the Company pays losses and loss
adjustment expenses on the contracts. Rasier is contractually obligated to reimburse us for the losses and loss adjustment expenses paid on their behalf
pursuant to indemnification agreements with it. This reimbursement obligation is supported by collateral posted for our benefit in a trust account from time
to time. If Rasier fails to reimburse us, and the collateral posted for our benefit to support their reimbursement obligations is insufficient, our financial
condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See also "Item 1. Business— Business Segments— Purchase of Reinsurance —
Amounts Recoverable from an Indemnifying Party."
If we are unable to underwrite risks accurately and charge and collect competitive yet profitable rates to our policyholders, our business, financial
condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected.
In general, the premiums for our insurance policies are established at the time a policy is issued and, therefore, before all of our underlying costs are
known. Like other insurance companies, we rely on estimates and assumptions in setting our premium rates. Establishing adequate premium rates is
necessary, together with investment income, to generate sufficient revenue to offset losses, loss adjustment expenses and other underwriting costs and to
earn a profit. If we do not accurately assess the risks that we assume, we may not charge adequate premiums to cover our losses and expenses, which would
materially adversely affect our results of operations and our profitability. Alternatively, we could set our premiums too high, which could reduce our
competitiveness and lead to lower revenues.
46
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pricing involves the acquisition and analysis of historical loss data and the projection of future trends, loss costs and expenses, and inflation trends,
among other factors, for each of our products in multiple risk tiers and many different markets. In order to accurately price our policies, we:
• collect and properly analyze a substantial volume of data from our insureds;
• develop, test and apply appropriate actuarial projections and rating formulas;
• closely monitor and timely recognize changes in trends; and
• project both frequency and severity of our insureds’ losses with reasonable accuracy.
We seek to implement our pricing accurately in accordance with our assumptions. Our ability to undertake these efforts successfully and, as a result,
accurately price our policies, is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including:
• insufficient or unreliable data;
• incorrect or incomplete analysis of available data;
• uncertainties generally inherent in estimates and assumptions;
• our failure to implement appropriate actuarial projections and rating formulas or other pricing methodologies;
• regulatory constraints on rate increases;
• our failure to accurately estimate investment yields and the duration of our liability for loss and loss adjustment expenses; and
• unanticipated court decisions, legislation or regulatory action.
In addition to charging profitable rates on the insurance policies we issue, we also must be able to collect the premiums, deductibles, and self-insured
retentions that our insureds agreed to pay at the inception of their policies. The inability or refusal of our insureds to pay the amounts owed by them
pursuant to their policies undermines our goal of underwriting risk accurately and charging competitive yet profitable rates, and could adversely affect our
results of operations and our profitability.
The failure of any of the loss limitations or exclusions we employ, or changes in other claims or coverage issues, could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition or results of operations.
Although we seek to mitigate our loss exposure through a variety of methods, the future is inherently unpredictable. It is difficult to predict the timing,
frequency and severity of losses with statistical certainty. It is not possible to completely eliminate our exposure to unforecasted or unpredictable events
and, to the extent that losses from such risks occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
For instance, various provisions of our policies, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage or choice of forum, which have been negotiated to
limit our risks, may not be enforceable in the manner we intend. At the present time, we employ a variety of endorsements to our policies that limit
exposure to known risks.
In addition, we design our Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s policy terms to manage our exposure to expanding theories of legal liability like those
which have given rise to claims for lead paint, asbestos, mold, construction defects and environmental matters. Many of the policies we issue also include
conditions requiring the prompt reporting of claims to us and entitle us to decline coverage in the event of a violation of that condition. Also, many of our
policies limit the period during which a policyholder may bring a claim under the policy, which in many cases is shorter than the statutory period under
which such claims can be brought against our policyholders. While these exclusions and limitations help us assess and reduce our loss exposure and help
eliminate known exposures to certain risks, it is possible that a court or regulatory authority could nullify or void an exclusion or legislation could be
enacted modifying or barring the use of such endorsements and limitations. For example, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, there have been
proposals by federal and state lawmakers to retroactively amend business interruption insurance policies to cover claims related to COVID-19 when such
insurance policies otherwise would exclude such risks. Further, a number of states have instituted, and other states are considering instituting, changes
designed to effectively expand workers’ compensation coverage by creating presumptions of compensability of claims for certain types of workers. These
types of governmental actions could result in higher than anticipated losses and loss adjustment expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition or results of operations. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued insurance
policies that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance contracts may not be known for many years after a
contract is issued.
47
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We have exposure to losses arising from unpredictable natural disasters, terrorist acts, and other catastrophic events. Claims from these events could
reduce our earnings and cause volatility in our results of operations.
We have exposure to losses arising from unpredictable natural disasters, terrorist acts, and other catastrophic events. These events can cause losses in a
variety of our property-casualty lines and generally result in an increase in the number of claims filed as well as the amount of compensation sought by
claimants.
The incidence and severity of natural disasters, terrorist acts, and other catastrophic events are inherently unpredictable. The extent of losses from
catastrophes is a function of the frequency of loss events, the total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by each event and the severity of the
events. Claims from catastrophic events could exceed our amount of reinsurance purchased to protect us from such events, cause us to pay reinstatement
premiums, reduce our earnings and cash flows, cause volatility in our results of operations and cash flows for any fiscal period or materially impact our
financial condition. For example, for the third quarter ending September 30, 2021, we incurred $5.0 million in net catastrophe losses related to Hurricane
Ida.
A large-scale pandemic, the continued threat or occurrence of terrorism, within the United States and abroad, or military and other actions, and
heightened security measures in response to these types of threats may cause significant volatility and losses in our investment portfolio from declines in
the equity markets and from interest rate changes in the United States, Europe and elsewhere, and result in loss of life, property damage, disruptions to
commerce and reduced economic activity. Some of our assets in our investment portfolio may be adversely affected by declines in the equity markets and
reduced economic activity caused by a large-scale pandemic or the continued threat of terrorism. Additionally, a large-scale pandemic or terrorist act could
have a material effect on sales, profitability, competitiveness, marketability of product offerings, liquidity and operating results. See “The global
coronavirus outbreak could harm business and results of operations of the Company” risk factor herein.
The global coronavirus outbreak could harm business and results of operations of the Company.
In December 2019, a coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak was reported in China, and, in March 2020, the World Health Organization declared it a
pandemic. COVID-19 variants continue to spread throughout the United States and Bermuda, the countries in which the Company operates. In response,
many governments, including Bermuda, the state and local governments of the States of Virginia and North Carolina, and governments in many other states
in which our policyholders are located, instituted emergency restrictions that substantially limited the operation of non-essential businesses and the
activities of individuals. Many jurisdictions impose, ease, and reinstate emergency restrictions in response to the spread of COVID-19 variants. These
restrictions could result in significant adverse effects on our policyholders and many different types of small and mid-sized businesses within the
Company’s client base, particularly those in the retail, hospitality and food and beverage industries, among many others. The ultimate effect and severity of
COVID-19 on the economy is not known nor is the ultimate length of the restrictions and any accompanying effects caused by it.
The effect of COVID-19 and related events, including those described above and those not yet known, could have a negative effect on the stock price,
business prospects, financial condition and results of operations of the Company, including as a result of quarantines, market volatility, market downturns,
actions of lawmakers and regulators, changes in consumer behavior, business closures, deterioration in the credit quality of policyholders or the inability of
policyholders to pay their premium and deductible obligations to the Company, and deterioration in the credit quality of reinsurers or insurance entities
with which we have a fronting arrangement or the inability of reinsurers or the insurance entities for which we are fronting to pay their obligations to the
Company. The impact of the pandemic may also exacerbate the other risks described in this "Risk Factors" section. The occurrence of any of the events
described in these risk factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
The effect of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business is uncertain.
As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and
coverage may emerge. These issues may materially adversely affect our business by either broadening coverage beyond our underwriting intent or by
increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until sometime after we have issued insurance or
reinsurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under our insurance or reinsurance contracts may not be known
for many years after a contract is issued.
Four examples of unanticipated risks that affected the insurance industry are:
• Asbestos liability applied to manufacturers of products and contractors who installed those products;
• Apportionment of liability for settlement assigned to subcontractors who may have been involved in mundane tasks (such as installing sheetrock in
a home);
48
TABLE OF CONTENTS
• Court decisions, such as the 1995 Montrose decision in California, that read policy exclusions narrowly so as to expand coverage, thereby requiring
insurers to create and write new exclusions.; and
• Social inflation trends, including higher and more frequent claims, more favorable judgments and legislated increases.
Our investment portfolio is subject to significant market and credit risks, which could result in a material adverse impact on our financial condition or
results of operations.
Our results of operations depend, in part, on the performance of our investment portfolio. We seek to hold a diversified portfolio of investments that is
managed by professional investment advisory management firms in accordance with our investment policy and periodically reviewed by our Investment
Committee. However, our investments are subject to general economic conditions and market risks as well as risks inherent to particular securities.
Our primary market risk exposures are to changes in interest rates and equity prices. See "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
Market Risk.” In recent years, interest rates have been at or near historic lows. A protracted low interest rate environment would continue to place pressure
on net investment income, particularly related to fixed income securities and short-term investments, which, in turn, may materially adversely affect our
operating results. Future increases in interest rates could cause the values of our fixed income securities portfolios to decline, with the magnitude of the
decline depending on the duration of our portfolio and the amount by which interest rates increase. Some fixed income securities have call or prepayment
options, which represent possible reinvestment risk in declining rate environments. Other fixed income securities such as mortgage-backed and asset-
backed securities carry prepayment risk or, in a rising interest rate environment, may not pre-pay as quickly as expected. In addition, individual securities in
our fixed income securities portfolio are subject to credit risk and default. Downgrades in the credit ratings of fixed maturities can have a significant
negative effect on the market valuation of such securities.
In the event of a financial crisis or severe downturn in public debt and equity markets, we could incur substantial realized and unrealized investment
losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, debt and financial strength ratings,
insurance subsidiaries’ capital liquidity and ability to access capital markets.
The value of our investment portfolio is subject to the risk that certain investments may default or become impaired due to deterioration in the financial
condition of one or more issuers of the securities held, or due to deterioration in the financial condition of an insurer that guarantees an issuer’s payments of
such investments. Such defaults and impairments could reduce our net investment income and result in realized investment losses.
We hold investments in bank loans (6.7% of the carrying value of our cash and invested assets (excluding restricted cash equivalents) as of
December 31, 2021. Most of these loans are issued to sub-investment grade borrowers. While this class of investment has been profitable for us, a severe
downturn in the markets could materially adversely affect the value of these investments, including the possibility that we would suffer substantial losses
on this portfolio. As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of our investments in bank loans was $156.0 million.
As of December 31, 2021, we held equity investments of $26.9 million in non-public limited liability companies that have invested in renewable
energy investments. These investments were sponsored and are managed by an entity for which two former directors serve as officers. We invested in the
equity of these projects because we anticipate earning attractive risk-adjusted returns from these investments. However, our investments in these projects
are illiquid and the ultimate results from these investments may be unknown for some time.
We also invest in marketable equity securities. These securities are carried on the balance sheet at fair market value and are subject to potential losses
and declines in market value. Our invested assets also include interests in limited partnerships and privately held debt investments totaling $25.0 million at
December 31, 2021. These investments were designed to provide diversification of risk and enhance the return on the overall portfolio. However, these
investments entail substantial risks and are generally illiquid. Our investment portfolio is subject to increased valuation uncertainties when investment
markets are illiquid. The valuation of investments is more subjective when markets are illiquid, thereby increasing the risk that the estimated fair value (i.e.,
the carrying amount) does not reflect prices at which actual transactions would occur.
Risks for all types of securities are managed through application of our investment policy, which establishes investment parameters that include (but
are not limited to) maximum percentages of investment in certain types of securities and minimum levels of credit quality, which we believe are within
guidelines established by the NAIC, BMA and various state insurance departments, as applicable.
Although we seek to preserve our capital, we cannot be certain that our investment objectives will be achieved, and results may vary substantially over
time. In addition, although we seek to employ investment strategies that are not correlated with our insurance and reinsurance exposures, losses in our
investment portfolio may occur at the same time as underwriting losses and, therefore, exacerbate the adverse effect of the losses on us.
49
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We may become subject to additional government or market regulation which may have a material adverse impact on our business.
Market disruptions like those experienced during the credit-driven financial market collapse in 2008, as well as the dramatic increase in the capital
allocated to alternative asset management during recent years, have led to increased governmental as well as self-regulatory scrutiny of the insurance
industry in general. In addition, certain legislation proposing greater regulation of the industry is periodically considered by governing bodies of some
jurisdictions as well as the U.S. federal government. The credit-driven equity market collapse in 2008 or other significant market disruptions may increase
the likelihood that some increased regulation of the industry is mandated.
Because we are a Bermuda company, we are subject to changes in Bermuda law and regulation that may have a material adverse impact on our
operations, including through the imposition of tax liability or increased regulatory supervision. In addition, we will be exposed to any changes in the
political environment in Bermuda.
Our business could be materially adversely affected by changes in state laws, including those relating to asset and reserve valuation requirements,
surplus requirements, limitations on investments and dividends, enterprise risk and risk-based capital requirements and, at the federal level, by laws and
regulations that may affect certain aspects of the insurance industry, including proposals for preemptive federal regulation. The U.S. federal government
generally has not directly regulated the insurance industry except for certain areas of the market, such as insurance for flood, nuclear and terrorism risks.
However, the U.S. federal government has undertaken initiatives or considered legislation in several areas that may affect the insurance industry, including
tort reform, corporate governance and the taxation of reinsurance companies. The Dodd-Frank Act also established the Federal Insurance Office, which is
authorized to study, monitor and report to Congress on the insurance industry and to recommend that the FSOC designate an insurer as an entity posing
risks to U.S. financial stability in the event of the insurer’s material financial distress or failure. In December 2013, the Federal Insurance Office issued a
report on alternatives to modernize and improve the system of insurance regulation in the United States, including increasing national uniformity through
either a federal charter or effective action by the states. Any additional regulations established as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act or actions in response to
the Federal Insurance Office Report could increase our costs of compliance or lead to disciplinary action. In addition, legislation has been introduced from
time to time that, if enacted, could result in the U.S. federal government assuming a more direct role in the regulation of the insurance industry, including
federal licensing in addition to or in lieu of state licensing and reinsurance for natural catastrophes. We are unable to predict whether any legislation will be
enacted or any regulations will be adopted, or the effect that any such developments could have on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Bermuda insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework has become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions. The BMA sought
“regulatory equivalency” which enables Bermuda’s commercial insurers to transact business with the European Union on a “level playing field”. In
connection with its initial efforts to achieve equivalency under Solvency II, the BMA implemented and imposed additional requirements on the companies
it regulates, such as JRG Re and Carolina Re. On November 26, 2015, via delegated act, the European Commission granted Bermuda’s commercial
insurers full equivalence in all areas of Solvency II for an indefinite period of time. The European Commission’s act was reviewed and approved by the
European Parliament and Council. On March 4, 2016, the delegated act was published in the official journal of the European Union. The grant of full
equivalence came into force on March 24, 2016 and applies from January 1, 2016.
Additionally, the regulatory environment surrounding information security and privacy is increasingly demanding. We are subject to numerous U.S.
federal and state laws governing the protection of personal and confidential information of our clients and employees, and new privacy laws have been
adopted or are being considered at the state and federal level that may be applicable to us. The NAIC adopted an Insurance Data Security Model Law on
October 24, 2017, which requires licensed insurance entities to comply with detailed information security requirements. To date, the following states have
either adopted the NAIC Insurance Data Security Model Law or similar laws that govern the cybersecurity and data protection practices of insurers,
insurance agents, and other licensed entities registered under state insurance laws: Alabama, California, Connecticut, Delaware, Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana,
Maine, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia and Wisconsin. It is not
yet known whether, and to what extent, other state legislatures or insurance regulators where we operate will enact the NAIC Insurance Data Security
Model Law in whole or in part, or in a modified form. Such enactments, especially if inconsistent between states or with existing laws and regulations,
could raise compliance costs or increase the risk of noncompliance, with the attendant risk of being subject to regulatory enforcement actions and penalties,
as well as reputational harm. Further, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the "CCPA") went into force on January 1, 2020. The CCPA requires
that companies subject to its jurisdictional reach provide specific disclosures regarding privacy practices and give Californians the ability to ask for access
to or the deletion of their personal information. It also limits the ability of a company to sell data about California residents. Regulations implementing the
CCPA went into effect in 2020, and other states may pass similar legislation. In November 2020, the California Privacy Rights Act (the "CPRA") was
approved in California and amends the CCPA. The CPRA goes into effect on January 1, 2023 and implementing regulations are expected sometime during
2022. The CCPA and CPRA may impose compliance costs, and
50
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ambiguities surrounding the CCPA and CPRA increase the risk of noncompliance, with the attendant risk of being subject to regulatory enforcement
actions and penalties, as well as class action litigation. Any such events could potentially have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
It is impossible to predict what, if any, changes in the regulations applicable to us, the markets in which we operate, trade and invest or the
counterparties with which we do business may be instituted in the future. Any such regulation could have a material adverse impact on our business.
We are subject to extensive regulation, which may materially adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives. In addition, if we fail to
comply with these regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including fines and suspensions, which may materially adversely affect our financial
condition and results of operations.
Our admitted insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation, primarily by California (the domiciliary state for Falls Lake
Fire and Casualty Company), Ohio (the domiciliary state for James River Insurance and Falls Lake National), North Carolina (the domiciliary state for
Stonewood Insurance), Virginia (the domiciliary state for James River Casualty), Bermuda (the domicile of JRG Re and Carolina Re), and to a lesser
degree, the other jurisdictions in the United States in which we operate. Most insurance regulations are designed to protect the interests of insurance
policyholders, as opposed to the interests of shareholders. These regulations generally are administered by a department of insurance in each state and, in
the case of JRG Re and Carolina Re, the BMA in Bermuda, and relate to, among other things, authorizations to write certain lines of business, capital and
surplus requirements, reserve requirements, rate and form approvals, investment and underwriting limitations, affiliate transactions, dividend limitations,
cancellation and non-renewal of policies, changes in control, solvency, receipt of reinsurance credit, accounting principles and a variety of other financial
and non-financial aspects of our business. These laws and regulations are regularly re-examined and any changes in these laws and regulations or new laws
or interpretations thereof may be more restrictive, could make it more expensive to conduct business or otherwise materially adversely affect our financial
condition or operations. State insurance departments and the BMA also conduct periodic examinations of the affairs of insurance companies and
reinsurance companies and require the filing of annual and other reports relating to financial condition, holding company issues and other matters. These
regulatory requirements may impose timing and expense or other constraints that could materially adversely affect our ability to achieve some or all of our
business objectives. Failure by any of our insurance subsidiaries to comply with applicable regulations could result in a requirement for that subsidiary to
cease writing business.
In addition, regulatory authorities have broad discretion to deny or revoke licenses for various reasons, including the violation of regulations. For
example, an insurer’s registration may be cancelled by the BMA on certain grounds specified in the Insurance Act, including failure by the insurer to
comply with its obligations under the Insurance Act, or if the BMA believes that the insurer has not been carrying on business in accordance with sound
insurance principles. In some instances, where there is uncertainty as to applicability, we follow practices based on our interpretations of regulations or
practices that we believe are generally followed by the industry. These practices may turn out to be different from the interpretations of regulatory
authorities. If we do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, insurance regulatory
authorities could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or otherwise penalize us. This could materially adversely
affect our ability to operate our business.
The admitted market is subject to more state regulation than the E&S market, particularly with regard to rate and form filing requirements, restrictions
on the ability to exit lines of business, premium tax payments and membership in various state associations, such as guaranty funds. Some states have
deregulated their commercial insurance markets. We cannot predict the effect that further deregulation would have on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
The NAIC has developed a system to test the adequacy of statutory capital of U.S.-based insurers, known as risk-based capital or “RBC,” that many
states have adopted. This system establishes the minimum amount of risk-based capital necessary for an insurer to support its overall business operations. It
identifies property-casualty insurers that may be inadequately capitalized by looking at certain inherent risks of each insurer’s assets and liabilities and its
mix of net written premiums. Insurers falling below a calculated threshold may be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action, including supervision,
rehabilitation or liquidation. Failure to maintain adequate risk-based capital at the required levels could materially adversely affect the ability of our
insurance subsidiaries to maintain regulatory authority to conduct their business. For additional information, see “Item 1. Business—Regulation—U.S.
Insurance Regulation—State Regulation.”
In addition, the various state insurance regulators have increased their focus on risks within an insurer’s holding company system that may pose
enterprise risk to the insurer. In 2012, the NAIC adopted the NAIC Amendments. The NAIC Amendments, when adopted by the various states, are
designed to respond to perceived gaps in the regulation of insurance holding company systems in the United States. One of the major changes is a
requirement that an insurance holding company system’s ultimate controlling person submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an “enterprise risk
report” that identifies activities, circumstances or events involving one or more affiliates of an insurer that, if not remedied properly, are likely to have a
material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of the insurer or its insurance holding company
51
TABLE OF CONTENTS
system as a whole. Other changes include (i) requiring a controlling person to submit prior notice to its domiciliary insurance regulator of a divestiture of
control, (ii) having detailed minimum requirements for cost sharing and management agreements between an insurer and its affiliates and (iii) expanding
the types of agreements between an insurer and its affiliates to be filed with its domiciliary insurance regulator. The NAIC Amendments must be adopted
by a state legislature and such state’s insurance regulator in order to be effective in that state. Each of California, North Carolina, Ohio and Virginia, the
states in which our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, include this enterprise risk report requirement.
In 2012, the NAIC also adopted the ORSA Model Act. The ORSA Model Act, when adopted by the various states, requires an insurance holding
company system’s Chief Risk Officer to submit annually to its lead state insurance regulator an ORSA. The ORSA is a confidential internal assessment
appropriate to the nature, scale and complexity of an insurer of the material and relevant risks identified by the insurer associated with an insurer’s current
business plan and the sufficiency of capital resources to support those risks. The ORSA Model Act must be adopted by a state legislature in order to be
effective in that state. Each of California, North Carolina, Ohio and Virginia, the states in which our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, adopted and
require an ORSA filing.
We cannot predict with certainty the effect any enacted, proposed or future state or federal regulation or NAIC initiative may have on the conduct of
our business. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the regulatory requirements applicable to our business will not become more stringent in the
future or result in materially higher cost than current requirements. Changes in regulation of our business may materially reduce our profitability, limit our
growth or otherwise materially adversely affect our operations.
Changing climate conditions may increase the frequency and severity of catastrophic events and thereby adversely affect our financial condition and
results of operations.
Over the past several years, changing weather patterns and climatic conditions, such as global warming, appear to have contributed to the
unpredictability, frequency and severity of natural disasters and created additional uncertainty as to future trends and exposures. There is a growing
scientific consensus that global warming and other climate changes are increasing the frequency and severity of catastrophic weather and other events, such
as hurricanes, fires, tornadoes, windstorms, floods and other natural disasters. Such changes make it more difficult for us to predict and model catastrophic
events, reducing our ability to accurately price our exposure to such events and mitigate our risks. Any increase in the frequency or severity of natural
disasters may adversely affect our financial condition and results.
We may have exposure to losses from terrorism for which we are required by law to provide coverage.
U.S. insurers are required by state and federal law to offer coverage for terrorism in certain commercial lines, including workers’ compensation. As
discussed under “Item 1. Business—Regulation—U.S. Insurance Regulation—Federal Regulation,” the Terrorism Acts require commercial property and
casualty insurance companies to offer coverage for acts of terrorism, whether foreign or domestic, and established a federal assistance program through the
end of 2027 to help cover claims related to future terrorism-related losses. The impact of any terrorist act is unpredictable, and the ultimate impact on us
would depend upon the nature, extent, location and timing of such an act.
We, or agents we have appointed, may act based on inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the accounts we underwrite, or such agents may
exceed their authority or commit fraud when binding policies on our behalf.
We, and our MGAs and other agents who have the ability to bind our policies, rely on information provided by insureds or their representatives when
underwriting insurance policies. While we may make inquiries to validate or supplement the information provided, we may make underwriting decisions
based on incorrect or incomplete information. It is possible that we will misunderstand the nature or extent of the activities or facilities and the
corresponding extent of the risks that we insure because of our reliance on inadequate or inaccurate information.
In addition, in the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, MGAs and other agents have the authority to bind policies on our behalf within prescribed
underwriting guidelines, and third party administrators manage and pay claims on our behalf and advise us with respect to case reserves. If any such agents
exceed their authority, breach their obligations to us, fail to maintain proper licenses, have weak internal controls, or engage in fraudulent activities, our
reputation could suffer, we may experience regulatory intervention, or our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected. Although we are continually monitoring these agents and administrators, our monitoring efforts may not be adequate.
The insurance and reinsurance business is historically cyclical, and we may experience periods with excess underwriting capacity and unfavorable
premium rates, which could materially adversely affect our business.
Historically, insurers and reinsurers have experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, frequency and severity of
catastrophic events, levels of capacity, adverse trends in litigation, regulatory constraints, general economic conditions and other factors. We have
experienced these types of fluctuations during our Company’s short history. The supply of insurance and reinsurance is related to prevailing prices, the
level of insured losses and the level of capital
52
TABLE OF CONTENTS
available to the industry that, in turn, may fluctuate in response to changes in rates of return on investments being earned in the insurance and reinsurance
industry. As a result, the insurance and reinsurance business historically has been a cyclical industry characterized by periods of intense price competition
due to excessive underwriting capacity as well as periods when shortages of capacity increased premium levels. Demand for insurance and reinsurance
depends on numerous factors, including the frequency and severity of catastrophic events, levels of capacity, the introduction of new capital providers,
general economic conditions and underwriting results of primary insurers. All of these factors fluctuate and may contribute to price declines generally in
the insurance and reinsurance industry.
We cannot predict with certainty whether market conditions will improve, remain constant or deteriorate. Negative market conditions may impair our
ability to underwrite insurance and reinsurance at rates we consider appropriate and commensurate relative to the risk assumed. If we cannot underwrite
insurance or reinsurance at appropriate rates, our ability to transact business will be materially adversely affected. Any of these factors could lead to a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our reinsurance business is subject to loss settlements made by ceding companies and fronting carriers over which we have no control, which could
materially adversely affect our performance.
Where JRG Re enters into assumed reinsurance contracts with third parties, all loss settlements made by the ceding company will be unconditionally
binding upon us, provided they are within the terms of the underlying policies and within the terms of the relevant contract. While we believe the ceding
companies will settle such claims in good faith, we are bound to accept the claims settlements agreed to by the ceding companies. Under the underlying
policies, each ceding company typically bears the burden of proving that a contractual exclusion applies to a loss, and there may be circumstances where
the facts of a loss are insufficient to support the application of an exclusion. In such circumstances, we assume such losses under the reinsured policies,
which could materially adversely affect our performance.
We could be forced to sell investments to meet our liquidity requirements.
We invest the premiums we receive from our insureds and ceding companies until they are needed to pay policyholder claims or until they are
recognized as profits. Consequently, we seek to manage the duration of our investment portfolio based on the duration of our loss and loss adjustment
expense reserves to ensure sufficient liquidity and avoid having to liquidate securities to fund claims. Risks such as inadequate loss and loss adjustment
reserves or unfavorable trends in litigation could potentially result in the need to sell investments to fund these liabilities. Such sales could result in
significant realized losses depending on the conditions of the general market, interest rates and credit issues with individual securities.
Our employees could take excessive risks, which could negatively affect our financial condition and business.
As an insurance enterprise, we are in the business of binding certain risks. The employees who conduct our business, including executive officers and
other members of management, underwriters, claims professionals, and other employees, do so in part by making decisions and choices that involve
exposing us to risk. These include decisions such as setting underwriting guidelines and standards, product design and pricing, determining which business
opportunities to pursue, claims management decisions, and other decisions. Although we employ controls and procedures designed to monitor employees’
business decisions and prevent us from taking excessive risks, these controls and procedures may not be effective. If our employees take excessive risks,
the impact of those risks could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business operations.
We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or available only on unfavorable terms.
Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including our ability to write new and renewal business successfully and to establish premium
rates and reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. Our ability to underwrite depends largely upon the expected quality of our claims paying process and
our perceived financial strength as estimated by potential insureds, brokers, other intermediaries, independent rating agencies, and our regulators. To the
extent that our existing capital is insufficient to fund our future operating requirements, cover claim losses, satisfy ratings agencies in order to maintain a
satisfactory rating, or meet the capital requirements of our regulators in order to maintain our insurance licenses, we may need to raise additional capital in
the future through offerings of debt, hybrid or equity securities or through suspension or reduction of dividends, or otherwise to:
• fund liquidity needs caused by underwriting or investment losses;
• replace capital lost in the event of significant reinsurance losses or adverse reserve developments;
• satisfy letters of credit or guarantee bond requirements that may be imposed by our clients or by regulators;
• meet rating agency or regulatory capital requirements; or
• respond to competitive pressures.
53
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are unfavorable to us. Further, any additional capital raised through the sale of
equity could dilute shareholders' ownership interest in the Company and would likely cause the value of our shares to decline. For example, in May 2021,
we raised $192.1 million in equity capital (the “May Equity Offering”) to protect our balance sheet after experiencing $170.0 million of adverse
development on our commercial auto business in the first quarter of 2021 almost entirely related to a previously canceled account that has been in run-off
since 2019. In the May Equity Offering, we announced the offering of 6,497,500 shares at $31.00 per share the day after our shares had a closing market
price equal to $46.50. In addition, our ability to raise debt and certain types of equity capital may be constrained by covenants in our existing credit
facilities. See the Risk Factor "Our credit agreements contain financial and other covenants, the breach of which could result in acceleration of payment of
amounts due under our credit facilities" below. Additional capital raised through the issuance of debt would most likely result in creditors having rights,
preferences and privileges senior or otherwise superior to those of the holders of our shares and may limit our flexibility in operating our business and
make it more difficult to obtain capital in the future. Disruptions, uncertainty, or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to
capital required to operate our business. If we are not able to obtain adequate capital, or obtain it on favorable terms, our business, financial condition and
results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our credit agreements contain financial and other covenants, the breach of any of which could result in acceleration of payment of amounts due under
our credit facilities.
As of December 31, 2021, we had an outstanding unsecured balance of approximately $247.3 million in the aggregate under our two bank credit
agreements. The agreements contain certain financial covenants that require us to maintain consolidated net worth in excess of a specified minimum
amount and a leverage ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter not in excess of 0.35 to 1. The agreements contain other covenants which, among other
things, require ongoing compliance with applicable insurance regulations and require each of our regulated insurance subsidiaries to maintain ratings from
A.M. Best not lower than an A-. A breach of any of these covenants could result in acceleration of our obligations to repay our outstanding indebtedness
under such agreement if we are unable to obtain a waiver or amendment from our lenders, and otherwise could impair our ability to borrow funds or result
in higher borrowing costs.
We operate in a highly competitive environment and we may not continue to be able to compete effectively against larger or more well-established
business rivals.
We face competition from other specialty insurance companies, standard insurance companies and underwriting agencies, as well as from diversified
financial services companies that are larger than we are and that have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. Some of these
competitors also have longer experience and more market recognition than we do in certain lines of business. In addition, it may be difficult or
prohibitively expensive for us to implement technology systems and processes that are competitive with the systems and processes of these larger
companies.
In particular, competition in the insurance and reinsurance industry is based on many factors, including price of coverage, the general reputation and
perceived financial strength of the company, relationships with brokers, terms and conditions of products offered, ratings assigned by independent rating
agencies, speed of claims payment and reputation, and the experience and reputation of the members of our underwriting team in the particular lines of
insurance and reinsurance we seek to underwrite. See also “Item 1. Business—Competition.”
A number of new, proposed or potential legislative or industry developments could further increase competition in our industry. These developments
include:
• An increase in capital-raising by companies in our lines of business, which has resulted in new entrants to our markets and an excess of capital in
the industry;
• The deregulation of commercial insurance lines in certain states and the possibility of federal regulatory reform of the insurance industry, which
could increase competition from standard carriers for our E&S lines of insurance business; and
• Changing practices facilitated by the Internet may lead to greater competition in the insurance business. Among the possible changes are shifts in
the way in which commercial insurance is purchased, which could affect both admitted and E&S lines.
We currently depend largely on the wholesale distribution model for our Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s premiums. If the wholesale distribution
model were to be significantly altered by changes in the way E&S lines risks are marketed, including, without limitation, through use of the Internet, it
could have a material adverse effect on our premiums, underwriting results and profits.
There is no assurance that we will be able to continue to compete successfully in the insurance or reinsurance markets. Increased competition in these
markets could result in a change in the supply and/or demand for insurance or reinsurance, affect our ability to price our products at risk-adequate rates,
affect our ability to retain business with existing customers, or
54
TABLE OF CONTENTS
underwrite new business on favorable terms. If this increased competition so limits our ability to transact business, our operating results could be materially
adversely affected.
If we are unable to keep pace with the technological advancements in the insurance industry, our ability to compete effectively could be impaired.
We are committed to developing and maintaining information technology systems that will allow our insurance subsidiaries to compete effectively.
There can be no assurance that the development of current technology for future use will not result in our being competitively disadvantaged, especially
with those carriers that have greater resources. If we are unable to keep pace with the advancements being made in technology, our ability to compete with
other insurance companies who have advanced technological capabilities will be negatively affected. Further, if we are unable to effectively execute and
update or replace our key legacy technology systems as they become obsolete or as emerging technology renders them competitively inefficient, our
competitive position and our cost structure could be adversely affected.
If actual renewals of our existing contracts do not meet expectations, our premiums written in future years and our future results of operations could
be materially adversely affected.
Most of our contracts are written for a one-year term. In our financial forecasting process, we make assumptions about the renewal of our prior year’s
contracts. The insurance and reinsurance industries have historically been cyclical businesses with intense competition, often based on price. If actual
renewals do not meet expectations or if we choose not to write a renewal (including in connection with the early termination of insurance policies), our
premiums written in future years and our future operations could be materially adversely affected.
We may change our underwriting guidelines or our strategy without shareholder approval.
Our management has the authority to change our underwriting guidelines or our strategy without notice to our shareholders and without shareholder
approval. As a result, we may make fundamental changes to our operations without shareholder approval, which could result in our pursuing a strategy or
implementing underwriting guidelines that may be materially different from the strategy or underwriting guidelines described in the section titled
"Business" or elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Our ability to implement our business strategy could be delayed or adversely affected by Bermuda employment restrictions relating to the ability to
obtain and retain work permits for key employees in Bermuda.
Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians and holders of permanent residents’ certificates) may not engage in any
gainful occupation in Bermuda without a valid government work permit. A work permit may be granted or renewed upon showing that, after proper public
advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or a holder of a permanent resident’s certificate who meets the minimum standards reasonably
required by the employer has applied for the job. A work permit is issued with an expiry date (up to five years) and no assurances can be given that any
work permit will be issued or, if issued, renewed upon the expiration of the relevant term. If work permits are not obtained or are not renewed for our key
employees, we would lose their services, which could materially affect our business. In addition, government office closures in Bermuda due to the
COVID-19 pandemic caused delays in the issuance of work permits in 2021, which has in turn caused delays in the filling of key positions in our Bermuda
office.
If California, North Carolina, Ohio, or Virginia significantly increase the assessments our insurance companies are required to pay, our financial
condition and results of operations will suffer.
Our insurance companies are subject to assessments in California (the domiciliary state for Falls Lake Fire and Casualty Company), North Carolina
(the domiciliary state for Stonewood Insurance), Ohio (the domiciliary state for James River Insurance and Falls Lake National) and Virginia (the
domiciliary state for James River Casualty), for various purposes, including the provision of funds necessary to fund the operations of the various insurance
departments and the state funds that pay covered claims under certain policies written by impaired, insolvent or failed insurance companies. These
assessments are generally set based on an insurer’s percentage of the total premiums written in the insurer’s state within a particular line of business. As our
U.S.-based insurance subsidiaries grow, our share of any assessments may increase. We cannot predict with certainty the amount of future assessments
because they depend on factors outside our control, such as insolvencies of other insurance companies. Significant assessments could result in higher than
expected operating expenses and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Our use of third-party claims administrators in certain lines of business may result in higher losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Historically, our Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty Admitted Insurance segments handled all claims using employed staff. As we have entered
new lines of business, we now use third-party claims administrators and contract employees to administer claims subject to the supervision of our
employed staff. It is possible that these contract employees and third-party
55
TABLE OF CONTENTS
claims administrators may achieve less desirable results on claims than has historically been the case for our internal staff, which could result in
significantly higher losses and loss adjustment expenses in those lines of business.
Risks Related to Taxation
The ongoing effect of the 2017 Tax Act may have a significant impact on the Company.
The Tax Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, introduced significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Tax
Act contained many provisions that impact us and our shareholders, including provisions that impose a base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) on
income of a U.S. corporation determined without regard to certain otherwise deductible payments made to certain foreign affiliates (including premium or
other consideration paid or accrued to a related foreign reinsurance company for reinsurance), broaden the definition of United States shareholder for
purposes of the controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) rules, and make it more difficult for a foreign insurance company to avoid being treated as a passive
foreign investment company (“PFIC”).
There is continued uncertainty regarding how these and other provisions of the Tax Act will be interpreted, although guidance in proposed and final
forms has been released with respect to certain provisions of the Tax Act, including certain BEAT and PFIC provisions, that may impact the Company. The
ultimate impact of the Tax Act may differ from the Company’s description below due to changes in interpretations, as well as additional regulatory
guidance that may be issued. Given the complexity of the Tax Act, you are strongly encouraged to consult your own tax advisor regarding its potential
impact on the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you considering your particular circumstances.
Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax. The Tax Act’s BEAT provision imposes a minimum tax on “applicable taxpayers,” which are generally corporations
that are part of a group with at least $500 million of applicable annual gross receipts and that make certain payments to related foreign persons, including
payments that are deductible for U.S. tax purposes, payments to purchase depreciable or amortizable property, and reinsurance payments. BEAT subjects
the “modified taxable income” of an applicable taxpayer to tax at a rate of 10% in 2020-2025, and 12.5% in 2026 and thereafter. In general, modified
taxable income is calculated by adding back to a taxpayer’s regular taxable income the amount of certain “base erosion tax benefits” with respect to certain
"base erosion payments" to foreign affiliates, as well as the “base erosion percentage” of any net operating loss deductions. BEAT applies to the extent it
exceeds a taxpayer’s regular corporate income tax liability (determined without regard to certain tax credits).
The U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and U.S. Department of the Treasury released final regulations regarding BEAT in December 2019 and
October 2020, which provide guidance related to the mechanics of determining, among other things, the classification as an “applicable taxpayer,” a
taxpayer’s “base erosion payments,” and a taxpayer’s “modified taxable income,” as well as the application of those concepts in context of certain
arrangements between domestic reinsurance companies and foreign related insurance companies. We have analyzed the regulations and have concluded
that we will be subject to additional tax if regular U.S. income tax does not exceed a minimum amount. In response to the Tax Act, we made changes to our
structure in 2018 to minimize the impact of BEAT. The applicability of BEAT depends on a number of factors and the extent to which we may be subject to
BEAT in future periods as a result of changes in interpretations, as well as additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, is currently unknown.
U.S. persons who own our shares may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation on our undistributed earnings and may recognize ordinary income
upon disposition of shares.
If we are considered a PFIC (as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person who owns any of our
shares could be subject to adverse tax consequences, including becoming subject to a greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and to tax on amounts
in advance of when tax would otherwise be imposed, in which case your investment could be materially adversely affected.
The PFIC rules include provisions intended to provide an exception for qualifying insurance corporations (“QIC”) engaged in the active conduct of an
insurance business. Generally, a QIC is a company (i) that would be subject to tax under special provisions related to insurance companies if the company
was a U.S. entity, and (ii) the applicable insurance liabilities of which constitute more than 25% of its total assets as reported on the company’s applicable
financial statement. On December 4, 2020, the IRS and U.S. Department of the Treasury released final regulations and proposed regulations that provide
guidance regarding the PFIC rules and the QIC exception. More specifically, the complex regulations provide, among other things, clarity on the
application of "applicable insurance liabilities" and the "applicable financial statement," as well as the requirements to be engaged in the “active conduct”
of an insurance business. The IRS has requested comments on several aspects of the proposed regulations, which are not effective until adopted in final
form. It is uncertain when the proposed regulations will be finalized, and whether the provisions of any final or temporary regulations will vary from the
proposed regulations.
We believe that we are not and have not been, and currently do not expect to become, a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our belief that we
are not and have not been a PFIC is based, in part, on the fact that we believe that we are a QIC
56
TABLE OF CONTENTS
engaged in the active conduct of an insurance business. We are continuing to monitor the final regulations, but do not currently expect them to have a
material impact on the Company. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming. We cannot predict what
impact, if any, such guidance would have on an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. As a result, we cannot assure you that we, or one of
our subsidiaries, will not be deemed a PFIC by the IRS. If we, or one of our subsidiaries, were considered a PFIC, it could have material adverse tax
consequences for an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation.
A non-U.S. corporation generally will be classified as a CFC if U.S. persons, each of whom owns, directly, indirectly, or constructively, at least 10% of
the voting power or value of such corporation’s stock (“U.S. 10% Shareholders”), own in the aggregate more than 50% of the voting power or value of the
stock of such corporation. The Tax Act eliminated the prohibition on “downward attribution” from non-U.S. persons to U.S. persons under the CFC
constructive ownership rules. As a result, our U.S. subsidiaries are deemed to own all of the stock of our non-U.S. subsidiaries (other than James River
Group Holdings UK Limited (“James River UK”)) for purposes of classifying those non-U.S. subsidiaries as CFCs. The legislative history under the Tax
Act indicates that this change to the CFC constructive ownership rules was not intended to cause our non-U.S. subsidiaries to be treated as CFCs with
respect to a 10% U.S. Shareholder that is not related (within the meaning of Section 954(d)(3) of the Code) to our U.S. subsidiary. However, it is not clear
whether the IRS or a court would interpret the change made by the Tax Act in a manner consistent with such indicated intent.
Under these rules, if a foreign corporation is a CFC, each U.S. 10% Shareholder who owns directly or indirectly shares of the CFC on the last day of
the CFC’s taxable year must annually include in its taxable income its pro rata share of the CFC’s “subpart F income,” even if no distributions are made.
Subpart F income typically includes “foreign personal holding company income” (such as interest, dividends and other types of passive income), as well as
insurance and reinsurance income (including underwriting and investment income). In general (subject to the special rules applicable to “related person
insurance income” described below), for purposes of taking into account insurance income, a foreign insurance company will be treated as a CFC if U.S.
10% Shareholders collectively own more than 25% of the voting power or value of the company’s shares at any point during any year. As discussed above,
we cannot assure you that we are not and will not become a CFC. If you are a U.S. person, we strongly urge you to consult your own tax advisor
concerning the CFC rules.
Related Person Insurance Income. If (i) our gross income attributable to insurance or reinsurance policies pursuant to which the direct or indirect
insureds are our direct or indirect U.S. shareholders or persons related to such U.S. shareholders equals or exceeds 20% of our gross insurance income in
any taxable year; and (ii) direct or indirect insureds and persons related to such insureds own directly or indirectly 20% or more of the voting power or
value of our shares (together, the “RPII Test”), a U.S. person who owns any of our shares directly or indirectly on the last day of such taxable year would
most likely be required to include its allocable share of our related person insurance income for such taxable year in its income, even if no distributions are
made. We do not believe that the 20% gross insurance income threshold has been, or will be, met. However, we cannot assure you that this will continue to
be the case. Consequently, we cannot assure you that a person who is a direct or indirect U.S. shareholder will not be required to include amounts in its
income in respect of related person insurance income in any taxable year.
Dispositions of Our Shares. If a U.S. shareholder is treated as disposing of shares in a CFC of which it is a U.S. 10% Shareholder, or of shares in a
foreign insurance corporation that has related person insurance income and in which U.S. persons collectively own 25% or more of the voting power or
value of the company’s shares, any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as a dividend to the extent of the U.S. shareholder’s portion of the
corporation’s undistributed earnings and profits, as the case may be, that were accumulated during the period that the U.S. shareholder owned the shares. In
addition, the shareholder will be required to comply with certain reporting requirements.
The Company, JRG Re and James River Group Holdings UK Limited may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation.
The Company and JRG Re are each incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and James River UK is incorporated under the laws of England and
Wales. Carolina Re is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, but is taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation as a result of an election under Section 953(d) of
the Code. In general, a corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country or U.S. possession is subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net income
only if it is considered as engaged in a U.S. trade or business. We believe that the activities of each of the Company’s non-U.S. holding companies and JRG
Re, as contemplated, will not cause them to be treated as engaging in a U.S. trade or business and as such, will not be subject to current U.S. federal income
taxation on their net income. However, there are no definitive standards provided by the Code, regulations or court decisions as to the specific activities that
constitute being engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and any such determination is essentially factual in nature and must
be made annually. The IRS could assert that our non-U.S. holding companies or JRG Re (or both) are engaged in a trade or business in the United States or,
under the applicable income tax treaty, are engaged in a trade or business in the United States through a permanent establishment, and thus are subject to
current U.S. federal income taxation. If our non-U.S. holding companies or JRG Re were deemed to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States
(or, under the applicable income tax treaty, were deemed to be so engaged through a permanent establishment), our non-U.S. holding companies or JRG
Re, as applicable, would become subject to U.S.
57
TABLE OF CONTENTS
federal income tax on income “effectively connected” (or treated as effectively connected) with the U.S. trade or business and would become subject to the
“branch profits” tax on earnings and profits that are both effectively connected with the U.S. trade or business and deemed repatriated out of the United
States. Any such federal tax liability could materially adversely affect our results of operations.
U.S. tax-exempt organizations who own our shares may recognize unrelated business taxable income.
A U.S. tax-exempt organization may recognize unrelated business taxable income if a portion of our subpart F insurance income is allocated to it. In
general, subpart F insurance income will be allocated to a tax-exempt organization owning (or treated as owning) our shares if we are a CFC as discussed
above and it is a U.S. 10% Shareholder or we earn related person insurance income and we satisfy the RPII Test. We cannot assure you that U.S. persons
holding our shares (directly or indirectly) will not be allocated subpart F insurance income. U.S. tax-exempt organizations should consult their own tax
advisors regarding the risk of recognizing unrelated business taxable income due to their ownership of our shares.
We may become subject to U.S. withholding and information reporting requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)
provisions.
The FATCA provisions of the Code generally impose a 30% withholding tax regime with respect to (i) certain U.S. source income (including interest
and dividends) (“withholdable payments”) and (ii) “passthru payments” (generally, withholdable payments and payments that are attributable to
withholdable payments) made by foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”). Under proposed regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury,
on which taxpayers may rely until final regulations are issued, withholdable payments do not include gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of
property that can produce U.S. source interest or dividends. As a general matter, FATCA was designed to require U.S. persons’ direct and indirect
ownership of certain non-U.S. accounts and non-U.S. entities to be reported to the IRS. The application of the FATCA withholding rules were phased in
beginning July 1, 2014, with withholding on foreign passthru payments made by FFIs taking effect after the date of publication of final regulations defining
the term foreign passthru payment.
The United States has entered into intergovernmental agreements between the United States and Bermuda and between the United States and the
United Kingdom (the “IGAs”), which potentially modify the FATCA withholding regime described above with respect to us and our common shares. There
can be no certainty as to whether the Company, Carolina Re or JRG Re will be treated as a FFI under FATCA. We strongly urge you to consult your own
tax advisor regarding the potential impact of FATCA, the IGAs and any non-U.S. legislation implementing FATCA.
Changes in U.S. tax laws may be retroactive and could subject us and/or U.S. persons who own our shares to U.S. income taxation.
Apart from enactment of the Tax Act, other legislative proposals or administrative or judicial developments could also result in an increase in the
amount of U.S. tax payable by us or by an owner of our shares or reduce the attractiveness of our products. Any such developments could materially
adversely affect our results of operations.
The Tax Act, other tax laws and interpretations thereof, including with respect to whether a company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, is a CFC,
has related party insurance income, is a PFIC, or is subject to BEAT, are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently only
proposed regulations regarding the RPII Test. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming from the IRS or
the U.S. Department of the Treasury. We are not able to predict if, when or in what form such guidance will be provided and whether such guidance will
have a retroactive effect.
If reinsurance premiums paid by our U.S. subsidiaries to our non-U.S. subsidiaries do not reflect arm’s-length terms, the IRS could seek to
recharacterize the payments in a way that is unfavorable to us.
The IRS is permitted to reallocate or recharacterize income, deductions or certain other items, and to make any other adjustment, to reflect the proper
amount, source or character of the taxable income in respect of payments among related parties to reflect an arm’s-length transaction. We have in place
intercompany loans from our U.S. subsidiaries to our parent company and have intercompany reinsurance agreements among consolidated entities. We
believe the terms of these transactions are appropriate and reflect arm’s-length arrangements and are consistent with all applicable rules and regulations.
However, if the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the IRS reviews our intercompany agreements and successfully asserts, under Section 482 or 845 of the
Code, that the terms do not reflect arm’s-length transactions, we may owe additional tax.
Reduced tax rates for qualified dividend income may not be available in the future.
We believe that the dividends paid on our common shares should qualify as “qualified dividend income” as long as the common shares are listed on a
national securities exchange and we are not a PFIC. Qualified dividend income received by non-corporate U.S. persons is generally eligible for long-term
capital gain rates. While the Tax Act did not modify these rules, there has been proposed legislation before the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives
that would exclude shareholders of certain
58
TABLE OF CONTENTS
foreign corporations from this advantageous tax treatment. If such legislation were to become law, non-corporate U.S. persons would no longer qualify for
the reduced tax rate on the dividends paid by us.
Our non-U.K. companies may be subject to U.K. tax that may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
We intend to operate in such a manner so that none of our companies other than our intermediate holding company incorporated in the United
Kingdom, James River UK, should be resident in the U.K. for tax purposes or have a permanent establishment in the U.K. Accordingly, we expect that
none of our companies other than James River UK should be subject to U.K. taxation. However, since applicable law and regulations do not conclusively
define the activities that constitute conducting business in the U.K. through a permanent establishment, the U.K. HM Revenue & Customs might contend
successfully that one or more of our other companies is conducting business in the U.K. through a permanent establishment in the U.K., and therefore such
entities could become subject to U.K. taxation.
We may become subject to additional global taxes, including taxes in Bermuda after March 31, 2035, which may have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and your investment.
The Bermuda Minister of Finance, under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 of Bermuda, as amended, has given us an assurance that
if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or
any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to us or any of our operations, shares,
debentures or other obligations until March 31, 2035, except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or to any taxes payable
by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda. We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to any Bermuda tax after March 31,
2035.
Further, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development is coordinating a global effort to reform certain aspects of the international tax
system. This effort included the December 2021 release of model rules for a 15% global minimum tax regime. If these model rules are partially or fully
implemented globally, we could be subject to additional taxes and costs for tax compliance.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Shares
The price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common shares may prevent you from being able to sell your common shares at or above the price you paid for
your common shares. The market price for our common shares could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, including, without limitation:
• our operating and financial performance and prospects;
• our quarterly or annual earnings or earnings estimates, or those of other companies in our industry;
• failure to meet external expectations or management guidance;
• market reaction to adverse loss reserve development;
• the loss of one or more individually large clients, and its impact on our growth rate, profitability and financial condition;
• adverse regulatory or rating agency action;
• exposure to capital market risks related to changes in interest rates, realized investment losses, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates
and performance of insurance-linked investments;
• our creditworthiness, financial condition, performance and prospects;
• termination of payment of dividends on our common shares, or payment of a reduced amount of dividends;
• actual or anticipated growth rates relative to our competitors;
• perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common shares relative to other investment alternatives;
• speculation by the investment community regarding our business;
• future announcements concerning our business or our competitors’ businesses;
• the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;
• changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
• market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our strategy;
59
TABLE OF CONTENTS
• strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, restructurings, significant contracts or joint ventures;
• catastrophes that are perceived by investors as impacting the insurance and reinsurance market in general;
• changes in laws or government regulation, including tax or insurance laws and regulations;
• potential characterization of us as a PFIC;
• general market, economic and political conditions;
• changes in conditions or trends in our industry, geographies or customers;
• arrival and departure of key personnel;
• the number of common shares that are publicly traded;
• the offering and issuance of common shares by us, or sales of common shares by our directors or executive officers; and
• adverse resolution of litigation against us.
In addition, stock markets, including the NASDAQ Stock Market (the market on which our common shares are traded), have experienced price and
volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities issued by many companies, including companies in our
industry. In the past, some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have been subject to class action or derivative lawsuits. The
filing of a lawsuit against us, regardless of the outcome, could have a negative effect on our business, as it could result in substantial legal costs and a
diversion of management’s attention and resources. The Company had such a lawsuit filed against it following our May 2021 equity offering. The filing of
this lawsuit against us, or any future filings of a lawsuit against us, regardless of the outcome, could have a negative effect on our business, as it could
result in substantial legal costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources. See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” for more information.
As a result of the factors described above, shareholders may not be able to resell their common shares at or above their purchase price or may not be
able to resell them at all. These market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating
performance.
The holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Shares are entitled to vote up to 9.9% of the aggregate voting power of our then-outstanding common
shares on an as converted basis or of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, and have rights to approve certain actions. Additionally, GPC
Partners may exercise influence over us through their ability to designate a member of our board of directors.
The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to vote up to 9.9% of the aggregate voting power of the then-outstanding common shares on
an as converted basis or of the outstanding voting securities of the Company with the holders of our common shares on all matters submitted for a vote of
holders of common shares (voting together as one class). The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares will also be subject to the voting limitations imposed
on all U.S. persons contained in our bye-laws to the extent such restrictions are applicable.
Pursuant to the Investment Agreement dated February 24, 2022 (the “Investment Agreement”) by and between the Company and GPC Partners
Investments (Thames) LP (“GPC Partners”), an affiliate of Gallatin Point Capital LLC, GPC Partners has the right to designate one candidate for
nomination for election to our board of directors for so long as GPC Partners and its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Investment Agreement)
continue to beneficially own Series A Preferred Shares and/or common shares issued or issuable upon conversion of such Series A Preferred Shares that
represent in the aggregate at least 50% of the number of common shares beneficially owned by the Investors, on an as-converted basis, as of the issuance
date of the Series A Preferred Shares. Notwithstanding the fact that all directors will be subject to fiduciary duties to us and to applicable law, the interests
of the director designated by GPC Partners may differ from the interests of our security holders as a whole or of our other directors.
Additionally, holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to a separate class vote with respect to amendments to the Company’s organizational
documents that have an adverse effect on the Series A Preferred Shares, including authorizations or issuances by the Company of securities that are senior
to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Shares, increases or decreases in the number of authorized Series A Preferred Shares, or the issuance of any
additional Series A Preferred Shares other than in payment of dividends on the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares.
As a result, the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares may have the ability to influence the outcome of certain matters affecting our governance and
capitalization.
60
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The issuance of the Series A Preferred Shares reduces the relative voting power of holders of our common shares, and the conversion of those shares
into common shares would dilute the ownership of common shareholders and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
The Series A Preferred Shares held by GPC Partners are entitled to vote up to 9.9% of the aggregate voting power of the then-outstanding common
shares on an as converted basis or of the outstanding voting securities of the Company with the holders of our common shares on all matters submitted for a
vote of holders of common shares (voting together as one class), which reduces the relative voting power of the holders of our common shares. In addition,
the conversion of our Series A Preferred Shares into common shares or payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares in common shares would
dilute the ownership interest of existing holders of our common shares. Further, common shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares,
or as payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares, may be sold by GPC Partners or its Permitted Transferees after the second anniversary of the
Series A Preferred Shares issuance date. Any sale of common shares following conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares or payment of dividends on the
Series A Preferred Shares in common shares, would increase the number of common shares available for public trading, and may adversely affect
prevailing market prices of our common shares.
The Series A Preferred Shares have rights, preferences and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to the rights of, our common
shareholders, which could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.
The holders of our Series A Preferred Shares have the right to receive a payment on account of the distribution of assets on any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company before any payment may be made to holders of any other class or series of
capital shares. In addition, dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares accrue and are cumulative at the rate of 7.0% of the $1,000 per share liquidation
preference per annum, paid in cash, in-kind in common shares or in Series A Preferred Shares, at our election. On the five-year anniversary of the issuance
date, and each five-year anniversary thereafter, the dividend rate on the liquidation preference will reset to a rate equal to the five-year U.S. treasury rate
(calculated as set forth in the Certificate of Designations designating the Series A Preferred Shares (the “Certificate of Designations”)) plus 5.2%.
The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares also have certain repurchase rights. Upon prior written notice of certain change of control events (a
“Fundamental Change”), each holder of outstanding Series A Preferred Shares may, at its election, (i) effective as of immediately prior to the Fundamental
Change, convert all or a portion of its Series A Preferred Shares into common shares, or (ii) require the Company to repurchase any or all of such holder’s
Series A Preferred Shares in cash at a purchase price per Series A Preferred Share equal to the liquidation preference of such Series A Preferred Share plus
accrued and unpaid dividends.
These dividend and share repurchase obligations could impact our liquidity and reduce the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital
expenditures, growth opportunities, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, as well as for the payment of dividends to our common shareholders.
Our obligations to the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares could also limit our ability to obtain additional financing, which could have an adverse
effect on our financial condition. The preferential rights could also result in divergent interests between the holders of the holders of the Series A Preferred
Shares and common shareholders.
Our bye-laws permit non-employee members of our board of directors and their affiliates to compete with us, which may result in conflicts of interest.
Our bye-laws provide that members of our board of directors (other than those who are our officers, managers or employees) and their affiliates do not
have any duty to (i) communicate or present to the Company any investment or business opportunity or prospective transaction or arrangement in which the
Company may have any interest or expectancy or (ii) refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business
activities or lines of business in which we operate. Our bye-laws will not restrict our non-employee directors, or their affiliates from acquiring and holding
interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our non-employee directors and their affiliates may also pursue acquisition opportunities
that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. These potential conflicts of interest
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if we are unable to pursue attractive corporate
opportunities because they are allocated by our non-employee directors to themselves or their affiliates instead of being presented to us.
The amount of dividends that we may pay to our common shareholders is subject to restrictions pursuant to the terms of the Series a Preferred Shares,
and we cannot assure you that we will declare or pay dividends on our common shares in the future.
The Certificate of Designations limits our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. If we pay cash dividends of more than $0.05 per common share
per quarter, without the consent of at least the majority of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding, we will be required to reduce the conversion
price of the Series A Preferred Shares. Additionally, the payment of
61
TABLE OF CONTENTS
cash dividends in excess of $0.10 per common share per quarter is not permitted if the dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares for that quarter are not
paid in cash, unless the Company’s U.S.-based insurance subsidiaries and direct Bermuda-based insurance subsidiary satisfy certain capital requirements.
Share dividends payable on the common shares also trigger a reduction of the conversion price applicable to the Series A Preferred Shares.
Additionally, the declaration, payment and amount of dividends is further subject to the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may
take into account a variety of factors when determining whether to declare any dividends, including (1) our financial condition, liquidity, results of
operations (including our ability to generate cash flow in excess of expenses and our expected or actual net income), retained earnings and collateral and
capital requirements, (2) general business conditions, (3) legal, tax and regulatory limitations, (4) contractual prohibitions and other restrictions, in addition
to those related to our Series A Preferred Shares (5) the effect of a dividend or dividends upon our financial strength ratings and (6) any other factors that
our board of directors deems relevant. See also “Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases Of
Equity Securities - Dividends.” We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay dividends in the future, or that the amount of any such dividend will not
decline from prior dividends we have paid.
We depend upon dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries, and we may be unable to distribute dividends to our shareholders to the extent we
do not receive dividends from our subsidiaries.
We are a holding company that has no substantial operations of our own. Accordingly, we rely primarily on cash dividends or distributions from our
operating subsidiaries to pay our operating expenses and any dividends that we may pay to shareholders. The payment of dividends by our insurance and
reinsurance subsidiaries is limited under the laws and regulations of the applicable domicile. These regulations stipulate the maximum amount of annual
dividends or other distributions available to shareholders without prior approval of the relevant regulatory authorities. As a result of such regulations, we
may not be able to pay our operating expenses as they become due and our payment of future dividends to shareholders may be limited.
The payment of dividends by our subsidiaries to us is limited by statute. In general, the laws and regulations applicable to our U.S. insurance
subsidiaries limit the aggregate amount of dividends or other distributions that they may declare or pay within any 12 month period without advance
regulatory approval. In Ohio, the domiciliary state of Falls Lake National and James River Insurance, this limitation is the greater of statutory net income
for the preceding calendar year or 10% of the statutory surplus at the end of the preceding calendar year, provided that such dividends may only be paid out
of earned surplus of each of the companies, without obtaining regulatory approval. In North Carolina, the domiciliary state of Stonewood Insurance, this
limitation is the greater of statutory net income excluding realized capital gains for the preceding calendar year or 10% of the statutory surplus at the end of
the preceding calendar year, provided that such dividends may only be paid out of unassigned surplus without obtaining regulatory approval. In Virginia,
the domiciliary state of James River Casualty, this limitation is the greater of statutory net income excluding realized capital gains for the preceding
calendar year or 10% of the statutory surplus at the end of the preceding calendar year, provided that such dividends may only be paid out of unassigned
surplus without obtaining regulatory approval. In California, the domiciliary state of Falls Lake Fire and Casualty Company, this limitation is the greater of
statutory net income for the preceding calendar year or 10% of the statutory surplus at the end of the preceding calendar year, provided that such dividends
may only be paid out of unassigned surplus without obtaining regulatory approval. In addition, insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent reduction
of statutory surplus to inadequate levels and could refuse to permit the payment of dividends calculated under any applicable formula. See “Item 1.
Business—Regulation—U.S. Insurance Regulation—State Regulation” for more information. In addition, dividends paid by our U.S. subsidiaries to our
U.K. holding company are subject to a 5% withholding tax by the IRS. Under U.K. domestic law, no withholding tax is applied to dividends paid by U.K.
tax resident companies.
Carolina Re and JRG Re, which are domiciled in Bermuda, are registered as a Class 3A and Class 3B, respectively, insurer under the Insurance Act.
The Insurance Act, the conditions listed in the insurance license and the applicable approvals issued by the BMA provide that Carolina Re and JRG Re are
required to maintain a combined minimum statutory solvency margin of approximately $167.1 million as of December 31, 2021. See “Item 1. Business—
Regulation—Bermuda Insurance Regulation—Minimum Solvency Margin and Enhanced Capital Requirements” for more information. A Class 3A and a
Class 3B insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it fails to meet, before or after declaration or payment of such dividend, its: (i)
requirements under the Companies Act, (ii) minimum solvency margin, (iii) enhanced capital requirement or (iv) minimum liquidity ratio. If a Class 3A or
Class 3B insurer fails to meet its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, it is prohibited from declaring
or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA. In addition, Carolina Re, as a Class 3A insurer, and JRG Re, as a
Class 3B insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown
on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit
signed by at least two directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda resident director if any of the insurer’s directors are resident in Bermuda) and the
principal representative stating that it will continue to meet its solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be
available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.
62
TABLE OF CONTENTS
See “Item 1. Business— Regulation—Bermuda Insurance Regulation—Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions” for more information.
The inability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, including as a result of regulatory or other restrictions or capital needs,
may prevent us from paying our expenses or paying dividends to our shareholders.
Dividends paid by our U.S. subsidiaries to James River UK may not be eligible for benefits under the U.S.-U.K. income tax treaty.
Under U.S. federal income tax law, dividends paid by a U.S. corporation to a non-U.S. shareholder are generally subject to a 30% withholding tax,
unless reduced by treaty. The income tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the United States (the “U.K. Treaty”) reduces the rate of withholding tax
on certain dividends to 5%. Were the IRS to contend successfully that James River UK is not eligible for benefits under the U.K. Treaty, any dividends paid
by James River Group, Inc., our U.S. holding company, to James River UK would be subject to the 30% withholding tax. Such a result would substantially
reduce the amount of dividends that our shareholder may receive.
If securities or industry analysts do not continue to publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our common
share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common shares depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about our business. If
one or more of these analysts downgrades our shares or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely
decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our Company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares could decrease,
which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.
Future sales of our common shares, or the possibility of such sales, may cause the trading price of our common shares to decline and could impair our
ability to raise capital through subsequent equity offerings.
Future sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market
price of our common shares to decline and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares.
In the future, we may issue additional common shares or other equity or debt securities convertible into common shares in connection with a financing,
acquisition or employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing shareholders and could cause
the trading price of our common shares to decline.
Our bye-laws and provisions of Bermuda law may impede or discourage a change of control transaction, which could deprive our investors of the
opportunity to receive a premium for their shares.
Our bye-laws and provisions of Bermuda law to which we are subject contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent “change of control”
transactions or changes in our board of directors and management that certain shareholders may view as beneficial or advantageous. These provisions
include, among others:
• the total voting power of any U.S. person owning more than 9.5% of our common shares will be reduced to 9.5% of the total voting power of our
common shares, excluding shareholders that held more than 9.5% of our common shares on the day of completion of our IPO;
• our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred shares without shareholder approval, which could be used to dilute the ownership of a
potential hostile acquirer;
• our shareholders may only remove directors for cause;
• there are advance notice requirements for shareholders with respect to director nominations and actions to be taken at annual meetings; and
• under Bermuda law, for so long as JRG Re and Carolina Re are registered under the Insurance Act, the BMA may object to a person holding more
than 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not or is no longer fit and proper to be such a
holder (See “There are regulatory limitations on the ownership and transfer of our common shares.” risk factor herein).
The foregoing factors could impede a merger, takeover or other business combination, which could reduce the market value of our shares.
We may repurchase your common shares without your consent.
Under our bye-laws and subject to Bermuda law, we have the option, but not the obligation, to require a shareholder, other than shareholders holding
more than 9.5% of our common shares on the day of completion of our IPO, to sell to us at fair market value the minimum number of common shares
which is necessary to avoid or cure any adverse tax consequences or
63
TABLE OF CONTENTS
materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to us, our subsidiaries or our shareholders, if our board of directors reasonably determines, in good faith,
that failure to exercise this option would result in such adverse consequences or treatment.
Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our shares.
We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, our corporate affairs are governed by the Companies Act, which differs in some material
respects from laws typically applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, amalgamations,
mergers and acquisitions, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits and indemnification of directors. Generally, the duties of directors and officers of a Bermuda
company are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Bermuda companies typically do not have rights to take action against directors or officers of the
company and may only do so in limited circumstances. Class actions are not available under Bermuda law. The circumstances in which derivative actions
may be available under Bermuda law are substantially more proscribed and less clear than they would be to shareholders of U.S. corporations. The
Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the
company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the
company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a
fraud against minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that
which actually approved it.
When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some shareholders, one or more
shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the
company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company. Additionally, under our
bye-laws and as permitted by Bermuda law, each shareholder has waived any claim or right of action against our directors or officers for any action taken
by directors or officers in the performance of their duties, except for actions involving fraud or willful misconduct. In addition, the rights of holders of our
common shares and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Bermuda law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in
existence in jurisdictions in the United States, particularly the State of Delaware. Therefore, holders of our common shares may have more difficulty
protecting their interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction within the United States.
There are regulatory limitations on the ownership and transfer of our common shares.
Common shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 and the Exchange
Control Act 1972 and related regulations of Bermuda, which regulate the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the permission of the BMA is required
under the provisions of the Exchange Control Act 1972 and related regulations for all issuances and transfers of shares of Bermuda companies to or from a
non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, other than where the BMA has granted a general permission. The BMA, in its notice to the public
dated June 1, 2005 has granted a general permission for the issue and subsequent transfer of any securities of a Bermuda company from and/or to a non-
resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes for so long as any “equity securities” of such company are listed on an appointed stock exchange,
which includes the NASDAQ Stock Market. This general permission will apply to our common shares, but would cease to apply if we were to cease to be
listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market.
In connection with the IPO, we received consent from the BMA to issue and transfer freely any of our shares, options, warrants, depository receipts,
rights loan notes, debt instruments or other securities to and among persons who are either residents or non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control
purposes.
The Insurance Act requires that where the shares of the registered insurer, or the shares of its parent company, are traded on a recognized stock
exchange, and a person becomes a 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% shareholder controller of the insurer, that person shall, within 45 days, notify the BMA in
writing that he has become such a controller. In addition, a person who is a shareholder controller of a Class 3A or Class 3B insurer whose shares or the
shares of its parent company (if any) are traded on a recognized stock exchange must serve on the BMA a notice in writing that he has reduced or disposed
of his holding in the insurer where the proportion of voting rights in the insurer held by him will have reached or has fallen below 10%, 20%, 33% or 50%
as the case may be, not later than 45 days after such disposal. This requirement will apply to us as long as our shares are listed on the NASDAQ Stock
Market or another stock exchange recognized by the BMA. The BMA may, by written notice, object to a person holding 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our
common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not fit and proper to be such a holder. The BMA may require the holder to reduce its
shareholding in us and may direct, among other things, that the voting rights attaching to its shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply
with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense.
JRG Re and Carolina Re are also required to notify the BMA in writing in the event any person has become or has ceased to be a controller or an
officer of it (an officer includes a director, chief executive or senior executive performing duties of underwriting, actuarial, risk management, compliance,
internal audit, finance or investment matters).
64
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Except in connection with the settlement of trades or transactions entered into through the facilities of the NASDAQ Stock Market, our board of
directors may generally require any shareholder or any person proposing to acquire our common shares to provide the information required under our bye-
laws. If any such shareholder or proposed acquiror does not provide such information, or if our board of directors has reason to believe that any
certification or other information provided pursuant to any such request is inaccurate or incomplete, our board of directors may decline to register any
transfer or to effect any issuance or purchase of our common shares to which such request is related.
In addition, the insurance holding company laws and regulations of the states in which our insurance companies are domiciled generally require that,
before a person can acquire direct or indirect control of an insurer domiciled in the state, and in some cases prior to divesting its control, prior written
approval must be obtained from the insurer’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may
delay, deter or prevent an investment in or a change of control involving us, or one or more of our regulated subsidiaries, including transactions that our
management and some or all of shareholders might consider desirable. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, “control” over an insurer is generally
presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds the power to vote or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting
securities of that reinsurer or insurer. Indirect ownership includes ownership of the Company’s common shares.
General Risk Factors
We rely on our systems and employees, and those of certain third-party vendors and service providers in conducting our operations, and certain
failures, including internal or external fraud, operational errors, systems malfunctions, or cyber-security incidents, could materially adversely affect
our operations.
We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and outsiders, clerical and recordkeeping errors and
computer or telecommunications systems malfunctions. Our business depends on our ability to process a large number of increasingly complex
transactions. If any of our operational, accounting, or other data processing systems fail or have other significant shortcomings, we could be materially
adversely affected. Similarly, we depend on our employees and could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our employees causes a significant
operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error, intentional sabotage or fraudulent manipulation of our operations or systems.
Third parties with whom we do business, including vendors that provide services or security solutions for our operations, could also be sources of
operational and information security risk to us, including from breakdowns, failures, or capacity constraints of their own systems or employees. Any of
these occurrences could diminish our ability to operate our business, or cause financial loss, potential liability to insureds, inability to secure insurance,
reputational damage or regulatory intervention, which could materially adversely affect us.
We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property.
Although we seek to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate intellectual property. We may have to litigate to
enforce and protect intellectual property and to determine its scope, validity or enforceability, which could divert significant resources and prove
unsuccessful.
We may be subject to claims by third parties for patent, trademark or copyright infringement or breach of usage rights. Any such claims and any
resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability. If third party providers or we are found to have infringed a third party intellectual
property rights, either of us could be enjoined from providing certain products or services or from utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes,
copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses. Alternatively, we could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties or
implement a costly work-around. Any of these scenarios could have a material effect on our business or results of operations.
We rely on multiple proprietary operating systems as well as operating systems of third-party providers to issue policies, pay claims, run modeling
functions and complete various internal processes. We may be subject to disruptions of such operating systems arising from events that are wholly or
partially beyond our control, which may include, for example, electrical or telecommunications outages, natural or man-made disasters, such as
earthquakes, hurricanes, floods or tornados, or events arising from criminal or terrorist acts. Such disruptions may give rise to losses in service to insureds
and loss or liability to us. In addition, there is the risk that our controls and procedures as well as our business continuity, disaster recovery and data security
systems prove to be inadequate. The computer systems and network systems we and others use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. These
problems may arise in both our internally developed systems and the systems of third-party service providers. In addition, our computer systems and
network infrastructure present security risks and could be susceptible to hacking, computer viruses, data breaches, or ransomware attacks. Any such failure
could affect our operations and could materially adversely affect our results of operations by requiring us to expend significant resources to correct the
defect, as well as by exposing us to litigation or losses not covered by insurance. Although we have disaster recovery plans and other safeguards in place,
our business operations may be materially adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our physical infrastructure or operating systems
and those of third-party service providers that support our business.
65
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. Our
technologies, systems and networks may become the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release,
gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our insureds’ or reinsured’s confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise disrupt
our or our insureds’, reinsured’s or other third parties’ business operations, which in turn may result in legal claims, regulatory scrutiny and liability,
reputational damage, the incurrence of costs to eliminate or mitigate further exposure and the loss of customers. This risk may be heightened as a result of
continued remote work in response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Although to date we have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber-
attacks or other information security breaches, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer such losses in the future. While we make efforts to maintain
the security and integrity of our information technology networks and related systems, and we have implemented various measures and an incident
response protocol to manage the risk of, or respond to, a security breach or disruption, there can be no assurance that our security efforts and measures will
be effective or that attempted security breaches or disruptions would not be successful or damaging. In addition, our results of operations could be
materially adversely affected if one of our business partners, such as brokers, general agents or third party claims administrators, experiences disruptions to
their operating systems and/or a cybersecurity breach, as such disruption or breach could reduce submission flow, policy issuance, claims settlement, and/or
make us more vulnerable to a cybersecurity breach ourselves. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of, among other things,
the evolving nature of these threats and the outsourcing of some of our business operations. As a result, cyber-security and the continued development and
enhancement of our controls, processes and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or
unauthorized access remain a priority. As cyber-threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to
modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.
Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our business and customers, or cyber-attacks or security breaches
of the networks, systems or devices that our customers use to access our products and services could result in customer attrition, regulatory fines, penalties
or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could materially
adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
Our operating results have in the past varied from quarter to quarter and may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.
Our operating results are subject to fluctuation and have historically varied from quarter to quarter. We expect our quarterly results to continue to
fluctuate in the future due to a number of factors, including the general economic conditions in the markets where we operate, the frequency of occurrence
or severity of catastrophic or other insured events, fluctuating interest rates, claims exceeding our loss reserves, competition in our industry, deviations
from expected renewal rates of our existing policies and contracts, adverse investment performance and the cost of reinsurance and retrocessional coverage.
In particular, we seek to underwrite products and make investments to achieve favorable returns on tangible equity over the long term. In addition, our
opportunistic nature and focus on long-term growth in tangible equity may result in fluctuations in total premiums written from period to period as we
concentrate on underwriting contracts that we believe will generate better long-term, rather than short-term, results. Accordingly, our short-term results of
operations may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.
We may not be able to manage our growth or other changes effectively.
We intend to continue to grow our business, may attempt to enter new business lines, and may also face changes from market, legal or regulatory
developments. Such growth, new business lines, and changes could require additional capital, systems development and skilled personnel. We cannot
assure you that we will be able to meet our capital needs, expand and maintain our systems and our internal controls effectively, allocate our human
resources optimally, identify and hire qualified employees or incorporate effectively the components of any businesses we may acquire in our effort to
achieve growth. The failure to manage our growth and other changes effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Litigation and legal proceedings against us or our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results
of operations.
We or our subsidiaries are or may be named as defendants in various legal actions, including commercial matters and litigation regarding insurance
claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the Company is involved from time to time in legal actions which seek extra-contractual
damages, punitive damages or penalties, including claims alleging bad faith in handling of insurance claims. On July 9, 2021, a purported class action
lawsuit was filed in the US District Court, Eastern District of Virginia on behalf of Employees’ Retirement Fund of the City of Fort Worth (“Plaintiff”)
against the Company and certain of its present and former officers (together, “Defendants”), alleging claims under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934. See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” for more information. We believe that the outcome of this matter and other presently pending matters,
individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our
66
TABLE OF CONTENTS
consolidated financial position. However, the outcomes of lawsuits cannot be predicted and, if determined adversely, could require us to pay significant
damage amounts or to change aspects of our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.
Changes in accounting practices and future pronouncements may materially affect our reported financial results.
Developments in accounting practices may require us to incur considerable additional expenses to comply, particularly if we are required to prepare
information relating to prior periods for comparative purposes or to apply the new requirements retroactively. The impact of changes in current accounting
practices and future pronouncements cannot be predicted but may affect the calculation of net income, shareholders’ equity and other relevant financial
statement line items.
Further, our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are required to comply with statutory accounting principles (“SAP”). SAP and various components of SAP
(such as actuarial reserving methodology) are subject to constant review by the NAIC and its task forces and committees, as well as state insurance
departments, in an effort to address emerging issues and otherwise improve financial reporting. At any given point in time, various proposals are pending
before committees and task forces of the NAIC, some of which, if enacted, could have negative effects on insurance industry participants. The NAIC
continuously examines existing laws and regulations in the United States. We cannot predict whether or in what form such reforms will be enacted and, if
so, whether the enacted reforms will positively or negatively affect us.
In addition, the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures manual provides that state insurance departments may permit insurance companies
domiciled in their jurisdiction to depart from SAP by granting them permitted accounting practices. We cannot predict whether or when the insurance
departments of the states of domicile of our competitors may permit them to utilize advantageous accounting practices that depart from SAP, the use of
which may not be permitted by the insurance departments of the states of domicile of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries. Further, we cannot assure that future
changes to SAP or components of SAP or the grant of permitted accounting practices to our competitors will not have a negative impact on us.
Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Sarbanes-Oxley could have a material adverse effect on our business and common
share price.
As a public company with SEC reporting obligations, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements
of Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley, which require annual assessments by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
During the course of our assessment, we may identify deficiencies that we are unable to remediate in a timely manner. Testing and maintaining our
internal control over financial reporting may also divert management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We
may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404(b) of
Sarbanes-Oxley. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our
evaluation, testing and remediation actions or its effect on our operations. Moreover, any material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control
over financial reporting may impede our ability to file timely and accurate reports with the SEC. Any of the above could cause investors to lose confidence
in our reported financial information or our common share listing on the NASDAQ Stock Market to be suspended or terminated, which could have a
negative effect on the trading price of our common shares.
Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
Item 2. PROPERTIES
We lease office space in Bermuda, where our principal executive office is located and our casualty reinsurance segment is based. We also lease offices
in (1) Chapel Hill, North Carolina, where our U.S. holding company, James River Group is based, (2) Raleigh, North Carolina, where we conduct business
in our Specialty Admitted Insurance segment and (3) Richmond, Virginia; Scottsdale, Arizona; and Atlanta, Georgia for the conduct of business in our
Excess and Surplus Lines segment. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be
available as needed.
Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are involved in various legal proceedings, including commercial matters and litigation regarding insurance claims which arise in the ordinary
course of business, as well as an alleged class action lawsuit. In addition, the Company is involved from time to time in legal actions which seek extra-
contractual damages, punitive damages or penalties, including claims alleging bad faith in handling of insurance claims. We believe that the outcome of
such matters, individually and in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
67
TABLE OF CONTENTS
On July 9, 2021 a purported class action lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Virginia (the "Court") by Employees'
Retirement Fund of the City of Fort Worth against James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and certain of its present and former officers (together, "Defendants").
On September 22, 2021, the Court entered an order appointing Employees' Retirement Fund of the City of Fort Worth and the City of Miami General
Employees' and Sanitation Employees' Retirement Trust as co-lead plaintiffs (together, "Plaintiffs"). Plaintiffs' consolidated amended complaint was filed
on November 19, 2021 (the "Amended Complaint"), which asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on behalf
of a putative class of persons and entities that purchased the Company's stock between February 22, 2019 and October 25, 2021. The Amended Complaint
alleges that Defendants failed to make appropriate disclosures concerning the adequacy of reserves for policies that covered Rasier LLC, a subsidiary of
Uber Technologies, Inc., and seeks unspecified damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and such other relief as the court may deem proper. The Defendants filed a
motion to dismiss on January 18, 2022. Plaintiffs' response to the motion to dismiss is due to be filed on March 4, 2022.
Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
68
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
PART II
EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common shares began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “JRVR” on December 12, 2014. Prior to that time, there
was no public market for our common shares. As of February 25, 2022, there were 7 holders of record of our common shares.
Dividends
We paid quarterly dividends of $0.30 per share from 2017 to the fourth quarter of 2021. On February 21, 2022, the Board of Directors declared a cash
dividend of $0.05 per share. The dividend is payable on March 31, 2022 to shareholders of record on March 14, 2022. As described below, the amount of
dividends that we may pay is restricted by the terms of our Series A Preferred Shares.
We are a holding company that has no substantial operations of our own, and we rely primarily on cash dividends or distributions from our
subsidiaries to pay our operating expenses and dividends to shareholders. The payment of dividends by our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries is
limited under the laws and regulations of their respective domicile. These regulations stipulate the maximum amount of annual dividends or other
distributions available to shareholders without prior approval of the relevant regulatory authorities. Additionally, dividends from our U.S. subsidiaries to
our U.K. intermediate holding company are generally subject to a 5% withholding tax by the IRS. Under U.K. domestic law, no withholding tax is applied
to dividends paid by U.K. tax resident companies. As a result of such regulations, or a change in applicable tax law, we may not be able to pay our
operating expenses as they become due and our payment of future dividends to shareholders may be limited. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to
Ownership of Our Common Shares—We depend upon dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries, and we may be unable to distribute dividends to
our shareholders to the extent we do not receive dividends from our subsidiaries,” and “—Dividends paid by our U.S. subsidiaries to James River UK may
not be eligible for benefits under the U.S.-U.K. income tax treaty.”
We expect to close on the issuance and sale of 150,000 Series A Preferred Shares on March 1, 2022. Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are
entitled to a dividend at the initial rate of 7% of the $1,000 per share liquidation preference per annum, paid in cash, in-kind in common shares or in Series
A Preferred Shares, at our election. On the five-year anniversary of the Closing Date, and each five-year anniversary thereafter, the dividend rate will reset
to a rate equal to the five-year U.S. treasury rate plus 5.2%. Dividends will accrue quarterly and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and
December 31 of each year, commencing June 30, 2022. The Certificate of Designations setting forth the terms of the Series A Preferred Shares limits our
ability to pay dividends to our common shareholders. If we pay cash dividends of more than $0.05 per common share per quarter, without the consent of at
least the majority of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding, we will be required to reduce the conversion price of the Series A Preferred Shares.
Additionally, the payment of cash dividends in excess of $0.10 per common share per quarter is not permitted if the dividends on the Series A Preferred
Shares for that quarter are not paid in cash, unless the Company’s U.S.-based insurance subsidiaries and direct Bermuda-based insurance subsidiary satisfy
certain capital requirements. Share dividends payable on the common shares to our shareholders also trigger a reduction of the conversion price applicable
to the Series A Preferred Shares.
Additionally, the declaration, payment and amount of future dividends is further subject to the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of
directors will give consideration to various risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this Annual Report when determining whether to declare and
pay dividends, as well as the amount thereof. Our board of directors may take into account a variety of factors when determining whether to declare any
future dividends, including (1) our financial condition, liquidity, results of operations (including our ability to generate cash flow in excess of expenses and
our expected or actual net income), retained earnings and collateral and capital requirements, (2) general business conditions, (3) legal, tax and regulatory
limitations, (4) contractual prohibitions and other restrictions, in addition to those relating to our Series A Preferred Shares (5) the effect of a dividend or
dividends upon our financial strength ratings and (6) any other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.
Performance Graph
The graph below compares the cumulative 5-Year total shareholder return of our common shares relative to the cumulative total returns of the Russell
2000 index and a selected peer group of six companies that includes Amerisafe Inc., Argo Group International Holdings Ltd, Kinsale Capital Group Inc.,
Markel Corp, RLI Corp and W. R. Berkley Corp. The companies in the peer group are weighted by market capitalization. The calculation of cumulative
total shareholder return assumes an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of all dividends, if any, for the period from December 31, 2016 through
December 31, 2021. Such returns are based on historical results and are not intended to suggest future performance.
69
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Copyright© 2022 Russell Investment Group. All rights reserved.
James River Group Holdings, Ltd.
Russell 2000
Peer Group
12/16
100.00
100.00
100.00
12/17
100.47
114.65
117.72
12/18
94.69
102.02
119.06
12/19
109.72
128.06
149.40
12/20
134.64
153.62
150.29
12/21
81.76
176.39
182.56
The performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to
be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we
specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
Item 6. [RESERVED]
70
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described
under the heading “Risk Factors.” Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should read this
discussion and analysis together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
Overview
James River Group Holdings, Ltd. is a Bermuda-based holding company. We own and operate a group of specialty insurance and reinsurance
companies with the objective of generating compelling returns on tangible equity while limiting underwriting and investment volatility. We seek to
accomplish this by earning profits from insurance and reinsurance underwriting and generating meaningful risk-adjusted investment returns, while
managing our capital.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, approximately 70.4% of our group-wide gross written premiums originated from the U.S. E&S lines market
including business assumed by our Casualty Reinsurance segment. We also have a specialty admitted insurance business in the United States. We intend to
concentrate substantially all of our underwriting in casualty insurance and reinsurance, and for the year ended December 31, 2021, we derived 96.9% of our
group-wide gross written premiums from casualty insurance and reinsurance. We focus on writing business in specialty markets where our underwriters
have particular expertise and where we have long-standing distribution relationships; maintaining a strong balance sheet with appropriate reserves;
monitoring reinsurance recoverables carefully; managing our investment portfolio actively without taking undue risk; using technology to monitor trends in
our business; responding rapidly to market opportunities and challenges; and actively managing our capital.
We report our business in four segments: Excess and Surplus Lines, Specialty Admitted Insurance, Casualty Reinsurance and Corporate and Other.
The Excess and Surplus Lines segment offers E&S commercial lines liability and property insurance in every U.S. state, the District of Columbia,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands through James River Insurance and its wholly-owned subsidiary, James River Casualty. James River Insurance and
James River Casualty are both non-admitted carriers. Non-admitted carriers writing in the E&S market are not bound by most of the rate and form
regulations imposed on standard market companies, allowing them flexibility to change the coverage terms offered and the rate charged without the time
constraints and financial costs associated with the rate and form filing process. In 2021, the average account in this segment (excluding commercial auto
policies) generated annual gross written premiums of approximately $23,000. The Excess and Surplus Lines segment distributes its products primarily
through wholesale insurance brokers. Members of our management team have participated in this market for over three decades and have long-standing
relationships with the wholesale agents who place E&S lines accounts. The Excess and Surplus Lines segment produced 55.3% of our gross written
premiums and 67.3% of our net written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2021.
The Specialty Admitted Insurance segment focuses on niche classes within the standard insurance markets, such as workers’ compensation coverage
for building trades, healthcare employees, light manufacturing and other light-to-medium hazard risks in select U.S. states and fronting business, where we
retain a small percentage of the risk and seek to earn fee income by allowing other carriers and producers to use our licensure, ratings, expertise and
infrastructure. Through Falls Lake National and its subsidiaries, this segment has admitted licenses and the authority to write excess and surplus lines
insurance in 50 states and the District of Columbia and distributes through a variety of sources, including independent retail agents, program administrators
and MGAs. The Specialty Admitted Insurance segment produced 32.6% of our gross written premiums and 11.3% of our net written premiums for the year
ended December 31, 2021.
The Casualty Reinsurance segment provides proportional and working layer casualty reinsurance to third parties and to our U.S.-based insurance
subsidiaries. Typically, we structure our reinsurance contracts (also known as treaties) as quota share arrangements, with loss mitigating features, such as
commissions that adjust based on underwriting results. On a net premium volume basis, treaties with loss mitigation features including sliding scale ceding
commissions represented 58.9% of the net premiums written by our Casualty Reinsurance segment during 2021. We typically do not assume large
individual risks in our Casualty Reinsurance segment, nor do we write property catastrophe reinsurance. Most of the underlying policies assumed by our
Casualty Reinsurance segment have a $1.0 million per occurrence limit, and we typically assume only a portion of that exposure. We do not assume stand-
alone third-party property business at our Casualty Reinsurance segment, but we do have a small amount of assumed business with ancillary property
exposure. 65.7% of gross premiums written by our Casualty Reinsurance segment during 2021 were general liability accounts. The Casualty Reinsurance
segment distributes through reinsurance brokers. The Casualty Reinsurance segment produced 12.1% of our gross written premiums and 21.4% of our net
written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2021.
71
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Casualty Reinsurance segment writes third party business through one entity, JRG Re. Through December 31, 2017, we had intercompany
reinsurance agreements under which we ceded 70% of the net written premiums of our U.S. subsidiaries (after taking into account third-party reinsurance)
to JRG Re. Effective January 1, 2018, we generally discontinued ceding 70% of our U.S.-written premiums to JRG Re and instead ceded 70% of our U.S.-
written premiums to Carolina Re, a Bermuda-domiciled, wholly-owned subsidiary of James River Group, Inc. Carolina Re is a Class 3A reinsurer that
made an irrevocable election to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation under Section 953(d) of the Code effective January 1, 2018. Carolina Re is also the
cedent on a stop loss reinsurance treaty with JRG Re. Business in the Casualty Reinsurance segment is ceded under proportional, or quota-share,
reinsurance treaties that provide for an arm’s length ceding commission. We exclude the effects of intercompany reinsurance agreements from the
presentation of our segment results, consistent with the way we manage the Company. At December 31, 2021, 41.2% of our invested assets were held at
JRG Re.
The Corporate and Other segment consists of the management and treasury activities of our holding companies, equity compensation for the group,
and interest expense associated with our debt.
The A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”) financial strength rating for our group’s regulated insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries is “A-” (Excellent)
with a stable outlook. This rating reflects A.M. Best’s evaluation of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’ financial strength, operating performance
and ability to meet obligations to policyholders and is not an evaluation directed towards the protection of investors. The rating for our operating insurance
and reinsurance companies of “A-” (Excellent) is the fourth highest rating of the thirteen ratings issued by A.M. Best and is assigned to insurers that have,
in A.M. Best’s opinion, an excellent ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders.
The financial strength ratings assigned by A.M. Best have an impact on the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to attract and retain agents and brokers
and on the risk profiles of the submissions for insurance that our subsidiaries receive. We believe the “A-” (Excellent) ratings assigned to our insurance and
reinsurance subsidiaries allow our subsidiaries to actively pursue relationships with the agents and brokers identified in their marketing plans.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
We identified the accounting estimates below as critical to the understanding of our financial position and results of operations. Critical accounting
estimates are defined as those estimates that are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and which require us to
exercise significant judgment. We use significant judgment concerning future results and developments in applying these critical accounting estimates and
in preparing our consolidated financial statements. These judgments and estimates affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses
and the disclosure of material contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used in preparing
the consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates regularly using information that we believe to be relevant. For a detailed discussion of our
accounting policies, see the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K.
Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses represents our estimated ultimate cost of all reported and unreported losses and loss adjustment
expenses incurred and unpaid at the balance sheet date. We do not discount this reserve. We estimate the reserve using individual case-basis valuations of
reported claims and statistical analysis. We believe that the use of judgment is necessary to arrive at a best estimate for the reserve for losses and loss
adjustment expenses given the long-tailed nature of the business we write and the limited operating experience of the fronting and program business in the
Specialty Admitted Insurance segment and the commercial auto business in our Excess and Surplus lines segment. In applying this judgment, we frequently
establish reserves that differ from our internal actuaries’ estimate. We seek to establish reserves that will ultimately prove to be adequate. If we have
indications that claims frequency or severity exceeds our initial expectations, we generally increase our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses.
Conversely, when claims frequency and severity trends are more favorable than initially anticipated, we generally reduce our reserves for losses and loss
adjustment expenses once we have sufficient data to confirm the validity of the favorable trends.
Our Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty Admitted Insurance segments generally are notified of losses by our insureds or their brokers. Based on
the information provided, we establish case reserves by estimating the ultimate losses from the claim, including administrative costs associated with the
ultimate settlement of the claim. Our claims department personnel use their knowledge of the specific claim along with internal and external experts,
including underwriters and legal counsel, to estimate the expected ultimate losses.
Our Casualty Reinsurance segment generally establishes case reserves based on reports received from ceding companies or their brokers. For excess
of loss contracts, we are typically notified of insurance losses on specific contracts, and we record case reserves based on the estimated ultimate losses on
each claim. For proportional contracts, we typically receive aggregated claims information and record case reserves based on that information.
72
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We also use statistical analysis to estimate the cost of losses and loss adjustment expenses that have been incurred but not reported to us. Those
estimates are based on our historical information, industry information and estimates of future trends that may affect the frequency of claims and changes in
the average cost of claims (severity) that may arise in the future.
The Company’s gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at December 31, 2021 was $2,748.5 million. Of this amount, 59.6% relates to
IBNR. The Company’s gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses by segment are summarized as follows:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Total
Gross Reserves at December 31, 2021
Case
IBNR
Total
($ in thousands)
$
$
665,113 $
296,802
148,376
1,110,291 $
958,522 $
389,841
289,819
1,638,182 $
1,623,635
686,643
438,195
2,748,473
IBNR %
of Total
59.0 %
56.8 %
66.1 %
59.6 %
The Company’s net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses prior to the $631,000 allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverables at
December 31, 2021 was $1,399.2 million. Of this amount, 64.4% relates to IBNR. The Company’s net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses by
segment are summarized as follows:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Total
Net Reserves at December 31, 2021
Case
IBNR
Total
IBNR %
of Total
$
$
311,035 $
42,346
144,610
497,991 $
($ in thousands)
558,454 $
62,385
280,384
901,223 $
869,489
104,731
424,994
1,399,214
64.2 %
59.6 %
66.0 %
64.4 %
Our Reserve Committees consist of our Chief Actuary, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer. Additionally,
the presidents, chief financial officers and chief actuaries of each of our three insurance segments are also members of the Reserve Committee for their
respective segments. The Reserve Committees meet quarterly to review the actuarial recommendations made by each chief actuary and use their best
judgment to determine the best estimate to be recorded for the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses on our quarterly balance sheet.
We engage an independent internationally recognized actuarial consulting firm to review our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses in the
third and fourth quarters of each year. This independent actuarial consulting firm prepares its own estimate of our reserve for loss and loss adjustment
expenses, and we compare their estimate to the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses reviewed and approved by the Reserve Committee in order
to gain additional comfort on the adequacy of our reserves.
The Reserve Committee believes that using judgment to supplement the actuarial recommendations is necessary to arrive at a best estimate given the
nature of the business that we write. In particular, this approach attempts to address the limited operating experience of the Casualty Reinsurance segment,
and program business in the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment.
The process of estimating the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses requires a high degree of judgment and is subject to a number of
variables. In establishing the quarterly actuarial recommendation for the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, our actuaries estimate an initial
expected ultimate loss ratio for each of our product lines by accident year (or for our Casualty Reinsurance segment, on a contract by contract basis). Input
from our underwriting and claims departments, including premium pricing assumptions and historical experience, are considered by our internal actuaries
in estimating the initial expected loss ratios. Our actuaries generally utilize five actuarial methods in their estimation process for the reserve for losses and
loss adjustment expenses. These five methods utilize, to varying degrees, the initial expected loss ratio, detailed statistical analysis of past claims reporting
and payment patterns, claims frequency and severity, paid loss experience, industry loss experience, and changes in market conditions, policy forms,
exclusions, and exposures. The five actuarial methods that we use in our reserve estimation process are:
Expected Loss Method
The Expected Loss method multiplies earned premiums by an initial expected loss ratio. In our Excess and Surplus Lines segment and for our
Workers’ Compensation book in the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, the initial expected loss ratio
73
TABLE OF CONTENTS
is estimated based on adjusting book of business prior year experience to current cost and rate level. In our Programs business within the Specialty
Admitted Insurance segment and in our Casualty Reinsurance segment, the expected loss ratio is based on the actuarial pricing of the individual account.
Alternatively, when company experience lacks historical depth, initial expected loss ratios can be determined using loss ratios implied by industry loss
costs for the class or reported industry loss ratios.
Incurred Loss Development Method
The Incurred Loss Development method uses historical loss reporting patterns by accident year or treaty year to estimate future loss reporting patterns.
In this method, our actuaries review historical loss reporting patterns to develop incurred loss development factors that are applied to current reported
losses to calculate ultimate losses.
Paid Loss Development Method
The Paid Loss Development method is similar to the Incurred Loss Development method, but it uses historical loss payment patterns to estimate
future loss payment patterns. In this method, our actuaries apply historical loss payment patterns to develop paid loss development factors that are applied
to current paid losses to calculate expected ultimate losses.
Bornhuetter-Ferguson Incurred Loss Development Method
The Bornhuetter-Ferguson Incurred Loss Development method divides the projection of ultimate losses into the portion that has already been reported
and the portion that has yet to be reported. The portion that has yet to be reported is estimated as the product of premiums earned for the accident year, the
initial expected ultimate loss ratio and an estimate of the percentage of ultimate losses that are unreported at the valuation date. This technique is
particularly valuable when there is a low volume of business being reviewed and reported losses lack historical depth.
Bornhuetter-Ferguson Paid Loss Development Method
The Bornhuetter-Ferguson Paid Loss Development method is similar to the Bornhuetter-Ferguson Incurred Loss Development method, except this
method divides the projection of ultimate losses into the portion that has already been paid and the portion that has yet to be paid. The portion that has yet
to be paid is estimated as the product of premiums earned for the accident year, the initial expected ultimate loss ratio and an estimate of the percentage of
ultimate losses that are unpaid at the valuation date. This approach assumes that the paid experience has no effect on the subsequent paid loss emergence of
the business. Again, this technique is particularly valuable when there is a low volume of business being reviewed and paid losses lack historical depth.
Different reserving methods are appropriate in different situations, and our actuaries use their judgment and experience to determine the weighting of
the methods detailed above to use for each accident year and each line of business and, for our Casualty Reinsurance segment, on a contract by contract
basis. For example, the current accident year has very little incurred and paid loss development data on which to base reserve projections. As a result, we
rely heavily on the Expected Loss Method in estimating reserves for the current accident year. We generally set our initial expected loss ratio for the current
accident year consistent with our pricing assumptions. We believe that this is a reasonable and appropriate reserving assumption for the current accident
year since our pricing assumptions are actuarially driven and since we expect to make an acceptable return on the new business that we write. If actual loss
emergence is better than our initial expected loss ratio assumptions, we will experience favorable development, and if it is worse than our initial expected
loss ratio assumptions, we will experience adverse development. Conversely, sufficient incurred and paid loss development is available for our oldest
accident years, so more weight is given to the Incurred Loss Development method and the Paid Loss Development method than the Expected Loss method.
The Bornhuetter-Ferguson Incurred Loss Development and Paid Loss Development methods blend features of the Expected Loss method and the Incurred
and Paid Loss Development methods. The Bornhuetter-Ferguson methods are typically used for the more recent prior accident years.
In applying these methods to develop an estimate of the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, our actuaries use judgment to determine three
key parameters for each accident year and line of business: the initial expected loss ratios, the incurred and paid loss development factors and the weighting
of the five actuarial methods to be used for each accident year and line of business. For the Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty Admitted Insurance
segments, the actuary performs a study on each of these parameters annually and makes recommendations for the initial expected loss ratios, the incurred
and paid loss development factors and the weighting of the five actuarial methods by accident year and line of business. Members of the Reserve
Committee review and approve the parameter review actuarial recommendations, and absent any developments requiring an earlier review, these approved
parameters are used in the reserve estimation process for the next four quarters at which time a new parameter study is performed. For the Casualty
Reinsurance segment, periodic assessments are made on a contract by contract basis. Method weights are generally less rigid for the Casualty Reinsurance
segment given the heterogeneous nature of the various contracts, and the potential for significant changes in mix of business within individual treaties.
74
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The table below quantifies the impact of extreme reserve deviations from our expected value at December 31, 2021. The total carried net reserve for
losses and loss adjustment expenses is displayed alongside 5th, 50th and 95th percentiles of likely ultimate net reserve outcomes. The estimates of these
percentiles are a result of a reserve variability analysis using a simulation approach.
Sensitivity
5th Pct.
50th Pct.
Carried
95th Pct.
(in thousands)
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
Changes in reserves
$
1,267,685 $
(131,529)
1,394,915 $
(4,299)
1,399,214 $
—
1,561,522
162,308
The impact of recording the net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at the highest value from the sensitivity analysis above would be to
increase losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred by $162.3 million, reduce after-tax net income by $148.8 million, reduce shareholders’ equity by
$148.8 million and reduce shareholders’ tangible equity by $148.8 million, in each case at or for the period ended December 31, 2021.
The impact of recording the net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at the lowest value from the sensitivity analysis above would be to
reduce losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred by $131.5 million, increase after-tax net income by $121.1 million, increase shareholders’ equity by
$121.1 million, and increase tangible equity by $121.1 million, in each case at or for the year ended December 31, 2021. Such changes in the net reserve
for losses and loss adjustment expenses would not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, but would affect cash flow and investment income in future
periods as the incremental or reduced amount of losses are paid and investment assets adjusted to reflect the level of paid claims.
Loss reserve estimates are subject to a high degree of variability due to the inherent uncertainty of ultimate claims settlement values. In recording our
best estimate of our reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, our Reserve Committee often selects an amount that is different from the actuarial
recommendation due to the inherent variation associated with our reserve estimates and the possibility that there are unforeseen or incorrectly valued
liabilities in the actuarial recommendations. We believe that the insurance that we write is subject to above-average variation in reserve estimates. The
Excess and Surplus Lines market is subject to high policyholder turnover and changes in underlying mix of exposures. This turnover and change in
underlying mix of exposures can cause actuarial estimates based on prior experience to be less reliable than estimates for more stable, admitted books of
business. As a casualty insurer, losses on our policies often take a number of years to develop, making it difficult to estimate the ultimate losses associated
with this business. Judicial and regulatory bodies have frequently interpreted insurance contracts in a manner that expands coverage beyond that which was
contemplated at the time that the policy was issued. In addition, many of our policies are issued on an occurrence basis, and insureds suffering a loss
frequently seek coverage beyond the policies’ original intent. The difficulty in pinpointing actual ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) is
illustrated by the fact that at December 31, 2021, 64.2% of our net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment
is for claims that have not been reported.
Our reserves are driven by a number of important assumptions, including litigation and regulatory trends, legislative activity, climate change, social
and economic patterns and claims inflation assumptions. Our reserve estimates reflect current inflation in legal claims’ settlements and assume we will not
be subject to losses from significant new legal liability theories. Our reserve estimates also assume that we will not experience significant losses from mass
torts and that we will not incur losses from future mass torts not known to us today. While it is not possible to predict the impact of changes in the litigation
environment, if new mass torts or expanded legal theories of liability emerge, our cost of claims may differ substantially from our reserves. Our reserve
estimates assume that there will not be significant changes in the regulatory and legislative environment. The impact of potential changes in the regulatory
or legislative environment is difficult to quantify in the absence of specific, significant new regulation or legislation. In the event of significant new
regulation or legislation, we will attempt to quantify its impact on our business but no assurance can be given that our attempt to quantify such inputs will
be accurate or successful.
IBNR reserve estimates are inherently less precise than case reserve estimates. A 5% change in net IBNR reserves at December 31, 2021 would equate
to a $45.1 million change in the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses at such date, a $39.7 million change in after-tax net income, a 5.5% change
in shareholders’ equity and a 7.8% change in tangible equity, in each case at or for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Although we believe that our reserve estimates are reasonable, it is possible that our actual loss experience may not conform to our assumptions.
Specifically, our actual ultimate loss ratio could differ from our initial expected loss ratio or our actual reporting and payment patterns could differ from our
expected reporting and payment patterns, which are based on our own data and industry data. Accordingly, the ultimate settlement of losses and the related
loss adjustment expenses may vary significantly from the estimates included in our financial statements. We regularly review our estimates and adjust them
as necessary as experience develops or as new information becomes known to us. Such adjustments are included in current operations.
75
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We experienced $325.8 million of adverse development in 2021 on the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses held at December 31, 2020.
This adverse reserve development included $190.7 million of adverse development in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment, including $200.1 million of
adverse development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2019 and prior accident years with Rasier LLC and its
affiliates (collectively, “Rasier”). Rasier's business was new, complex, and rapidly changing, and the Company's underwriting assumptions and the related
pricing of this risk did not keep pace with the insured's escalating loss trends. The adverse development for commercial auto was partially offset by $9.4
million of favorable development in other Excess and Surplus Lines underwriting divisions. Favorable reserve development in the Specialty Admitted
Insurance segment was $2.5 million as losses on our workers’ compensation business written prior to 2020 continued to develop more favorably than we
had anticipated. The Casualty Reinsurance segment experienced $137.6 million of adverse development on prior underwriting years. Actual reported and
paid losses in the Casualty Reinsurance segment significantly exceeded expectations in 2021, particularly in the fourth quarter of 2021, causing us to refine
some of the assumptions used to determine our best estimate of ultimate losses for this segment. Specifically, we responded to this highly elevated loss
emergence by making significant adjustments to our assumed tail factors, other development factors, initial expected loss ratios, and weights given to
various actuarial methods. In particular, we gave significantly more weight to incurred loss development methods and Bornhuetter – Ferguson incurred loss
development methods than had been done previously. These actuarial refinements resulted in material deterioration in ultimate loss selections for
underwriting years 2014 through 2018.
We experienced $92.2 million of adverse development in 2020 on the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses held at December 31, 2019. This
adverse reserve development included $59.4 million of adverse development in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment including $91.4 million of adverse
development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2018 and prior accident years with Rasier. The adverse development
for commercial auto was partially offset by $32.0 million of favorable development in other Excess and Surplus Lines underwriting divisions that was
primarily related to the 2018 and 2019 accident years. The Company also experienced $5.0 million of favorable development on prior accident years in the
Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, as losses on our workers’ compensation business written prior to 2019 continued to develop more favorably than
we had anticipated. The Casualty Reinsurance segment experienced $37.8 million of adverse development on prior accident years primarily in accident
years 2014 through 2018.
Investment Valuation and Impairment
We carry fixed maturity securities classified as “available-for-sale” at fair value, and unrealized gains and losses on such securities, net of any deferred
taxes, are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Equity securities (except those accounted for under the equity
method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income.
Certain restricted cash equivalents invested in funds with floating net asset values are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net
income. At December 31, 2021, we do not have any securities classified as “held-to-maturity” or “trading.”
The Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments on
January 1, 2020. This update changed the impairment model for available-for-sale fixed maturities and requires the Company to determine whether
unrealized losses on available-for-sale fixed maturities are due to credit-related factors. An allowance for credit losses is established for any credit-related
impairments, limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recognized in earnings and
included in net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments. Unrealized losses that are not credit-related continue to be recognized in other
comprehensive income.
The Company considers the extent to which fair value is below amortized cost in determining whether a credit-related loss exists. The Company also
considers the credit quality rating of the security, with a special emphasis on securities downgraded below investment grade. A comparison is made
between the present value of expected future cash flows for a security and its amortized cost. If the present value of future expected cash flows is less than
amortized cost, a credit loss is presumed to exist and an allowance for credit losses is established. Management may conclude that a qualitative analysis is
sufficient to support its conclusion that the present value of the expected cash flows equals or exceeds a security’s amortized cost. As a result of this review,
management concluded that there were no credit-related impairments of fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2021 or 2020. Management does not
intend to sell the securities in an unrealized loss position, and it is not “more likely than not” that the Company will be required to sell these securities
before a recovery in their value to their amortized cost basis occurs.
During 2019, three fixed maturity securities from one issuer were determined to be impaired because we intended to sell the securities at a loss. The
Company recorded impairment losses on these securities of $271,000. Management concluded that none of the fixed maturity securities with an unrealized
loss at December 31, 2019 experienced an other-than-temporary impairment.
In connection with the adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company elected the fair value option in accounting for bank loan participations effective
January 1, 2020. The targeted transition relief offered by ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments - Credit
76
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief was applied to elect the fair value option to account for bank loan participations already held at the January
1, 2020 date of adoption. Under the fair value option, bank loan participations are measured at fair value, and changes in unrealized gains and losses in
bank loan participations are reported in our income statement as net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments. At adoption on January 1, 2020,
the Company applied the amendments on a modified retrospective basis, reducing the carrying value of its bank loan portfolio to fair value through an $8.4
million adjustment with a $7.8 million (net of tax) cumulative effect adjustment to reduce retained earnings.
Losses due to credit-related impairments on bank loan participations are determined based upon consultations and advice from the Company's
specialized investment manager and consideration of any adverse situations that could affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of
underlying collateral, and other relevant factors. Management concluded that none of the loans in the Company's bank loan portfolio had credit-related
impairments as of December 31, 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2020, management concluded that $8.3 million of unrealized losses were due to
credit-related impairments.
Prior to the election of the fair value option on January 1, 2020, bank loan participations were generally stated at their outstanding unpaid principal
balances net of unamortized premiums or discounts and net of any allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses was maintained at a level
considered adequate to absorb estimated probable credit losses. At December 31, 2019, the aggregate allowance for credit losses was $7.2 million on seven
impaired loans with a total carrying value of $6.9 million and unpaid principal of $14.3 million.
Fair values are measured in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements. The guidance establishes a framework for measuring fair value and
a three-level hierarchy based upon the quality of inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are: (1) Level 1: quoted price
(unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets, (2) Level 2: inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in
active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument and (3)
Level 3: inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable for the asset or liability.
The fair values of fixed maturity securities and equity securities have been determined using fair value prices provided by our investment accounting
services provider or investment managers, who utilize internationally recognized independent pricing services. The prices provided by the independent
pricing services are generally based on observable market data in active markets (e.g. broker quotes and prices observed for comparable securities). Values
for U.S. Treasury and publicly-traded equity securities are generally based on Level 1 inputs which use the market approach valuation technique. The
values for all other fixed maturity securities (including state and municipal securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies)
generally incorporate significant Level 2 inputs, and in some cases, Level 3 inputs, using the market approach and income approach valuation techniques.
The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash equivalents (excluding those invested in funds with floating net asset values), and short-
term investments approximate their carrying values due to their short-term maturity.
In the determination of the fair value for bank loan participations and certain high yield bonds, the Company endeavors to obtain data from multiple
external pricing sources. External pricing sources may include brokers, dealers, and price data vendors that provide a composite price based on prices from
multiple dealers. Such external pricing sources typically provide valuations for normal institutional size trading units of such securities using methods
based on market transactions for comparable securities, and various relationships between securities, as generally recognized by institutional dealers. For
investments in which the Company determines that only one external pricing source is appropriate or if only one external price is available, the investment
is generally recorded based on such price.
Investments for which external sources are not available or are determined by an investment manager not to be representative of fair value are
recorded at fair value as determined by the investment manager. In determining the fair value of such investments, the investment manager considers one or
more of the following factors: type of security held, convertibility or exchangeability of the security, redeemability of the security (including the timing of
redemptions), application of industry accepted valuation models, recent trading activity, liquidity, estimates of liquidation value, purchase cost and prices
received for securities with similar terms of the same issuer or similar issuers. There were no bank loan participations for which external sources were
unavailable to determine fair value at December 31, 2021 or 2020.
We review fair value prices provided by our outside investment accounting service provider or our investment managers for reasonableness by
comparing the fair values provided to those provided by our investment custodian. We conduct corroborative price testing comparing prices utilized for
each security to those from an alternate reputable pricing service. We also review and monitor changes in fair values and unrealized gains and losses. We
obtain an understanding of the methods, models, and inputs used by our investment managers and independent pricing services, and controls are in place to
validate that prices provided represent fair values. Our control process includes, but is not limited to, initial and ongoing evaluation of the methodologies
used, a review of specific securities and an assessment for proper classification within the fair value hierarchy, and obtaining and reviewing internal control
reports for our investment accounting services provider and investment managers that obtain fair values from independent pricing services.
77
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
There were no new accounting standards adopted in 2021 that materially impacted the Company's financial statements.
Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic
The Company is continually monitoring the impact that the ongoing coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic may be having on the Company’s financial
condition and results of operations. COVID-19 has adversely affected premium and/or claims volume in some lines of business we write (such as auto and
workers' compensation), however, to date it has not caused a decline in gross written premiums or a material increase in total claims for the Company as a
whole. While less significant in 2021, we continue to see a reduction in claims frequency in certain lines of business, such as commercial auto and many of
our Core Excess and Surplus lines of business, that may be the result of the impacts of COVID-19 on the economy. If these frequency reductions only
succeed in eliminating less material matters while meaningful claims persist, potential delays in claims settlement (due to COVID-19 or other reasons) may
have a material impact on our ability to accurately set reserves for those lines of business. However, there was no material deterioration in calendar year
2021 reserve levels due to COVID-19 related matters. We are closely monitoring a number of risks that COVID-19 poses to the Company’s financial
condition and results of operations. For a description of these risks, see “Part I-Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
78
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020
The following table summarizes our results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Gross written premiums
Net retention
(1)
Net written premiums
Net earned premiums
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Other operating expenses
Underwriting loss (2), (3)
Net investment income
Net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses)
Other (expenses) income
Interest expense
Amortization of intangible assets
(Loss) income before taxes
Income tax (benefit) expense
Net (loss) income
Adjusted net operating (loss) income (4)
Ratios:
Loss ratio
Expense ratio
Combined ratio
Accident year loss ratio (5)
Accident year loss ratio ex-cat (6)
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
% Change
($ in thousands)
$
$
$
$
$
1,507,299
49.4 %
744,380
695,594
(792,352)
(160,188)
(256,946)
56,865
15,564
(2,232)
(8,922)
(363)
(196,034)
(23,235)
(172,799)
(184,245)
$
$
$
$
$
113.9 %
23.0 %
136.9 %
67.1 %
66.4 %
1,257,000
51.5 %
647,774
606,806
(478,545)
(162,106)
(33,845)
73,368
(16,030)
(985)
(10,033)
(538)
11,937
7,113
4,824
21,218
78.9 %
26.7 %
105.6 %
63.7 %
63.7 %
19.9 %
14.9 %
14.6 %
65.6 %
(1.2)%
659.2 %
(22.5)%
— %
126.6 %
(11.1)%
(32.5)%
— %
— %
— %
— %
(1) Net retention is defined as the ratio of net written premiums to gross written premiums.
(2) Underwriting loss is a non-GAAP measure. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” for a reconciliation to (loss) income before tax and for
additional information.
(3) Underwriting loss includes gross fee income of $22.7 million and $20.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(4) Adjusted net operating (loss) income is a non-GAAP measure. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” for reconciliation to net (loss) income
and for additional information.
(5) Accident year loss ratio is defined as the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses for the current accident year (excluding development on prior
accident year reserves) to net earned premiums.
(6) Accident year loss ratio excluding the $5.0 million of net catastrophe losses related to Hurricane Ida in the year ended December 31, 2021.
Underwriting losses of $256.9 million and $33.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were primarily driven by net
adverse reserve development of $325.8 million and $92.2 million in the respective years, including $190.7 million and $59.4 million, respectively, of net
adverse reserve development from the Excess and Surplus Lines segment almost entirely related to a previous commercial auto account, and $137.6 million
and $37.8 million, respectively, of net adverse reserve development from the Casualty Reinsurance segment. Refer to the discussion of segment
underwriting results below for additional details on this adverse reserve development. Underwriting results in the current year were also negatively
impacted by $8.1 million of reinstatement premium on certain casualty reinsurance treaties and $5.0 million of net catastrophe losses related to Hurricane
Ida in the third quarter of 2021, both in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment. The $8.1 million of
79
TABLE OF CONTENTS
reinstatement premium, including $6.4 million triggered by one claim on a 2019 excess of loss treaty, reduced net written and net earned premium in the
current year, and increased the underwriting loss.
The results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 also include certain non-operating items that are significant to the Company. These items
(on a pre-tax basis) include:
• Net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses) of $15.6 million and $(16.0) million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively, which included net unrealized gains of $12.0 million and $1.1 million related to changes in unrealized gains and losses in the
respective years for equity securities and bank loan participations (pursuant to fair value option election effective January 1, 2020). See “-
Investing Results" for more information on these realized and unrealized investment losses.
• Other expenses were $2.2 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and include legal and other
professional fees related to the Company's May 2021 common share offering, certain legal and professional consulting fees related to various
strategic initiatives, and employee severance costs.
We define adjusted net operating (loss) income as net (loss) income excluding net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments, and certain
non-operating expenses such as professional service fees related to various strategic initiatives and the filing of registration statements for the offering of
securities, and severance costs associated with terminated employees. We use adjusted net operating (loss) income as an internal performance measure in
the management of our operations because we believe it gives our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our results of
operations and our underlying business performance. Adjusted net operating (loss) income should not be viewed as a substitute for net (loss) income
calculated in accordance with GAAP, and our definition of adjusted net operating (loss) income may not be comparable to that of other companies.
Our (loss) income before taxes and net (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 reconcile to our adjusted net operating (loss)
income as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
Loss
Before
Taxes
Net Loss
(in thousands)
Income
Before
Taxes
Net
Income
(Loss) income as reported
Net realized and unrealized (gains) losses on investments
Other expenses
Adjusted net operating (loss) income
$
$
(196,034) $
(15,564)
2,214
(209,384) $
(172,799) $
(13,292)
1,846
(184,245) $
11,937 $
16,030
1,967
29,934 $
4,824
14,840
1,554
21,218
Combined Ratios
The combined ratio is a measure of underwriting performance and represents the relationship of incurred losses, loss adjustment expenses and other
operating expenses to net earned premiums. Our combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 136.9%. A combined ratio of less than 100%
indicates an underwriting profit, while a combined ratio greater than 100% reflects an underwriting loss. In 2021, the combined ratio included $325.8
million, or 46.8 percentage points, of net adverse reserve development on prior accident years, including $190.7 million of net adverse reserve development
from the Excess and Surplus Lines segment, $2.5 million of net favorable reserve development from the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, and $137.6
million of net adverse reserve development from the Casualty Reinsurance segment. The combined ratio for the current year was also negatively impacted
by the aforementioned $8.1 million (1.6 points) of reinstatement premium related to casualty treaties and $5.0 million (0.7 points) of net catastrophe losses
related to Hurricane Ida in the third quarter of 2021, both in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment.
Our combined ratio for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 105.6%. It included $92.2 million, or 15.2 percentage points, of net adverse reserve
development on prior accident years, including $59.4 million of net adverse reserve development from the Excess and Surplus Lines segment, $5.0 million
of net favorable development from the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, and $37.8 million of net adverse reserve development from the Casualty
Reinsurance segment.
All of the Company’s U.S.-domiciled insurance subsidiaries are party to an intercompany pooling agreement that distributes the net underwriting
results among the group companies based on their approximate pro-rata level of statutory capital and surplus to the total Company statutory capital and
surplus. Additionally, each of the Company’s U.S.-domiciled insurance subsidiaries is a party to a quota share reinsurance agreement that in periods prior to
January 1, 2018 ceded 70% of their premiums and losses to JRG Re, and starting January 1, 2018, ceded 70% of their premiums and losses to Carolina Re,
an entity domiciled in Bermuda that made an irrevocable election to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation under Section 953(d)
80
TABLE OF CONTENTS
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, effective January 1, 2018. JRG Re also provides aggregate stop loss reinsurance to Carolina Re. We
report all segment information in this ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’’ prior to the effects of
intercompany reinsurance, consistent with the manner in which we evaluate the operating performance of our reportable segments.
Expense Ratios
Our expense ratio was 23.0% and 26.7% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease reflects a 16.9% increase in the
Core E&S net earned premiums of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment including in lines that have meaningful ceding commissions. Our Excess and
Surplus Lines segment has significant scale and produces a lower expense ratio than our other operating segments. The Excess and Surplus Lines segment
is our largest segment and makes up 69.9% of consolidated net earned premiums for the year ended December 31, 2021 (68.4% for the year ended
December 31, 2020). Gross fee income for the Company increased from $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $22.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2021 driven by $3.4 million higher fee income in the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment due to new fronting programs and growth
in existing fronting programs, and partially offset by the Rasier termination which resulted in a $1.6 million decline of gross fee income in the Excess and
Surplus Lines segment. In the Casualty Reinsurance segment, our expense ratio declined from 25.6% for the year ended December 31, 2020 to 23.6% for
the year ended December 31, 2021. The Casualty Reinsurance segment typically structures its reinsurance treaties with loss mitigation features including
sliding scale ceding commissions. Net adverse reserve development on treaties with such features reduced our commissions in the respective years by $11.8
million or 8.8 percentage points and $10.6 million or 7.9 percentage points. The Casualty Reinsurance expense ratio was also favorably impacted by
improved treaty terms and business mix in 2021.
Premiums
Insurance premiums are earned ratably over the terms of our insurance policies, generally twelve months. Reinsurance premiums assumed are earned
over the terms of the underlying policies or reinsurance contracts. Contracts and policies written on a “losses occurring” basis cover claims that may occur
during the term of the contract or insurance policy, which is typically twelve months. Reinsurance contracts which are written on a “risks attaching” basis
cover claims which attach to the underlying insurance policies written during the terms of such contracts. Premiums earned on such contracts usually
extend beyond the original term of the reinsurance contract, typically resulting in recognition of premiums earned over a 24-month period in proportion to
the level of underlying exposure.
The following table summarizes the change in premium volume by component and business segment:
Gross written premiums:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Net written premiums:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Net earned premiums:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
% Change
($ in thousands)
$
$
$
$
$
$
833,657 $
491,561
182,081
1,507,299 $
699,143
408,691
149,166
1,257,000
501,250 $
83,935
159,195
744,380 $
486,000 $
75,371
134,223
695,594 $
450,346
59,884
137,544
647,774
415,168
57,505
134,133
606,806
19.2 %
20.3 %
22.1 %
19.9 %
11.3 %
40.2 %
15.7 %
14.9 %
17.1 %
31.1 %
0.1 %
14.6 %
Gross written premiums for the Excess and Surplus Lines segment (which represents 55.3% of our consolidated gross written premiums in 2021)
increased 19.2% from the prior year. Renewal rates for Core E&S lines (excluding commercial auto) were up 13.3% compared to 2020 and although policy
submissions and quotes were relatively consistent year over year, the strong market conditions led to 13.2% more policies bound in 2021 than in 2020. The
change in gross written premiums was notable in several divisions as shown below:
81
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Excess Casualty
General Casualty
Manufacturers & Contractors
Excess Property
Allied Health
Small Business
All other Core E&S divisions
Total Core E&S divisions
Commercial Auto
Excess and Surplus Lines gross written premium
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
% Change
$
$
$
285,082 $
140,608
139,720
47,241
35,192
32,593
118,591
799,027
34,630 $
833,657 $
213,037
125,433
122,880
37,332
26,918
24,790
118,724
669,114
30,029
699,143
33.8 %
12.1 %
13.7 %
26.5 %
30.7 %
31.5 %
(0.1)%
19.4 %
15.3 %
19.2 %
The components of gross written premiums for the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment (which represents 32.6% of our 2021 consolidated gross
written premiums) are as follows:
Individual risk workers’ compensation premium
Fronting and program premium
Specialty Admitted gross written premium
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
% Change
$
$
($ in thousands)
57,396 $
434,165
491,561 $
63,949
344,742
408,691
(10.2)%
25.9 %
20.3 %
Our fronting business (excluding our largest fronting relationship) saw growth related to new fronting relationships added since January 1, 2020 that
generated $105.2 million and $35.0 million of gross written premium in the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our largest fronted
relationship, Atlas General Insurance Services, produced $124.1 million of gross written premium for the year ended December 31, 2021 (down from
$125.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020), representing 25.2% of the segment's gross written premium for the year ended December 31, 2021
down from 30.7% for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in individual risk workers' compensation gross written premiums reflects the
Company's decision to exit certain northeastern states.
Gross written premiums for the Casualty Reinsurance segment (which represents 12.1% of our consolidated gross written premiums in 2021) increased
22.1% from the prior year. The increase in gross written premiums reflects both new business writings of $26.2 million and higher renewals of $38.9
million largely due to higher subject premium on several treaties, and partially offset by non-renewed treaties with $29.6 million of premium including
treaties the Company elected to exit. We rarely write stand-alone property reinsurance. When treaties that include property exposure are written, we utilize
property occurrence caps, inuring reinsurance protection and low individual risk limits to minimize exposure.
Net Retention
The ratio of net written premiums to gross written premiums is referred to as our net premium retention. Our net premium retention by segment is as
follows:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Total
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
60.1 %
17.1 %
87.4 %
49.4 %
64.4 %
14.7 %
92.2 %
51.5 %
The net premium retention for the Excess and Surplus Lines segment decreased for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the prior year
primarily due to growth in written premium in the Excess Casualty underwriting division, which has a higher percentage of ceded premium than our other
divisions. The $8.1 million of reinstatement premium in the current year reduced net written premium and the net premium retention.
82
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The net premium retention for the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment increased from 2020 to 2021 driven by the fronting business and higher
retentions on some of the newer relationships. The net retention on the segment’s fronting business was 15.7% and 11.9% in the years ended December 31,
2021 and 2020, respectively. The net retention on the workers’ compensation business was 27.3% and 29.3% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and
2020, respectively.
The net premium retention for the Casualty Reinsurance segment for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, reflects the impact of
one retrocessional treaty/fronting arrangement under which 100% of the premiums are ceded.
Underwriting Results
The following table compares our combined ratios by segment:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Total
Excess and Surplus Lines Segment
Results for the Excess and Surplus Lines segment are as follows:
Gross written premiums
Net written premiums
Net earned premiums
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Underwriting expenses
(1), (2)
Underwriting (loss) profit
Ratios:
Loss ratio
Expense ratio
Combined ratio
Accident year loss ratio
Accident year loss ratio ex-cat (3)
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
125.0 %
87.2 %
187.6 %
136.9 %
97.7 %
92.7 %
113.7 %
105.6 %
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
% Change
$
$
$
$
($ in thousands)
833,657
501,250
486,000
(516,299)
(91,179)
(121,478)
$
$
$
$
699,143
450,346
415,168
(318,467)
(86,949)
9,752
106.2 %
18.8 %
125.0 %
67.0 %
66.0 %
76.7 %
21.0 %
97.7 %
62.4 %
62.4 %
19.2 %
11.3 %
17.1 %
62.1 %
4.9 %
— %
(1) Underwriting (Loss) Profit is a non-GAAP Measure. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” for a reconciliation to (loss) income before tax
and for additional information.
(2) Underwriting results include gross fee income of $0.0 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(3) Accident year loss ratio excluding the $5.0 million of net catastrophe losses related to Hurricane Ida in the year ended December 31, 2021.
The loss ratios of 106.2% and 76.7% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 include $190.7 million and $59.4 million (39.2 and 14.3
percentage points, respectively) of net adverse development in our loss estimates for prior accident years. The net adverse reserve development for the
years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 included $200.1 million and $91.4 million, respectively, of adverse development on commercial auto business
that was almost entirely related to Rasier, a previously canceled account that has been in runoff since 2019. The net adverse reserve development for
commercial auto was partially offset by net favorable development on prior accident years in our Core E&S divisions of $9.4 million and $32.0 million for
the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The current year loss ratio also includes $5.0 million (1.0 points) of net catastrophe losses
related to Hurricane Ida in the third quarter of 2021. The prior year loss ratio was also
83
TABLE OF CONTENTS
favorably impacted by a reduction of the 2020 accident year loss ratio for Core E&S due to a significant decline in claims frequency experienced in the
year.
In the three months ended March 31, 2021, the reported losses on the terminated Rasier account meaningfully exceeded our expectations. We had
expected that reported losses would decline as the account moved further into runoff, but the continued heavy reported loss emergence in the first quarter of
2021 indicated more inherent severity than anticipated. In response, we meaningfully adjusted our actuarial methodology, resulting in a significant
strengthening of reserves for this account ($169.9 million of net adverse development was recorded in the first quarter). In prior quarters, our actuarial work
for this terminated commercial auto account had been based on industry data, pricing data, experience data, average claims severity data, and blended
methodologies. However, the continuation of the highly elevated reported losses in the first quarter of 2021 led us to conclude that using only our own loss
experience in our paid and incurred reserve projections rather than the array of inputs that we had used in prior quarters, and giving greater weight to
incurred methods, would give us a better estimate of ultimate losses on this account.
On September 27, 2021, James River Insurance Company and James River Casualty Company (together, “James River”) entered into a loss portfolio
transfer agreement (the “LPT Agreement”) with Aleka Insurance, Inc. (“Aleka”), a captive insurance company affiliate of Rasier LLC, to reinsure
substantially all of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment's legacy portfolio of commercial auto policies previously issued to Rasier LLC and its affiliates
(collectively, “Rasier”) for which James River is not otherwise indemnified by Rasier. Under the terms of the transaction, effective as of July 1, 2021,
James River ceded to Aleka approximately $345.1 million of commercial auto liabilities relating to Rasier policies written in the years 2013-2019, which
amount constituted the reinsurance premium. The reinsurance coverage is fully collateralized, not subject to an aggregate limit, and subject to certain
exclusions. A pre-tax loss of $29.6 million was recognized as adverse loss and loss adjustment reserve development in the Excess and Surplus Lines
segment for the third quarter of 2021 associated with the loss portfolio transfer, of which $15.8 million was related to claims handling costs. The $15.8
million claims handling costs constitutes James River’s contribution to the fees of an administrator appointed by James River and Aleka to handle the
claims on the Rasier commercial auto policies for the remaining life of those claims, and unallocated loss adjustment expenses required to facilitate the
transition of the claims to the administrator.
The expense ratio for this segment decreased from 21.0% in 2020 to 18.8% for 2021 driven by a 16.9% increase in Core E&S net earned premiums
including in lines that have meaningful ceding commissions. Gross fee income related to the former Rasier business contributed to a reduction in the
expense ratio of 0.4 percentage points for the year ended December 31, 2020 (none for the year ended December 31, 2021).
Underwriting results in the current year were also negatively impacted by $8.1 million of reinstatement premium (2.1 points of combined ratio),
including $6.4 million triggered by one claim on a 2019 excess of loss treaty. The reinstatement premium reduced net written and net earned premium in
the current year, and increased the underwriting loss.
As a result of the items discussed above, the underwriting results of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment declined from an underwriting profit of
$9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to an underwriting loss of $121.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Specialty Admitted Insurance Segment
Results for the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment are as follows:
Gross written premiums
Net written premiums
Net earned premiums
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Underwriting expenses
(1), (2)
Underwriting profit
Ratios:
Loss ratio
Expense ratio
Combined ratio
Accident year loss ratio
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
% Change
$
$
$
$
($ in thousands)
491,561
83,935
75,371
(55,875)
(9,829)
9,667
$
$
$
$
408,691
59,884
57,505
(41,928)
(11,392)
4,185
74.1 %
13.1 %
87.2 %
77.5 %
72.9 %
19.8 %
92.7 %
81.6 %
20.3 %
40.2 %
31.1 %
33.3 %
(13.7)%
131.0 %
84
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(1) Underwriting Profit is a non-GAAP Measure. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” for a reconciliation to (loss) income before tax and for
additional information.
(2) Underwriting profit includes fee income of $22.7 million and $19.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The loss ratios of 74.1% and 72.9% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 include $2.5 million and $5.0 million (3.3 and 8.7 percentage
points, respectively) of net favorable development on prior accident years. The favorable development in both 2021 and 2020 reflects the fact that actual
loss emergence of the workers’ compensation book for prior accident years has been better than expected.
The expense ratio of the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment was 13.1% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the prior year ratio of
19.8%. The improvement was primarily driven by the growth in our fronting business, which led to 31.1% growth in net earned premiums for the segment
and a 17.4% increase in fee income. In addition, the segment benefited from current year adjustments to premium taxes and assessments which together
represented a 3.3 percentage point decrease in the segment expense ratio for the current year. In the prior year, underwriting results were favorably
impacted by a $1.0 million adjustment to fee income on one fronted program (a reduction in commission expense, representing a 1.8 point reduction in the
expense ratio).
As a result of the items discussed above, the underwriting profit of the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment increased $5.5 million or 131.0%, from
$4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Casualty Reinsurance Segment
Results for the Casualty Reinsurance segment are as follows:
Gross written premiums
Net written premiums
Net earned premiums
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Underwriting expenses
(1)
Underwriting loss
Ratios:
Loss ratio
Expense ratio
Combined ratio
Accident year loss ratio
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
% Change
$
$
$
$
($ in thousands)
182,081
159,195
134,223
(220,178)
(31,571)
(117,526)
$
$
$
$
149,166
137,544
134,133
(118,150)
(34,347)
(18,364)
164.0 %
23.6 %
187.6 %
61.5 %
88.1 %
25.6 %
113.7 %
59.9 %
22.1 %
15.7 %
0.1 %
86.4 %
(8.1)%
540.0 %
(1) Underwriting Loss is a non-GAAP Measure. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” for a reconciliation to (loss) income before tax and for
additional information.
The Casualty Reinsurance segment focuses on lower volatility, proportional reinsurance which requires larger ceding commissions resulting in a
higher commission expense than in our other segments.
The loss ratio of 164.0% for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes $137.6 million, or 102.5 percentage points, of net adverse development in
our loss estimates for prior underwriting years. Actual reported and paid losses in the Casualty Reinsurance segment significantly exceeded expectations in
2021, particularly in the fourth quarter of 2021, causing us to refine some of the assumptions used to determine our best estimate of ultimate losses for this
segment. Specifically, we responded to this highly elevated loss emergence by making significant adjustments to our assumed tail factors, other
development factors, initial expected loss ratios, and weights given to various actuarial methods. In particular, we gave significantly more weight to
incurred loss development methods and Bornhuetter – Ferguson incurred loss development methods than had been done previously. These actuarial
refinements resulted in material deterioration in ultimate loss selections for underwriting years 2014
85
TABLE OF CONTENTS
through 2018. The loss ratio of 88.1% for the year ended December 31, 2020 includes $37.8 million, or 28.2 percentage points, of net adverse development
in our loss estimates for prior accident years. The 2020 net adverse development was primarily in accident years 2014 through 2018 and was mainly in the
general liability and commercial auto lines of business.
The expense ratio of the Casualty Reinsurance segment declined from 25.6% for the year ended December 31, 2020 to 23.6% for the year ended
December 31, 2021. The Casualty Reinsurance segment typically structures its reinsurance treaties with loss mitigation features including sliding scale
ceding commissions. Net adverse reserve development on treaties with such features reduced our commissions by $11.8 million and $10.6 million (8.8 and
7.9 percentage points, respectively) for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Casualty Reinsurance expense ratio was also favorably impacted
by improved treaty terms and business mix in 2021.
As a result of the items discussed above, the Casualty Reinsurance segment had an underwriting loss of $117.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2021 compared to an underwriting loss of $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Other Operating Expenses
In addition to the underwriting, acquisition and insurance expenses of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment, the Specialty Admitted Insurance
segment and the Casualty Reinsurance segment discussed previously, other operating expenses for the Company also includes the expenses of the
Corporate and Other segment.
Corporate and Other Segment
Other operating expenses for the Corporate and Other segment include personnel costs associated with the Bermuda and U.S. holding companies,
professional fees, and various other corporate expenses that are included in our calculation of our expense ratio and our combined ratio including equity
compensation expense for the full Company. Other operating expenses of the Corporate and Other segment represent the expenses of both the Bermuda and
U.S. holding companies that were not reimbursed by our subsidiaries, including costs associated with our internal quota share, rating agencies and strategic
initiatives. These costs vary from period-to-period based on the status of these initiatives.
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the total operating expenses of the Corporate and Other segment were $27.6 million and $29.4
million, representing a 6.1% decrease from the prior year due primarily to lower compensation expenses including bonuses and stock compensation.
Investing Results
Net investment income was $56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $73.4 million in the prior year. Excluding private
investments, our net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2021, decreased 14.8% from the prior year, principally due to lower investment
income from restricted cash equivalents, bank loan participations (resulting from a smaller portfolio following sales in the second quarter of the prior year
to reduce exposure to this asset class) and lower investment yields. The Company's private investments generated income of $2.2 million and $9.2 million
for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Income from our renewable energy portfolio in 2020 benefited from a $5.3 million gain on
one maturing investment.
Major categories of the Company’s net investment income are summarized as follows:
Fixed maturity securities
Bank loan participations
Equity securities
Other invested assets:
Renewable energy investments
Other private investments
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash equivalents, and short-term investments
Gross investment income
Investment expense
Net investment income
86
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
(in thousands)
$
$
42,968 $
10,571
4,883
(498)
2,698
2,200
260
60,882
(4,017)
56,865 $
45,070
12,150
4,800
7,646
1,535
9,181
6,619
77,820
(4,452)
73,368
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table summarizes our investment returns:
Annualized gross investment yield on:
Average cash and invested assets
Average fixed maturity securities
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
2.4 %
2.7 %
3.2 %
3.0 %
Of our total cash and invested assets of $2,320.6 million at December 31, 2021 (excluding restricted cash equivalents), $190.1 million represents the
cash and cash equivalents portion of the portfolio. The majority of the portfolio, or $1,677.6 million, is comprised of fixed maturity securities that are
classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses on these securities reported, net of applicable taxes, as a separate
component of accumulated comprehensive income or loss. Also included in our investments are $156.0 million of bank loan participations, $108.4 million
of equity securities, $136.6 million of short-term investments, and $51.9 million of other invested assets.
In connection with the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020, the Company elected the fair value option in accounting for its portfolio of bank
loan participations. Under the fair value option, bank loan participations are measured at fair value, and changes in unrealized gains and losses in bank loan
participations are reported in our income statement as net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments. Investment income on bank loan
participations included in net investment income was $10.6 million and $12.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments includes gains of $6.7 million and $1.3 million related to changes in unrealized gains and losses
on bank loans participations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Bank loan participations generally provide a higher yield than our portfolio of fixed maturity securities and are primarily senior, secured floating-rate
debt rated “BB”, “B”, or “CCC” by Standard & Poor’s or an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating organization, and are
therefore below investment grade. Bank loans include assignments of and participations in, performing and non-performing senior corporate debt generally
acquired through primary bank syndications and in secondary markets. They consist of, but are not limited to, term loans, the funded and unfunded portions
of revolving credit loans, and similar loans and investments. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of these securities was $156.0 million and
$147.6 million, respectively.
The Company invests selectively in private debt and equity opportunities. These investments comprise the Company’s other invested assets and are
primarily focused in renewable energy, limited partnerships, and bank holding companies. Equity interests in various renewable energy LLCs generated an
investment loss of $1.4 million and income of $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The LLCs are managed by an
entity for which two of our former directors serve as officers, and the Company’s Non-Executive Chairman has invested in certain of these LLCs. These
investments had a carrying value of $26.9 million at December 31, 2021. Investments in loans for renewable energy projects had investment income of
$939,000 and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. During 2021, the Company received principle repayments of
$3.8 million on the notes receivable. These investments had a carrying value of $5.2 million at December 31, 2021. Two of our former directors are officers
of the entities that issued the loans. The Company has invested in several limited partnerships that invest in concentrated portfolios of publicly-traded small
cap equities, loans of middle market private equity sponsored companies, equity tranches of collateralized loan obligations (CLOs), and tranches of
distressed home loans. Income from these partnerships was $2.4 million in 2021 compared to $1.2 million in 2020. Together, these limited partnerships had
a carrying value of $15.2 million at December 31, 2021. Income from the Company’s investments in renewable energy LLCs and limited partnerships is
recognized under the equity method of accounting. The Company also holds $4.5 million of subordinated notes issued by a bank holding company. Interest
income from the notes was $343,000 in each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company’s Non-Executive Chairman was previously
the Lead Independent Director of the bank holding company and an investor in the bank holding company.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized net realized and unrealized investment gains of $15.6 million, including $4.9 million
of net realized investment gains on the sale of fixed maturity securities, $833,000 of net realized investment losses on the sale of bank loans securities,
$543,000 of net realized investment losses on the sale of equity securities, $6.7 million of gains for the change in fair value of bank loans, and $5.4 million
of gains for the change in fair value of equity securities.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized net realized and unrealized investment losses of $16.0 million, including $16.7
million of net realized investment losses on the sale of bank loans, $1.4 million of net realized investment losses on the sale of equity securities, $1.3
million of gains for the change in fair value of bank loans, and $1.0 million of net realized investment gains on the sale of fixed maturity securities.
87
TABLE OF CONTENTS
In conjunction with its outside investment managers, the Company performs quarterly reviews of all securities within its investment portfolio to
determine whether any impairment has occurred.
Management concluded that none of the fixed maturity securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2021 or 2020 experienced an other-than-
temporary impairment. Management does not intend to sell available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position, and it is not “more likely than not”
that the Company will be required to sell these securities before a recovery in their value to their amortized cost basis occurs.
At December 31, 2021, our available-for-sale fixed maturity securities had net unrealized gains of $33.7 million representing 2.0% of the amortized
cost of the portfolio. Additionally, at December 31, 2021, 99.5% of our fixed maturity security portfolio was rated “BBB-” or better (“investment grade”)
by Standard & Poor’s or had an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating organization. The average duration of our investment
portfolio was 4.0 years at December 31, 2021.
The amortized cost and fair value of our available-for-sale fixed maturity securities were as follows:
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
% of Total
Fair Value
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
% of Total
Fair Value
($ in thousands)
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
State and municipal
Residential mortgage-backed
Corporate
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations guaranteed
by the U.S. government
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale
$
$
323,773 $
246,586
711,930
301,247
333,717
246,631
732,335
304,488
19.9 % $
14.7 %
43.7 %
18.2 %
277,241 $
286,104
715,145
314,911
296,405
293,848
766,822
326,719
60,329
1,643,865 $
60,390
1,677,561
3.5 %
100.0 % $
97,489
1,690,890 $
99,848
1,783,642
16.6 %
16.5 %
43.0 %
18.3 %
5.6 %
100.0 %
The following table sets forth the composition of the Company’s portfolio of fixed maturity securities by rating as of December 31, 2021:
Standard & Poor’s or Equivalent Designation
AAA
AA
A
BBB
Below BBB and unrated
Total
Fair Value
% of Total
($ in thousands)
$
$
351,866
595,253
525,176
197,554
7,712
1,677,561
21.0 %
35.5 %
31.2 %
11.8 %
0.5 %
100.0 %
At December 31, 2021, our portfolio of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities contained corporate fixed maturity securities with a fair value of
$732.3 million. A summary of these securities by industry segment is shown below as of December 31, 2021:
Industry
Industrials and other
Consumer Discretionary
Financial
Health Care
Consumer Staples
Utilities
Total
Fair Value
% of Total
($ in thousands)
$
$
169,891
116,362
190,460
80,332
59,266
116,024
732,335
23.2 %
15.9 %
26.0 %
11.0 %
8.1 %
15.8 %
100.0 %
88
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Corporate available-for-sale fixed maturity securities include public traded securities and privately placed bonds as shown below as of December 31,
2021:
Public/Private
Publicly traded
Privately placed
Total
Fair Value
% of Total
($ in thousands)
$
$
652,582
79,753
732,335
89.1 %
10.9 %
100.0 %
The amortized cost and fair value of our available-for-sale investments in fixed maturity securities summarized by contractual maturity are as follows:
Due in:
One year or less
After one year through five years
After five years through ten years
After ten years
Residential mortgage-backed
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
Total
Other Expenses
Amortized
Cost
December 31, 2021
Fair Value
($ in thousands)
% of Total
Fair Value
$
$
86,238 $
463,670
310,943
235,181
1,096,032
246,586
301,247
1,643,865 $
86,948
477,474
314,147
247,873
1,126,442
246,631
304,488
1,677,561
5.2 %
28.5 %
18.7 %
14.7 %
67.1 %
14.7 %
18.2 %
100.0 %
Other expenses of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily consist of legal and other professional fees related to the Company’s
May 2021 common share offering, certain legal and professional consulting fees related to various strategic initiatives, and employee severance costs.
Other expenses of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 was mostly comprised of employee severance expenses including those related to
reductions in claims personnel following the cancellation of Rasier.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $8.9 million and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. See “—Liquidity and Capital
Resources—Sources and Uses of Funds” for information regarding our senior debt facilities and trust preferred securities.
Amortization of Intangibles
The Company recorded $363,000 and $538,000 of amortization of intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Goodwill and Impairment
We test goodwill and other intangible assets in each operating segment for impairment at least annually. The fair value of the reporting units is
determined by weighting the results of a discounted cash flow analysis and a valuation derived from a market-based approach. Intangible assets are valued
using various methodologies. The projection of future cash flows is dependent upon assumptions on the future levels of income as well as business trends,
prospects and market and economic conditions.
We perform this assessment to determine whether there has been any impairment in the value of goodwill or intangible assets by comparing its fair
value to the net carrying value of the reporting units. If the carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized and the asset is
written down accordingly.
The Company completed its impairment tests and fair value analysis for goodwill and other intangible assets during the fourth quarter of 2021 and
2020. No impairment was present for the years ended December 31, 2021 or 2020.
89
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Income Tax Expense
Our effective tax rate fluctuates from period to period based on the relative mix of income reported by country and the respective tax rates imposed by
each tax jurisdiction. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had an effective tax benefit that was 11.9% of our pre-tax loss for the year. For the year
ended December 31, 2020, our effective tax rate was 59.6%. Bermuda had losses in both years due to significant adverse development on U.S. commercial
auto reserves ceded from the U.S. to Bermuda under the internal quota share reinsurance and because of the unprofitable underwriting results at JRG Re
and the non-deductible Bermuda holding company expenses. The Company does not receive a U.S. tax deduction for losses in Bermuda. For U.S.-sourced
income, the Company’s U.S. federal income tax expense differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to income
before taxes due primarily to interest income on tax-advantaged state and municipal securities, dividends received income, and excess tax benefits on share
based compensation.
Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019
For a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to year ended December 31, 2019, please refer to our 2020 Form
10-K filed with the SEC on February 26, 2021.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and Uses of Funds
Our sources of funds consist primarily of premiums written, investment income, reinsurance recoveries, proceeds from sales and redemptions of
investments, borrowings on our credit facilities, and the issuance of common shares, and, once closed, the issuance of the Series A Preferred Shares. We
use operating cash flows primarily to pay operating expenses, losses and loss adjustment expenses, reinsurance premiums, and income taxes. Cash flow
from operations may differ substantially from net income. The potential for a large claim under an insurance or reinsurance contract means that substantial
and unpredictable payments may need to be made within relatively short periods of time.
The following table summarizes our cash flows:
Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in):
Operating activities (excluding restricted cash equivalents)
Investing activities
Financing activities
Change in cash and cash equivalents
Change in restricted cash equivalents (Operating activities)
Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash equivalents
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
(155,631) $
35,823
147,671
27,863
(757,915)
(730,052) $
65,414 $
(175,991)
65,925
(44,652)
(339,244)
(383,896) $
289,858
(263,359)
7,956
34,455
1,199,164
1,233,619
Cash used in operating activities excluding restricted cash equivalents of $155.6 million in 2021 primarily reflects the $317.6 million of reinsurance
premium paid to effect the LPT Transaction in the third quarter. In 2020, a decline in cash provided by operations was largely driven by the run-off of
Rasier. There were no associated premiums collected in 2020 for the Rasier policies terminated on December 31, 2019, but claim payments associated with
the run-off continued in 2020.
Cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 reflects the investments sold/funds withdrawn from our investment
portfolio to effect the LPT Transaction in the third quarter. In 2020 and 2019, cash used in investing activities reflects our efforts to enhance the yield in our
investment portfolio by investing available cash and cash equivalents into higher yielding fixed maturity securities and bank loan participations. Cash and
cash equivalents (excluding restricted cash equivalents) comprised 8.2%, 6.9%, and 9.4% of total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2021, 2020 and
2019, respectively.
Cash provided by financing activities includes dividends paid to shareholders of $43.2 million in 2021, $37.1 million in 2020, and $36.7 million in
2019. On May 10, 2021, the Company closed on a public offering of its common shares. The Company received net proceeds (before expenses) of $192.1
million. The proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. In 2020 and 2019, net draws on our senior credit facilities of $104.0 million and $40.0
million, respectively, were used to help support our growth.
As permitted under the agreements establishing the Indemnity Trust and the LPT Trust, we have withdrawn collateral from the Indemnity Trust and
the LPT Trust to fund the Loss Fund Trust as required under the Administrative Services Agreement.
90
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Amounts on deposit in the Loss Fund Trust are included in restricted cash equivalents on the Company's consolidated balance sheet. See Amounts
Recoverable from an Indemnifying Party and Reinsurer on Legacy Commercial Auto Book below.
Dividends
We are organized as a Bermuda holding company with our operations conducted by our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Accordingly, our holding
company may receive cash through loans from banks, issuance of equity and debt securities, corporate service fees or dividends received from our
subsidiaries and/or other transactions. Our U.S. holding company may receive cash in a similar manner and also through payments from our subsidiaries
pursuant to our U.S. consolidated tax allocation agreement.
The payment of dividends by our subsidiaries to us is limited by statute. In general, the laws and regulations applicable to our domestic insurance
subsidiaries limit the aggregate amount of dividends or other distributions that they may declare or pay within any 12-month period without advance
regulatory approval. Generally, the limitations are based on the greater of statutory net income for the preceding year or 10.0% of statutory surplus at the
end of the preceding year. In addition, insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent reduction of statutory surplus to inadequate levels and could
refuse to permit the payment of dividends calculated under any applicable formula. See Item 1— “Regulation—U.S. Insurance Regulation—State
Regulation” for additional information. The maximum amount of dividends available to the U.S. holding company from our U.S. insurance subsidiaries
during 2022 without regulatory approval is $27.2 million.
The Bermuda Insurance Act of 1978 prohibits an insurer from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin, its
enhanced capital requirement, or its minimum liquidity ratio, or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. An insurer can
declare or pay dividends without prior regulatory approval up to 25% of the total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's
statutory balance sheet). See Item 1- “Regulation- Bermuda Insurance Regulation- Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions” for additional information.
Based on that calculation, the maximum combined amount of dividends and return of capital available to us from our Bermuda insurers without regulatory
approval in 2022 is calculated to be approximately $129.7 million. However, any dividend payment is contingent upon continued compliance with
Bermuda regulatory requirements, including but not limited to the enhanced solvency requirement calculations.
We expect to close on the issuance and sale of 150,000 Series A Preferred Shares on March 1, 2022. Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares are
entitled to a dividend at the initial rate of 7% of the $1,000 per share liquidation preference per annum, paid in cash, in-kind in common shares or in Series
A Preferred Shares, at our election. On the five-year anniversary of the Closing Date, and each five-year anniversary thereafter, the dividend rate will reset
to a rate equal to the five-year U.S. treasury rate plus 5.2%. Dividends will accrue quarterly and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and
December 31 of each year, commencing June 30, 2022.
At December 31, 2021, our Bermuda holding company had $157,000 of cash and cash equivalent assets. Our U.S. holding company had $25.9 million
of cash and invested assets at December 31, 2021, comprised of cash and cash equivalents of $18.1 million and other invested assets of $7.8 million, which
are not subject to regulatory restrictions. Additionally, our U.K. intermediate holding company had no invested assets and cash of less than $10,000 at
December 31, 2021.
Credit Agreements
The Company has a $315.0 million senior revolving credit facility (as amended or amended and restated, the “2013 Facility”). The 2013 Facility is
comprised of the following at December 31, 2021:
• A $102.5 million secured revolving facility utilized by JRG Re to issue letters of credit for the benefit of third-party reinsureds. This portion of our
credit facility is secured by our investment securities. At December 31, 2021, the Company had $34.3 million of letters of credit issued under the
secured facility.
• A $212.5 million unsecured revolving facility to meet the working capital needs of the Company. All unpaid principal on the revolver is due at
maturity. Interest accrues quarterly and is payable in arrears at 3-month LIBOR plus a margin which at December 31, 2021 was 1.625% and is
subject to change according to terms in the credit agreement. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had a drawn balance of $185.8
million outstanding on the unsecured revolver.
The 2013 Facility has been amended from time to time since its inception in 2013. On November 8, 2019, the Company entered into a Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement for the 2013 Facility which, among other things, extended the maturity date of the 2013 Facility until
November 8, 2024, increased the amount available under the unsecured revolving credit facility to $212.5 million, lowered the applicable interest rate and
letter of credit fees, and modified certain negative covenants to be less restrictive.
91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The 2013 Facility contains certain financial and other covenants (including minimum net worth, maximum ratio of total adjusted debt outstanding to
total capitalization, and financial strength ratings) with which the Company was in compliance at December 31, 2021.
On August 2, 2017, the Company, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, JRG Re, together as borrowers, entered into a credit agreement (the "2017
Facility") that provides the Company with a revolving line of credit of up to $100.0 million, which may be used for loans and letters of credit made or
issued, at the borrowers' option, on a secured or unsecured basis. Obligations under the 2017 Facility carry a variable rate of interest subject to terms in the
credit agreement (LIBOR plus a margin of 1.625% at December 31, 2021) and will mature 30 days after notice of termination from the lender. The 2017
Facility contains certain financial and other covenants with which we are in compliance at December 31, 2021. The loans and letters of credit made or
issued under the revolving line of credit of the 2017 Facility may be used to finance the borrowers' general corporate purposes. On November 8, 2019, the
Company entered into a First Amendment to Credit Agreement which, among other things, lowered the applicable interest rate and modified certain
negative covenants to be less restrictive. At December 31, 2021, unsecured loans of $61.5 million and secured letters of credit totaling $20.5 million were
outstanding on the 2017 Facility.
On May 26, 2004, we issued $15.0 million of senior debt due April 29, 2034. The senior debt is not redeemable by the holder or subject to sinking
fund requirements. Interest accrues quarterly and is payable in arrears at a floating rate per annum equal to the 3-month LIBOR plus 3.85%. This senior
debt is redeemable at par prior to its stated maturity at our option in whole or in part. The terms of the senior debt contain certain covenants, with which we
are in compliance at December 31, 2021, and which, among other things, restrict our ability to assume senior indebtedness secured by our U.S. holding
company's common stock or its subsidiaries' capital stock or to issue shares of its subsidiaries' capital stock.
From May 2004 through January 2008, we sold trust preferred securities through five Delaware statutory trusts sponsored and wholly-owned by the
Company or its subsidiaries. Each trust used the net proceeds from the sale of its trust preferred securities to purchase our floating-rate junior subordinated
debt.
The following table summarizes the nature and terms of the junior subordinated debt and trust preferred securities outstanding at December 31, 2021
(including the Company’s repurchase of a portion of these trust preferred securities):
Issue date
Principal amount of trust preferred securities
Principal amount of junior subordinated debt
Carrying amount of junior subordinated debt net of
repurchases
Maturity date of junior subordinated debt, unless
accelerated earlier
Trust common stock
Interest rate, per annum
James River
Capital
Trust I
May 26, 2004
$7,000
$7,217
James River
Capital
Trust II
December 15, 2004
$15,000
$15,464
James River
Capital
Trust III
($ in thousands)
June 15, 2006
$20,000
$20,619
James River
Capital
Trust IV
Franklin
Holdings II
(Bermuda)
Capital
Trust I
December 11, 2007
$54,000
$55,670
January 10, 2008
$30,000
$30,928
$7,217
$15,464
$20,619
$44,827
$15,928
May 24, 2034
$217
Three-Month
LIBOR plus
4.0%
December 15, 2034
$464
Three-Month
LIBOR plus
3.4%
June 15, 2036
$619
Three-Month
LIBOR plus
3.0%
December 15, 2037
$1,670
Three-Month
LIBOR plus
3.1%
March 15, 2038
$928
Three-Month
LIBOR plus
4.0%
All of the junior subordinated debt is currently redeemable at 100.0% of the unpaid principal amount at our option.
The junior subordinated debt contains certain covenants with which we are in compliance as of December 31, 2021.
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company's leverage ratio was 31.1% and 30.4%, respectively. The leverage ratio is defined in our
senior credit agreements as the ratio of adjusted consolidated debt to total capital. Adjusted consolidated debt treats trust preferred securities as equity
capital up to 15% of total capital. Total capital is defined as total debt plus tangible equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive income. The
maximum leverage ratio permitted by the agreements is 35.0%. Having debt as part of our capital structure allows us to generate a higher return on equity
and greater book value per share results than we could by using equity capital alone.
Ceded Reinsurance
Our insurance segments enter into reinsurance contracts to limit our exposure to potential losses arising from large risks, to protect against the
aggregation of several risks in a common loss occurrence, and to provide additional capacity for growth. Our reinsurance is contracted under excess of loss
and quota share reinsurance contracts. In excess of loss reinsurance, the reinsurer
92
TABLE OF CONTENTS
agrees to assume all or a portion of the ceding company’s losses in excess of a specified amount. The premiums payable to the reinsurer are negotiated by
the parties based on their assessment of the amount of risk being ceded to the reinsurer because the reinsurer does not share proportionately in the ceding
company’s losses. In quota share reinsurance, the reinsurer agrees to assume a specified percentage of the ceding company’s losses arising out of a defined
class of business in exchange for a corresponding percentage of premiums. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 our net premium
retention was 49.4%, 51.5% and 60.9%, respectively.
The following is a summary of our Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s ceded reinsurance in place as of December 31, 2021:
Line of Business
Casualty
Primary Specialty Casualty, including
Professional Liability
Primary Casualty
Excess Casualty
Property
Company Retention
Up to $1.0 million per occurrence, subject to a $1.0 million aggregate deductible.
Up to $2.0 million per occurrence.
Up to $1.0 million per occurrence.
Up to $5.0 million per event.
(2)
(4)
(3)
(1)
(1) Except for Life Sciences quota share carve out, which is up to $2.0 million per occurrence.
(2) Total exposure to any one claim is generally $1.0 million.
(3) For policies with an occurrence limit up to $10.0 million, the excess casualty treaty is set such that our retention is no more than $1.0 million.
(4) The property catastrophe reinsurance treaty has a limit of $40.0 million with one reinstatement.
We use catastrophe modeling software to analyze the risk of severe losses from hurricanes and earthquakes on our exposure. We utilize the model in
our risk selection, pricing, and to manage our overall portfolio probable maximum loss (“PML”) accumulations. A PML is an estimate of the amount we
would expect to pay in any one catastrophe event within a given annual probability of occurrence (i.e. a return period or loss exceedance probability).
In our Excess and Surplus Lines segment, we write a small book of excess property insurance, but we do not write primary property insurance. The
Excess and Surplus Lines segment has a surplus share reinsurance treaty in effect that was specifically designed to cover property risks. The surplus share
treaty along with facultative reinsurance helps ensure that our net retained limit per risk will be $5.0 million or less.
Based upon the modeling of our Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty Admitted segments, it would take an event at the 1 in 1000 year PML to
exhaust our $45.0 million property catastrophe reinsurance. In the event of a catastrophe loss exhausting our $45.0 million property catastrophe
reinsurance, we estimate our pre-tax cost would not exceed 2.5% of shareholders’ equity, including reinstatement premiums and net retentions. In addition
to this retention, we would retain any losses in excess of our reinsurance coverage limits.
On September 27, 2021, James River entered into the LPT Agreement with Aleka to reinsure substantially all of the Excess and Surplus Lines
segment’s legacy portfolio of commercial auto previously issued to Rasier . See “Amounts Recoverable from an Indemnifying Party and Reinsurer on the
Legacy Commercial Auto Book” below for further information on this reinsurance agreement.
93
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following is a summary of our Specialty Admitted Insurance segment’s ceded reinsurance in place as of December 31, 2021:
Line of Business
Casualty
Workers’ Compensation
Auto Programs
General Liability & Professional Liability –
Programs
Umbrella and Excess Casualty - Programs
Property
Property within Package - Programs
Excess Property
Catastrophe Coverage
Aviation Programs
Coverage
Quota share coverage for 70-85% of the first $1.0 million.
Excess of loss coverage for $29.0 million in excess of $1.0 million.
Quota share coverage for 70-90% of limits up to $1.5 million liability and $5.0 million physical
damage per occurrence.
Quota share coverage for 70%-100% of limits up to $3.0 million per occurrence.
(1)(2)
(1)(2)
Quota share coverage for at least 95% of limits up to $10.0 million per occurrence, and 87.5% of
excess of loss coverage for $5.0 million in excess of $10.0 million.
Quota share coverage for 100% of limits up to $40.0 million per occurrence.
Quota share coverage for 100% of limits up to $16.9 million.
Excess of Loss coverage for $44.0 million in excess of $1.0 million per occurrence.
Quota share coverage for 80% of limits up to $20 million liability and $2.5 million hull per
occurrence, each aircraft; and excess of loss coverage for up to $7.3M excess of $200 thousand of our
20% share of the quota share each occurrence.
(1) Excluding one program which has quota share coverage for 84.5% of the first $1.0 million per occurrence and excess of loss coverage for $49.0
million in excess of $1.0 million per occurrence.
(2) Includes any residual market pools.
Our Specialty Admitted Insurance segment purchases reinsurance for at least 50% of the exposed limits on specialty admitted property-casualty
business. The segment enters into reinsurance contracts for the individual risk workers’ compensation business as well as fronting and program business.
While the segment focuses on casualty business, incidental property risk is incurred in the fronting and program business. The segment is covered for $44.0
million in excess of $1.0 million per occurrence to manage its property exposure to an approximate 1 in 1,000 year PML.
In our Casualty Reinsurance segment, we also have limited property catastrophe exposure on treaties in run-off, primarily through auto physical
damage coverage. In the aggregate, we believe our pre-tax group-wide PML from a 1 in 1,000 year property catastrophe event would not exceed 2.5% of
shareholders’ equity, inclusive of reinstatement premiums payable.
We also have a contingency clash reinsurance treaty to cover both the Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty Admitted Insurance segments in the
event of a claim incident involving more than one of our insureds in addition to Extra Contractual and Excess Policy Limits protection. The treaty covers
$10.0 million in excess of a $2.0 million retention for loss occurrences within the treaty term. This coverage has two reinstatements in the event we exhaust
any of the coverage. As of December 31, 2021, our average net retained limit per risk is $2.5 million.
Effective January 1, 2020, we purchased an additional $10.0 million in claims made coverage for excess policy limits and extra contractual obligations
exposures above the clash and contingency treaty for the period 2014 to present. This treaty has one reinstatement.
The Company’s insurance segments remain liable to policyholders if its reinsurers are unable to meet their contractual obligations under applicable
reinsurance agreements. We establish an allowance for credit losses for our current estimate of uncollectible reinsurance recoverables. At December 31,
2021, the allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverables was $631,000. To minimize exposure to significant losses from reinsurance insolvencies,
the Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk. The Company generally seeks to purchase
reinsurance from reinsurers with A.M. Best financial strength ratings of “A-” (Excellent) or better. The Company’s reinsurance contracts generally require
reinsurers that are not authorized as reinsurers under U.S. state insurance regulations or that experience rating downgrades from rating agencies below
specified levels to fund their share of the Company’s ceded outstanding losses and loss adjustment expense reserves, typically through the use of
irrevocable and unconditional letters of credit. In fronting arrangements, which the Company conducts through its Specialty Admitted Insurance segment,
we are subject to credit risk with regard to insurance companies who act as reinsurers for us in such arrangements. We customarily require a collateral trust
arrangement to secure the obligations of the insurance entity for whom we are fronting.
94
TABLE OF CONTENTS
At December 31, 2021, we had reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses of $1,348.6 million (net of a $631,000 allowance for credit losses) and
reinsurance recoverables on paid losses of $82.2 million, and all material recoverable amounts were from companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A-"
(Excellent) or better, are collateralized by the reinsurer for our benefit through letters of credit or funds on deposit in trust accounts, or represent
recoverables from a state residual market for automobile insurance.
The following table sets forth our most significant reinsurers by amount of reinsurance recoverables and the amount of reinsurance recoverables
pertaining to each such reinsurer as well as its A.M. Best rating as of December 31, 2021:
Reinsurer
Swiss Reinsurance America Corporation
Aleka Insurance Company
Berkley Insurance Company
Safety National Casualty
Aioi Nissay Dowa Insurance Company
Hannover Ruck SE
Endurance Assurance Corporation
Munich Reinsurance America
American European Insurance Company
North Carolina Reinsurance Facility
Top 10 Total
Other
Total
Reinsurance
Recoverable as of
December 31, 2021
(in thousands)
A.M. Best Rating
December 31, 2021
A+
Unrated
A+
A++
A+
A+
A+
A+
(2)
B
Unrated
(1)
(3)
$
$
324,982
256,452
125,424
47,916
47,341
47,335
36,843
34,612
34,349
26,995
982,249
366,379
1,348,628
(1) This reinsurer is unrated. All material reinsurance amounts from this reinsurer are collateralized.
(2) This reinsurer is below A-. All material reinsurance recoverable amounts from this reinsurer are collateralized.
(3) The North Carolina Reinsurance Facility is a residual market mechanism for automobile insurance in North Carolina.
Amounts Recoverable from an Indemnifying Party and Reinsurer on Legacy Commercial Auto Book
James River previously issued a set of commercial auto insurance contracts to Rasier (the “Rasier Commercial Auto Policies”) under which James
River pays losses and loss adjustment expenses on the contracts. James River has indemnity agreements with Rasier (non-insurance entities) (collectively,
the “Indemnity Agreements”) and is contractually entitled to reimbursement for the portion of the losses and loss adjustment expenses paid on behalf of
Rasier under the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies and other expenses incurred by James River. On September 27, 2021, James River entered into a loss
portfolio transfer reinsurance agreement (the “LPT Agreement”) with Aleka to reinsure substantially all of the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies for which
James River is not otherwise indemnified by Rasier under the Indemnity Agreements. Under the terms of the LPT Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2021,
James River ceded to Aleka approximately $345.1 million of commercial auto liabilities relating to Rasier Commercial Auto Policies written in the years
2013-2019, which amount constituted the reinsurance premium.
Each of Rasier and Aleka are required to post collateral under the Indemnity Agreements and the LPT Agreement, respectively:
•
Pursuant to the Indemnity Agreements, Rasier is required to post collateral for the amounts recoverable or that may be recoverable under the
Indemnity Agreements, including, among other things, case loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, IBNR loss and loss adjustment expense reserves,
extra contractual obligations and excess policy limits liabilities. The collateral is provided through a collateral trust arrangement (the “Indemnity Trust”) in
favor of James River by Aleka. In connection with the execution of the LPT Agreement, James River returned $691.3 million to the Indemnity Trust,
representing the remaining balance of the amount withdrawn in October 2019, as was permitted under the indemnification agreements with Rasier and the
associated trust agreement. At December 31, 2021, the balance in the Indemnity Trust was $584.6 million, and, together with the balance of the Loss Fund
Trust (as defined below) attributable to the Indemnity Agreements as described below, the total balance of collateral securing Rasier’s obligations under the
Indemnity Agreements was $653.7 million.
95
TABLE OF CONTENTS
•
Pursuant to the LPT Agreement, Aleka is required to post collateral equal to 102% of James River's estimate of Aleka's obligations under the LPT
Agreement, calculated in accordance with statutory accounting principles. The collateral is provided through a collateral trust arrangement (the “LPT
Trust”) established in favor of James River by Aleka. At December 31, 2021, the balance in the LPT Trust was $251.7 million, and, together with the
balance of the Loss Fund Trust (as defined below) attributable to the LPT Agreement as described below, the total balance of collateral securing Aleka’s
obligations under the LPT Agreement was $279.9 million. At December 31, 2021, the total reinsurance recoverables under the LPT Agreement was $272.3
million (including $256.5 million of unpaid recoverables and $15.9 million of paid recoverables).
In connection with the execution of the LPT Agreement, James River and Aleka entered into an administrative services agreement (the
“Administrative Services Agreement”) with a third party claims administrator (the “Administrator”) pursuant to which the Administrator handles the
claims on the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies for the remaining life of those claims. The claims paid by the Administrator are reimbursable by James
River, and pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, James River established a loss fund trust account for the benefit of the Administrator (the
“Loss Fund Trust”) to collateralize its claims payment reimbursement obligations. James River funds the Loss Fund Trust using funds withdrawn from the
Indemnity Trust, funds withdrawn from the LPT Trust, and its own funds, in each case in an amount equal to the pro rata portion of the required Loss Fund
Trust balance attributable to the Indemnity Agreements, the LPT Agreement and James River’s existing third party reinsurance agreements, respectively. At
December 31, 2021, the balance in the Loss Fund Trust was $102.0 million, including $69.2 million of which representing collateral supporting Rasier’s
obligations under the Indemnity Agreements and $28.2 million of which representing collateral supporting Aleka’s obligations under the under the LPT
Agreement. Funds posted to the Loss Fund Trust are classified as restricted cash equivalents on the Company's balance sheet.
While the LPT Agreement brings economic finality to substantially all of the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies, the Company has credit exposure to
Rasier and Aleka under the Indemnity Agreements and the LPT Agreement if the estimated losses and expenses of the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies
grow at a faster pace than the growth in our collateral balances. In addition, we have credit exposure if our estimates of future losses and loss adjustment
expenses and other amounts recoverable under the Indemnity Agreements and the LPT agreement, which are the basis for establishing the collateral
balances, are lower than actual amounts paid or payable. The amount of our credit exposure in any of these instances could be material. To mitigate these
risks, we closely and frequently monitor our exposure compared to our collateral held, and we request additional collateral when our analysis indicates that
we have uncollateralized exposure.
Ratings
The A.M. Best financial strength rating for our group’s regulated insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries is “A-” (Excellent) with a stable outlook. This
rating reflects A.M. Best’s opinion of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’ financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet obligations
to policyholders and is not an evaluation directed towards the protection of investors. The rating for our operating insurance and reinsurance companies of
“A-” (Excellent) is the fourth highest rating of the thirteen ratings issued by A.M. Best and is assigned to insurers that have, in A.M. Best’s opinion, an
excellent ability to meet their ongoing obligations to policyholders. On March 4, 2021, A.M. Best announced that it reduced the outlook on our regulated
insurance subsidiaries to negative from stable on the “A” (Excellent) financial strength rating on such entities following our announcement of $86.0 million
of adverse development on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses in the fourth quarter of 2020 principally related to our commercial auto
business in our Excess and Surplus Lines segment. On May 7, 2021, following the Company's announcement of $168.7 million of further adverse
development in the first quarter of 2021 on reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses in our Excess and Surplus Lines segment, inclusive of $170.0
million of unfavorable development in our commercial auto business, A.M. Best announced a downgrade of our financial strength rating to “A-”
(Excellent) and maintained a negative outlook on our regulated insurance subsidiaries. The Company's outlook was upgraded to stable by A.M. Best in the
third quarter following the closing of the LPT Agreement which reinsures substantially all of the legacy commercial auto business.
The financial strength ratings assigned by A.M. Best have an impact on the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to attract and retain agents and brokers
and on the risk profiles of the submissions for insurance that our subsidiaries receive. We believe the “A-” (Excellent) ratings assigned to our insurance and
reinsurance subsidiaries allow our subsidiaries to actively pursue relationships with the agents and brokers identified in their marketing plans.
Equity
On May 10, 2021, the Company closed the offering and public sale (the “Offering”) of an aggregate of 6,497,500 of the Company’s common shares at
a public offering price of $31.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds (before expenses) from the Offering of $192.1 million, which were used
for general corporate purposes. The common shares were offered and sold pursuant to an underwriting agreement entered into by the Company, Barclays
Capital, Inc., and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters named therein.
96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Company also issued 226,305 common shares in the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 related to outstanding equity incentive plan
awards. Of the new shares issued, 93,446 were related to employee stock option exercises and 132,859 were related to vesting of restricted share units
(“RSUs”).
As a result of the Offering and the issuances related to equity incentive plan awards, the total common shares outstanding increased from 30,649,261
at December 31, 2020 to 37,373,066 at December 31, 2021.
We expect to close on the issuance and sale of 150,000 Series A Preferred Shares on March 1, 2022 for an aggregate purchase price of $150.0 million,
or $1,000 per share, in a private placement. The Series A Preferred Shares are convertible into the Company’s common shares at the option of the holder at
any time, or at the Company’s option under certain circumstances. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares accrue quarterly at the initial rate of 7% of
the $1,000 per share liquidation preference per annum, which may be paid in cash, in-kind in common shares or in Series A Preferred Shares, at the
Company’s election.
Share Based Compensation Expense
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the Company recognized $6.7 million, $7.6 million and $7.2 million, respectively, of share
based compensation expense. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $8.7 million of unrecognized share based compensation expense expected to be
charged to earnings over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.
Equity Incentive Plans
Options
The following table summarizes the option activity:
Outstanding:
Beginning of year
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
End of year
Exercisable, end of year
2021
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Shares
463,324 $
— $
(126,798) $
(48,552) $
287,974 $
287,974 $
32.25
—
22.26
40.42
35.26
35.26
Year Ended December 31,
2020
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
2019
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Shares
Shares
643,851 $
— $
(180,527) $
— $
463,324 $
463,324 $
30.41
—
25.70
—
32.25
32.25
1,115,324 $
— $
(459,415) $
(12,058) $
643,851 $
590,340 $
29.02
—
26.87
36.84
30.41
29.34
All of the outstanding options vested over three years and have a contractual life of seven years from the original date of grant.
RSUs
The following table summarizes the RSU activity:
Unvested, beginning of year
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested, end of year
2021
Shares
399,856 $
161,971 $
(194,157) $
(75,535) $
292,135 $
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
43.59
47.82
42.74
45.98
45.89
Year Ended December 31,
2020
Shares
340,368 $
272,608 $
(165,344) $
(47,776) $
399,856 $
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
41.50
45.11
41.49
44.57
43.59
2019
Shares
300,142 $
197,078 $
(134,407) $
(22,445) $
340,368 $
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
39.22
42.56
37.99
41.32
41.50
The vesting period of RSUs granted to employees have ranged from one to five years and vest ratably over the respective vesting period, and the
majority vest in three years. All RSUs granted to date to non-employee directors had a one year vesting period.
97
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Material Cash Requirements
We believe the cash generating capability of our operations, together with our revolving credit facilities, and ability to raise capital through future
equity offerings, will be adequate to meet our short and long-term cash requirements and provide the financial strength necessary to support our business
growth.
The following table illustrates our material cash requirements by due date as of December 31, 2021:
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
Long-term debt:
Senior debt
Junior subordinated debt
Operating lease obligations
Interest on debt obligations
Total
Total
Less than 1 year
Payments Due by Period
1–3 years
(in thousands)
3–5 years
More than
5 years
$
2,748,473 $
901,473 $
1,270,877 $
377,802 $
198,321
262,300
104,055
13,759
76,912
3,205,499 $
$
—
—
4,146
8,945
914,564 $
185,800
—
6,560
17,246
1,480,483 $
—
—
2,963
8,692
389,457 $
76,500
104,055
90
42,029
420,995
The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses represent management’s estimate of the ultimate cost of settling losses. As more fully discussed in
“—Critical Accounting Policies—Reserves for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses” above, the estimation of losses is based on various complex and
subjective judgments. Actual losses paid may differ, perhaps significantly, from the reserve estimates reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
Similarly, the timing of payment of our estimated losses is not fixed and there may be significant changes in actual payment activity. The assumptions used
in estimating the likely payments due by period are based on our historical claims payment experience and industry payment patterns, but due to the
inherent uncertainty in the process of estimating the timing of such payments, there is a risk that the amounts paid in any such period can be significantly
different from the amounts disclosed above.
The amounts in the above table represent our gross estimates of known liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and do not include any allowance for
claims for future events within the time period specified. Accordingly, it is highly likely that the total amounts paid out in the time periods shown will be
greater than those indicated in the table.
Interest on debt obligations was calculated using the LIBOR rate as of December 31, 2021 with the assumption that interest rates would remain flat
over the remainder of the period that the debt was outstanding.
The Company owns investments in limited partnerships that invest in concentrated portfolios including publicly-traded small cap equities, loans of
middle market private equity sponsored companies, private equity general partnership interests, commercial mortgage-backed securities, and tranches of
distressed home loans. At December 31, 2021, the Company’s Excess and Surplus Lines segment has outstanding commitments to invest another $5.3
million in these limited partnerships.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
98
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures
Reconciliation of Underwriting Profit
We believe that the disclosure of underwriting profit by individual segment and of the Company as a whole is useful to investors, analysts, rating
agencies and other users of our financial information in evaluating our performance because our objective is to consistently earn underwriting profits. We
evaluate the performance of our segments and allocate resources based primarily on underwriting profit. Our definition of underwriting profit may not be
comparable to that of other companies.
The following table reconciles the underwriting (loss) profit by individual segment and for the entire Company to consolidated income before income
taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Underwriting (loss) profit of the operating segments:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Total underwriting (loss) profit of the operating segments
Other operating expenses of the Corporate and Other segment
Underwriting loss
Net investment income
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
Other income
Other expenses
Interest expense
Amortization of intangible assets
(1)
(Loss) income before income taxes
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
(121,478) $
9,667
(117,526)
(229,337)
(27,609)
(256,946)
56,865
15,564
353
(2,585)
(8,922)
(363)
(196,034) $
9,752 $
4,185
(18,364)
(4,427)
(29,418)
(33,845)
73,368
(16,030)
1,153
(2,138)
(10,033)
(538)
11,937 $
19,157
5,913
(7,161)
17,909
(27,664)
(9,755)
75,652
(2,919)
1,137
(1,055)
(10,596)
(597)
51,867
(1) Underwriting loss includes gross fee income of $22.7 million, $20.9 million, and $24.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and
2019, respectively.
Reconciliation of Adjusted Net Operating (Loss) Income
We define adjusted net operating (loss) income as net (loss) income excluding net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, and certain
non-operating expenses such as professional service fees related to various strategic initiatives and the filing of registration statements for the offering of
securities, and severance costs associated with terminated employees. We use adjusted net operating (loss) income as an internal performance measure in
the management of our operations because we believe it gives our management and other users of our financial information useful insight into our results of
operations and our underlying business performance. Adjusted net operating (loss) income should not be viewed as a substitute for net (loss) income
calculated in accordance with GAAP, and our definition of adjusted net operating (loss) income may not be comparable to that of other companies.
99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our (loss) income before taxes and net (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 reconcile to our adjusted net operating
(loss) income as follows:
2021
Loss
Before
Taxes
Net Loss
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
Income
Before
Taxes
Net
Income
Income
Before
Taxes
Net
Income
(Loss) income as reported
Net realized and unrealized losses
(gains) on investments
Other expenses
Adjusted net operating (loss) income
$
$
(196,034) $
(172,799) $
(15,564)
2,214
(209,384) $
(13,292)
1,846
(184,245) $
Tangible Equity and Tangible Equity per Share
(in thousands)
11,937 $
16,030
1,967
29,934 $
4,824 $
51,867 $
38,339
14,840
1,554
21,218 $
2,919
1,055
55,841 $
3,761
834
42,934
Key financial measures that we use to assess our longer term financial performance include the percentage growth in our tangible equity per share and
our return on tangible equity. We believe tangible equity is a good measure to evaluate the strength of our balance sheet and to compare returns relative to
this measure. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our tangible equity per share decreased by 27.9%. Absent the $43.1 million of shareholder dividends
in 2021, our tangible equity per share decreased by 21.5%.
We define tangible equity as the sum of shareholders’ equity less goodwill and intangible assets (net of amortization). Our definition of tangible equity
may not be comparable to that of other companies, and it should not be viewed as a substitute for shareholders’ equity calculated in accordance with
GAAP. The following table reconciles shareholders’ equity to tangible equity as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and reconciles tangible equity to
pre-dividend tangible equity as of December 31, 2021:
2021
As of December 31,
2020
2019
Equity
Equity
per share
Equity
Equity
per share
Equity
Equity
per share
Shareholders’ equity
Less:
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Tangible equity
Dividends to shareholders for
the year ended December 31,
2021
Pre-dividend tangible equity
$
$
$
725,362 $
19.41 $
795,608 $
25.96 $
778,581 $
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
181,831
36,402
577,375 $
5.93
1.19
18.84 $
181,831
36,940
559,810 $
181,831
36,039
507,492 $
43,091
550,583 $
4.87
0.96
13.58 $
1.20
14.78
100
25.59
5.98
1.21
18.40
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of economic losses due to adverse changes in the estimated fair value of a financial instrument as the result of changes in equity
prices, interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. Our consolidated balance sheets include assets and liabilities with estimated
fair values that are subject to market risk. Our primary market risks have been interest rate risk associated with investments in fixed maturities and equity
price risk associated with investments in equity securities. We do not have material exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity risk.
Interest Rate Risk
Our fixed maturity and preferred stock investments and borrowings are subject to interest rate risk. Increases and decreases in interest rates typically
result in decreases and increases, respectively, in the fair value of these financial instruments.
The majority of our investable assets come from premiums paid by policyholders. These funds are invested predominantly in high quality corporate,
government and municipal bonds with relatively short durations. The investment portfolio has an average duration of approximately 4.0 years at
December 31, 2021, and fixed maturity securities and preferred stock investments in the portfolio have an average rating by at least one nationally
recognized rating organization of “AA-”. See Note 2 to the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure of contractual maturity
dates of our fixed maturity portfolio. The changes in the estimated fair value of the fixed maturity portfolio classified as available-for-sale are presented as
a component of shareholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes.
We work to manage the impact of interest rate fluctuations on our fixed maturity and preferred stock portfolio. The effective duration is managed with
consideration given to the estimated duration of our liabilities. We have investment guidelines that set targets for average duration and maturity.
Our investment manager employs a model to estimate the effect of interest rate risk on the fair values of our fixed maturity and preferred stock
securities and our bank loan participations. Our bank loan participations are primarily floating-rate debt, so their fair values are less sensitive to changes in
interest rates than our fixed maturity and preferred stock securities. The model estimates the impact of interest rate changes on a wide range of factors,
including duration and prepayment. Fair values of borrowings are estimated based on the net present value of cash flows, using a representative set of
possible future interest rate scenarios. The model requires that numerous assumptions be made about the future. To the extent that any of the assumptions
are invalid, incorrect estimates could result. The usefulness of a single point-in-time model is limited, as it is unable to accurately incorporate the full
complexity of market interactions.
The following table summarizes our interest rate risk and shows the effect of hypothetical changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2021. The
selected hypothetical changes do not indicate what could be the potential best or worst case scenarios.
Total fixed maturity and preferred stock investments
Bank loan participations
Senior debt and junior subordinated debt
$
$
$
Estimated
Fair Value
1,741,173
156,043
358,848
101
As of December 31, 2021
Hypothetical
Change in
Interest Rates
(bp=basis points)
Estimated
Fair Value after
Hypothetical Change
in Interest Rates
Estimated
Hypothetical Percentage
Increase (Decrease) in
Fair Value
($ in thousands)
$
200 bp decrease
100 bp decrease
100 bp increase
200 bp increase
200 bp decrease
100 bp decrease
100 bp increase
200 bp increase
200 bp decrease
100 bp decrease
100 bp increase
200 bp increase
$
$
1,879,827
1,818,093
1,663,436
1,585,701
156,147
156,114
155,275
154,502
317,351
338,099
379,596
400,345
8.0 %
4.4 %
(4.5)%
(8.9)%
0.1 %
— %
(0.5)%
(1.0)%
(11.6)%
(5.8)%
5.8 %
11.6 %
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Equity Price Risk
A portion of our equity securities portfolio is invested in common stocks, which have historically produced higher long-term returns relative to fixed
maturities. The changes in the estimated fair value of the common stocks in our equity securities portfolio are recognized in net income.
At December 31, 2021, our common stock investments were concentrated in terms of the number of issuers and industries. Such concentrations can
lead to higher levels of price volatility.
The following table summarizes the equity price risk related to common stock and shows the effect of a hypothetical 35% increase or decrease in the
fair value of the common stocks in our equity securities portfolio as of December 31, 2021. We believe that this range represents a reasonably likely
scenario, as the largest annual increases and decreases in the S&P 500 Index in the past twenty-five years were 31.0% (1997) and (38.5%) (2008),
respectively. The selected hypothetical changes do not indicate what could be the potential best or worst case scenarios.
Equity securities - common stock
As of December 31, 2021
Estimated
Fair Value
$
44,798
Hypothetical
Price Change
($ in thousands)
35% increase
35% decrease
Estimated
Fair Value after
Hypothetical
Change in Prices
$
60,477
29,119
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The report of our independent registered public accounting firm and our Consolidated Financial Statements and required Financial Statement
Schedules are filed pursuant to this Item 8 and are included later in this report. See Index to Financial Statements and Schedules on page F-1.
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such
information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer ("CFO"),
as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our
management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, as of December 31, 2021, of the
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Exchange Act. Based upon this evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31,
2021.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company, as such term is
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and
expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
102
TABLE OF CONTENTS
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management has conducted an assessment, including testing, of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2021. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria in Internal Control — Integrated Framework
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, the Company’s management has
concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included in
this Annual Report, has audited the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. Their attestation report, which
expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, is included with
our financial statements.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that
occurred during our quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over
financial reporting.
The effectiveness of any system of controls and procedures is subject to certain limitations, and, as a result, there can be no assurance that our controls
and procedures will detect all errors or fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute,
assurance that the objectives of the control system will be attained.
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
Item 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
103
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
PART III
The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the definitive James River Group Holdings, Ltd. Proxy Statement or an
amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the definitive James River Group Holdings, Ltd. Proxy Statement or an
amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
The information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the definitive James River Group Holdings, Ltd. Proxy Statement or an
amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the definitive James River Group Holdings, Ltd. Proxy Statement or an
amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the definitive James River Group Holdings, Ltd. Proxy Statement or an
amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) (1) and (2) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules.
See “Index to Financial Statements and Schedules” on Page F-1.
PART IV
104
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(3) Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
Description
Certificate of Incorporation of James River Group Holdings, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registration
Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 7, 2014)
Certificate of Incorporation on Change of Name (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1,
Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 7, 2014)
Memorandum of Association of James River Group Holdings, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Registration
Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 7, 2014)
Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital, dated December 24, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.4 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 7, 2014)
Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital, dated October 7, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5
of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 7, 2014)
Third Amended and Restated Bye-Laws of James River Group Holdings, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2015, Commission File No. 001-36777)
Form of Certificate of Common Shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement
on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on December 9, 2014)
Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2004, by and between James River Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to
Floating Rate Senior Debentures Due 2034+
Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2004, by and between James River Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to
Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2034+
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of James River Capital Trust I, dated as of May 26, 2004, by and among James River
Group, Inc., as Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee and Delaware Trustee, the Regular Trustees (as defined
therein), and the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in James River Capital Trust I+
Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2004, by James River Group, Inc., as Guarantor, and Wilmington
Trust Company, as Preferred Guarantee Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of James River Capital Trust I+
Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2004, by and between James River Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee,
relating to Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures Due 2034+
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of James River Capital Trust II, dated as of December 15, 2004, by and among James
River Group, Inc., as Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee and Delaware Trustee, the Administrators (as
defined therein), and the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in the James River Capital Trust II+
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2004, by James River Group, Inc., as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as
Guarantee Trustee, for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the capital securities of James River Capital Trust II+
Indenture, dated June 15, 2006, by and between James River Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to
Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures Due 2036+
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of James River Capital Trust III, dated as of June 15, 2006, by and among James River
Group, Inc., as Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee and Delaware Trustee, the Administrators (as defined
therein) and the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in the James River Capital Trust III+
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2006, by James River Group, Inc., as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as
Guarantee Trustee, for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the capital securities of James River Capital Trust III+
Indenture, dated December 11, 2007, by and between James River Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to
Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures Due 2037+
105
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit
Number
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
Description
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated December 11, 2007, by and among James River Group, Inc., as Sponsor,
Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee and Delaware Trustee and the Administrators (as defined therein) and the
holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interests in James River Capital Trust IV+
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2007, by James River Group, Inc., as Guarantor, and Wilmington Trust Company, as
Guarantee Trustee, for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the capital securities of James River Capital Trust IV+
Indenture, dated as of January 10, 2008, among James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee
relating to Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures Due 2038+
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of January 10, 2008, by and among James River Group Holdings, Ltd., as
Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee and Delaware Trustee and the Administrators (as defined therein) for
the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of undivided beneficial interest in Franklin Holdings II (Bermuda) Capital Trust I+
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2008, by and among James River Group Holdings, Ltd., as Guarantor, and Wilmington
Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee, for the benefit of the holders, from time to time, of the capital securities of Franklin Holdings
II (Bermuda) Capital Trust I+
Description of Registrant's Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.18 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2020, Commission File No. 001-36777)
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2019, by and among James River Group Holdings, Ltd.,
JRG Reinsurance Company, Ltd., KeyBank National Association as Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer, KeyBank
National Association, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., and BMO Capital Markets Corp. as Joint Book Runners and Joint Lead
Arrangers, Bank of Montreal and SunTrust Bank as Co-Syndication Agents, and the lender parties thereto (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 12, 2019, Commission File No. 001-36777)
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2022, by and among James River
Group Holdings, Ltd., JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd., KeyBank National Association as Administrative Agent and the lenders party
thereto
Continuing Guaranty of Payment, dated as of June 5, 2013, by James River Group, Inc., as Guarantor, pursuant to Credit Agreement,
dated as of June 5, 2013, among James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd., KeyBank National
Association, as Administrative Agent and as Letter of Credit Issuer, and certain Lender parties (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 7, 2014)
Continuing Guaranty of Payment, dated as of December 15, 2015, by James River Group Holdings UK Limited, pursuant to Credit
Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2013, among James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd., KeyBank
National Association, as Administrative Agent and as Letter of Credit Issuer, and certain Lender parties (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2016, Commission File No. 001-36777)
Credit Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2017, among James River Group Holdings, Ltd., JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd. and BMO
Harris Bank N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2017, Commission
File No. 001-36777)
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 8, 2019 by and among James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and JRG
Reinsurance Company Ltd., as the borrowers, and BMO Harris Bank, N.A., as the lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 12, 2019, Commission File No. 001-36777)
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 2022 by and among James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and JRG
Reinsurance Company Ltd. as the borrowers, and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as the lender
Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2017, by and between JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd., and BMO Harris Bank
N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2017, Commission File No.
001-36777)
Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Amendment No. 1 to the
Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 24, 2014)
Amended and Restated James River Group Holdings, Ltd. Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the
Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 7, 2014)*
106
TABLE OF CONTENTS
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28
Form of Stock Option Agreement (Amended and Restated James River Group Holdings, Ltd. Equity Incentive Plan) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on
November 7, 2014)*
First Amendment to the Amended and Restated James River Group Holdings, Ltd. Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.10 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the
Commission on November 24, 2014)*
James River Group Holdings, Ltd. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Amendment No. 1
to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 24, 2014)*
Amendment to the James River Group Holdings, Ltd. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2017, Commission File No. 001-36777)*
Form of Nonqualified Share Option Agreement (James River Group Holdings, Ltd. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with
the Commission on November 24, 2014)*
Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (James River Group Holdings, Ltd. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with
the Commission on November 24, 2014)*
Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (James River Group Holdings, Ltd. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed
with the Commission on December 9, 2014)*
James River Group Holdings, Ltd. 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on
November 24, 2014)*
Amendment to the 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on May 1, 2019, Commission File No. 001-36777)*
Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (James River Group Holdings, Ltd. 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-
199958, filed with the Commission on November 24, 2014)*
Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (James River Group Holdings, Ltd., 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-
199958, filed with the Commission on December 9, 2014)*
James River Management Company, Inc. Leadership Recognition Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on
November 24, 2014)*
Employment Agreement, dated October 28, 2020, by and among Frank N. D’Orazio, James River Group Holdings, Ltd., and its
subsidiary, James River Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November
2, 2020, Commission File No. 001-36777) *
Separation and Release Agreement, dated November 2, 2020, by and among J. Adam Abram, James River Group Holdings, Ltd., and
its subsidiary, James River Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
November 2, 2020, Commission File No. 001-36777) *
Separation and Release Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2021, by and among Robert P. Myron, James River Group Holdings, Ltd.,
and its subsidiary, James River Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
August 4, 2021, Commission File No. 001-36777) *
Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2016, by and among James River Group Holdings, Ltd., James River Group, Inc., and
Sarah C. Doran (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2016,
Commission File No. 001-36777)*
Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 19, 2016, between Sarah C. Doran and James River Group Holdings, Ltd.,
and its subsidiary, James River Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on
November 8, 2018, Commission File No. 001-36777)*
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 15, 2018, by and among James River Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries
of James River Group, Inc. and Richard Schmitzer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
on March 1, 2018, Commission File No. 001-36777)*
107
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit
Number
10.29
10.30
10.31
10.32
10.33
10.34
10.35
Description
James River Management Company, Inc. Leadership Recognition Program Award Letter, dated September 30, 2011 to Richard
Schmitzer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration
No. 333-199958, filed with the Commission on November 24, 2014)*
Employment Agreement, dated September 17, 2018, by and among James River Group, Inc., certain subsidiaries of James River
Group, Inc. and Terry McCafferty, as supplemented by a letter agreement dated October 12, 2018 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.30 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2019, Commission File No. 001-36777)*
Employment Agreement, dated April 5, 2018, by and among JRG Reinsurance Company, Ltd. and Daniel Heinlein (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2019, Commission File No. 001-36777)*
Loss Portfolio Transfer Reinsurance Agreement dated September 27, 2021 between James River Insurance Company and James
River Casualty Company and Aleka Insurance, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on the Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on September 30, 2021, Commission File No. 001-36777)
Trust Agreement dated September 27, 2021 among James River Insurance Company and James River Casualty Company, Aleka
Insurance, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 on the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
September 30, 2021, Commission File No. 001-36777)
Investment Agreement, dated February 24, 2022, by and between James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and GPC Partners Investments
(Thames) LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2022; Commission
File No. 001-36777)
Loss Portfolio Transfer Retrocession Agreement entered into on February 23, 2022 by and between JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd.
and Fortitude Reinsurance Company Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 on the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
February 28, 2022; Commission File No. 001-36777)
108
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit
Number
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104
Description
List of subsidiaries of James River Group Holdings, Ltd.
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Principal Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
Principal Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Inline XBRL Instance Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File - the cover page XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document in Exhibit 101.
* Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
+ Exhibit not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish a copy to
the SEC upon request.
Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.
109
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD.
By:
/s/ Frank N. D’Orazio
Frank N. D’Orazio
Chief Executive Officer and Director
March 1, 2022
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
NAME
/s/ Frank N. D'Orazio
Frank N. D'Orazio
/s/ Sarah C. Doran
Sarah C. Doran
/s/ Michael E. Crow
Michael E. Crow
/s/ J. Adam Abram
J. Adam Abram
/s/ Thomas L. Brown
Thomas L. Brown
/s/ Janet Cowell
Janet Cowell
/s/ Kirstin Gould
Kirstin Gould
/s/ Jerry R. Masters
Jerry R. Masters
/s/ Michael T. Oakes
Michael T. Oakes
/s/ Patricia H. Roberts
Patricia H. Roberts
/s/ Ollie L. Sherman, Jr.
Ollie L. Sherman, Jr.
/s/ Sundar Srinivasan
Sundar Srinivasan
TITLE
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
DATE
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
Principal Accounting Officer
March 1, 2022
Director, Non-Executive Chairman of the Board
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
March 1, 2022
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
110
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Schedule I
Schedule II
Schedule III
Schedule IV
Schedule V
Schedule VI
Summary of Investments
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Supplementary Insurance Information
Reinsurance
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Supplementary Information Concerning Property Casualty Insurance Operations
F-1
Page
2
4
5
7
8
9
10
53
54
58
59
60
61
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of James River Group Holdings, Ltd.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December
31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item
15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated March 1, 2022, expressed an unqualified
opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included
performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures
that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or
required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and
(2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the account or disclosures to which it relates.
F-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Description of the
Matter
Valuation of incurred but not reported reserves
At December 31, 2021, the Company’s reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses balance was $2.7 billion, of which $1.6
billion relates to incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves. The carrying amount is management’s best estimate of the ultimate
liability, which in turn is composed of known reported losses and an estimate of incurred losses that have not been reported to the
Company. As described in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements, there is significant uncertainty inherent in determining
management’s best estimate of the ultimate loss settlement cost which is used to determine the IBNR reserves. In particular, the
estimate is subject to a number of variables, given the long-tailed nature of the business generally written by the Company and
the limited operating experience of certain lines of business. These variables include the initial expected loss ratio, the incurred
and paid loss development factors, and the weighting of the five actuarial methods to be used for each accident year and line of
business.
How We Addressed
the Matter in Our
Audit
Auditing management’s best estimate of the IBNR reserves involved the use of actuarial specialists and a high degree of
subjectivity in evaluating management’s methods and variables included in the estimate of the ultimate loss settlement cost.
These variables have a significant effect on the valuation of the IBNR reserves.
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the process to estimate
the IBNR reserves, including, among others, the review and approval processes that management has in place for the methods
and assumptions used in estimating the IBNR reserves.
To test the IBNR reserves, our procedures included, among others, the involvement of actuarial specialists to assist with the
evaluation of the Company’s selection and weighting of actuarial methods used in their analysis and a comparison of those
methods used in prior periods and those used in the industry. We also independently calculated a range of reasonable reserve
estimates and performed independent projections for certain lines of business. Our independent ranges consider the sensitivity of
the reserve projections to reasonable fluctuations in assumptions of key variables to determine the effect of reasonable changes in
those assumptions on projected IBNR. We compared the range of reasonable reserve estimates to management’s recorded best
estimate and performed a review of the historical results of the development of the estimate. Additionally, to evaluate the
significant assumptions in the variables used by management in the actuarial methods, we compared the significant variables,
including the initial expected loss ratio and the incurred and paid loss development factors, to factors historically used as well as
our independent selections.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 1, 2022
F-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of James River Group Holdings, Ltd.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013
framework), (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income,
changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and related notes and financial statement
schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(a) and our report dated March 1, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public
accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures
of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 1, 2022
F-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Assets
Invested assets:
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost: 2021 – $1,643,865; 2020 –
$1,690,890)
Equity securities, at fair value (cost: 2021 – $95,783; 2020 – $81,698)
Bank loan participations, at fair value
Short-term investments
Other invested assets
Total invested assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash equivalents
Accrued investment income
Premiums receivable and agents’ balances, net
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses, net
Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
Deferred policy acquisition costs
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Deferred tax assets, net
Income taxes receivable
Other assets
Total assets
December 31,
2021
2020
(in thousands)
1,677,561 $
108,410
156,043
136,563
51,908
2,130,485
190,123
102,005
11,037
393,967
1,348,628
82,235
291,498
68,526
36,039
181,831
26,430
3,337
82,409
4,948,550 $
1,783,642
88,975
147,604
130,289
46,548
2,197,058
162,260
859,920
10,980
369,577
805,684
46,118
243,741
62,953
36,402
181,831
—
4,433
82,115
5,063,072
$
$
See accompanying notes.
F-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Liabilities:
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
Unearned premiums
Payables to reinsurers
Funds held
Senior debt
Junior subordinated debt
Accrued expenses
Deferred tax liabilities, net
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Shareholders’ equity:
Common Shares – $0.0002 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized. 2021 and 2020: 37,373,066 and
30,649,261 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
Preferred Shares – 2021 and 2020: $0.00125 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and
outstanding
Additional paid-in capital
Retained (deficit) earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
See accompanying notes.
F-6
December 31,
2021
2020
(in thousands, except share amounts)
$
$
2,748,473 $
727,552
135,617
97,360
262,300
104,055
57,920
—
89,911
4,223,188
2,192,080
630,371
110,431
859,920
262,300
104,055
55,989
1,105
51,213
4,267,464
7
6
—
862,040
(166,663)
29,978
725,362
4,948,550 $
—
664,476
49,227
81,899
795,608
5,063,072
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income and Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Revenues:
Gross written premiums
Ceded written premiums
Net written premiums
Change in net unearned premiums
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
Other income
Total revenues
Expenses:
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
Other operating expenses
Other expenses
Interest expense
Amortization of intangible assets
Total expenses
(Loss) income before income taxes
Income tax (benefit) expense:
Current
Deferred
Net (loss) income
Other comprehensive (losses) income:
Net unrealized (losses) gains, net of taxes of $(7,135) in 2021, $6,874 in 2020, and $3,358
in 2019
Total comprehensive (loss) income
Per share data:
Basic (loss) earnings per share
Diluted (loss) earnings per share
Dividend declared per share
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
See accompanying notes.
F-7
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands, except share amounts)
2019
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,507,299 $
(762,919)
744,380
(48,786)
695,594
56,865
15,564
4,857
772,880
792,352
164,692
2,585
8,922
363
968,914
(196,034)
(2,835)
(20,400)
(23,235)
(172,799) $
1,257,000 $
(609,226)
647,774
(40,968)
606,806
73,368
(16,030)
4,545
668,689
478,545
165,498
2,138
10,033
538
656,752
11,937
11,534
(4,421)
7,113
4,824 $
(51,921)
(224,720) $
50,785
55,609 $
(4.94) $
(4.94) $
1.20 $
0.16 $
0.16 $
1.20 $
1,470,735
(574,585)
896,150
(72,404)
823,746
75,652
(2,919)
10,646
907,125
672,102
170,908
1,055
10,596
597
855,258
51,867
18,453
(4,925)
13,528
38,339
46,942
85,281
1.27
1.25
1.20
34,956,957
34,956,957
30,552,210
30,884,416
30,275,184
30,673,924
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
Number of
Common
Shares
Outstanding
Common
Shares
(Par)
Balances at December 31, 2018
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Dividends
Exercise of stock options
Vesting of RSUs
Compensation expense under share incentive
plans
Adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, derecognition of
build-to-suit lease (see Note 6)
Balances at December 31, 2019
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Dividends
Exercise of stock options
Vesting of RSUs
Compensation expense under share incentive
plans
Cumulative effect of fair value option
election (see Note 2)
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU No.
2016-13 (see Note 1)
Balances at December 31, 2020
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss
Dividends
Issuance of common shares
Exercise of stock options
Vesting of RSUs
Compensation expense under share incentive
plans
Balances at December 31, 2021
29,988,460 $
—
—
—
345,434
90,497
—
—
30,424,391 $
—
—
—
113,346
111,524
—
—
—
30,649,261 $
—
—
—
6,497,500
93,446
132,859
—
37,373,066 $
Preferred
Shares
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
(Deficit)
Earnings
(in thousands, except share amounts)
645,310 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
7,124
—
(1,737)
—
79,753 $
38,339
—
(36,786)
—
—
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
(15,828) $
—
46,942
—
—
—
709,241
38,339
46,942
(36,786)
7,124
(1,737)
6 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7,178
—
—
7,178
—
6 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6 $
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
7 $
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
657,875 $
—
—
—
1,327
(2,351)
8,280
89,586 $
4,824
—
(37,091)
—
—
7,625
—
—
(7,827)
—
664,476 $
—
—
—
192,106
1,671
(2,871)
(265)
49,227 $
(172,799)
—
(43,091)
—
—
—
6,658
862,040 $
—
(166,663) $
—
31,114 $
—
50,785
—
—
—
—
—
—
81,899 $
—
(51,921)
—
—
—
—
—
29,978 $
8,280
778,581
4,824
50,785
(37,091)
1,327
(2,351)
7,625
(7,827)
(265)
795,608
(172,799)
(51,921)
(43,091)
192,107
1,671
(2,871)
6,658
725,362
See accompanying notes.
F-8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
Operating activities
Net (loss) income
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
$
(172,799)
$
4,824
$
Deferred policy acquisition costs
Amortization of policy acquisition costs
Net realized and unrealized (gains) losses on investments
Distributions from equity method investments
Income from equity method investments
Deferred U.S. federal income tax benefit
Provision for depreciation and amortization
Share based compensation expense
Excess tax benefits from equity incentive plan transactions
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
Unearned premiums
Premiums receivable and agents’ balances
Reinsurance balances
Funds held
Payable to insurance companies
Other
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities (a)
Investing activities
Fixed maturity securities:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities and calls
Equity Securities:
Purchases
Sales
Bank loan participations:
Purchases
Sales
Maturities
Other invested assets:
Purchases
Return of capital
Repayments and redemptions
Securities receivable or payable, net
Short-term investments, net
Purchases of property and equipment
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Financing activities
Senior debt issuances
Senior debt repayments
Dividends paid
Issuances of common shares - public offering
Issuances of common shares under equity incentive plans
Common share repurchases
Other financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash equivalents
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash equivalents at end of year
Supplemental information
U.S. federal income taxes (refunded) paid, net
Interest paid
Restricted cash equivalents at beginning of year
Restricted cash equivalents at end of year
Change in restricted cash equivalents
(75,236)
69,663
(15,564)
2,434
(918)
(20,400)
4,715
6,658
(208)
556,393
97,181
(46,865)
(601,632)
(762,560)
2,286
43,306
(913,546)
(362,537)
135,913
296,170
(21,845)
7,227
(126,369)
65,291
59,799
(12,394)
1,758
3,760
1,627
(6,274)
(6,303)
35,823
—
—
(43,236)
192,107
1,877
(3,077)
—
147,671
(730,052)
1,022,180
292,128
(3,932)
9,927
$
$
$
(76,525)
75,578
16,030
3,162
(3,208)
(4,421)
5,019
7,625
(679)
146,574
105,994
(115)
(213,264)
(339,244)
(396)
(784)
(273,830)
(573,482)
37,674
240,322
(16,713)
6,838
(77,965)
135,664
32,653
(1,937)
353
16,292
(1,777)
26,636
(549)
(175,991)
164,000
(60,000)
(37,051)
—
2,580
(3,604)
—
65,925
(383,896)
1,406,076
1,022,180
17,236
11,305
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
859,920
102,005
(757,915)
$
$
1,199,164
859,920
(339,244)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
38,339
(91,449)
83,893
2,919
2,834
(4,598)
(4,925)
4,063
7,178
(1,099)
384,047
137,904
(61,563)
(235,632)
1,199,164
263
27,684
1,489,022
(450,793)
121,245
128,809
(4,975)
8,656
(102,794)
48,415
45,277
—
1,877
10,998
5,404
(74,959)
(519)
(263,359)
60,000
(20,000)
(36,720)
—
8,286
(2,899)
(711)
7,956
1,233,619
172,457
1,406,076
18,719
12,354
2019
—
1,199,164
1,199,164
(a) Cash (used in) provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 primarily reflects the activity in restricted cash
equivalents above. As permitted under the agreements establishing the Indemnity Trust and the LPT Trust, we have withdrawn collateral from the
Indemnity Trust and the LPT Trust to fund the Loss Fund Trust as required under the Administrative Services Agreement. Amounts on deposit in the Loss
Fund Trust are included in restricted cash equivalents on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Amounts Recoverable from an Indemnifying Party and Reinsurer on Legacy Commercial Auto Book”.
Excluding the restricted cash activity above, cash (used in) provided by operating activities was $(155.6) million, $65.4 million, and $289.9 million for the
years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The cash used in operating activities (excluding restricted cash equivalents) in 2021 was
largely driven by the $317.6 million of reinsurance premium paid in September 2021 to effect the LPT transaction.
See accompanying notes.
F-9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Accounting Policies
Organization
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
James River Group Holdings, Ltd. (referred to as “JRG Holdings” or, with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is an exempted holding company
registered in Bermuda, organized for the purpose of acquiring and managing insurance and reinsurance entities.
The Company owns five insurance companies based in the United States (“U.S.”) focused on specialty insurance niches and two Bermuda-based
reinsurance companies as described below:
• James River Group Holdings UK Limited (“James River UK”) is an insurance holding company formed in 2015 in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”).
The Company contributed James River Group, Inc. (“James River Group”), a U.S. insurance holding company, to James River UK in 2015.
• James River Group is a Delaware domiciled insurance holding company formed in 2002, which owns all of the Company’s U.S.-based subsidiaries,
either directly or indirectly through one of its wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries. James River Group oversees the Company’s U.S. insurance
operations and maintains all of the outstanding debt in the U.S.
• James River Insurance Company (“James River Insurance”) is an Ohio domiciled excess and surplus lines insurance company that, with its wholly-
owned insurance subsidiary, James River Casualty Company, is authorized to write business in every state and the District of Columbia.
• Falls Lake National Insurance Company (“Falls Lake National”) is an Ohio domiciled insurance company which wholly owns Stonewood
Insurance Company (“Stonewood Insurance”), a North Carolina domiciled company, and Falls Lake Fire and Casualty Company, a California
domiciled company. Falls Lake National primarily writes specialty admitted fronting and program business and individual risk workers'
compensation insurance.
• JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“JRG Re”) was formed in 2007 and commenced operations in 2008. JRG Re, a Bermuda domiciled reinsurer,
primarily provides non-catastrophe casualty reinsurance to U.S. third parties and, through December 31, 2017, to the Company’s U.S.-based
insurance subsidiaries.
•
Carolina Re Ltd ("Carolina Re") was formed in 2018 and as of January 1, 2018 provides reinsurance to the Company's U.S.-based insurance
subsidiaries. Carolina Re is also the cedent on a stop loss reinsurance treaty with JRG Re.
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), which vary in some
respects from statutory accounting practices (“SAP”) which are prescribed or permitted by the various state insurance departments in the U.S. or by
insurance regulators in Bermuda. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the Company and its
subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
Estimates and Assumptions
Preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Those estimates are inherently subject to change, and actual
results may ultimately differ from those estimates.
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities
Fixed maturity securities classified as “available-for-sale” are carried at fair value, and unrealized gains and losses on such securities, net of any
deferred taxes, are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company does not have any securities classified as
“held-to-maturity” or “trading”.
Fair value generally represents quoted market value prices for securities traded in the public marketplace or prices analytically determined using bid or
closing prices for securities not traded in the public marketplace.
Premiums and discounts on mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are amortized or accrued using the constant yield method which
considers anticipated prepayments at the date of purchase. To the extent that the estimated lives of
F-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
such securities change as a result of changes in estimated prepayment rates, the adjustments are included in net investment income using the retrospective
method.
Realized investment gains or losses are determined on a specific identification basis. Interest income is recognized as earned, and dividend income is
recognized on the ex-dividend date.
The Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments on
January 1, 2020. This update changed the impairment model for available-for-sale fixed maturities and requires the Company to determine whether
unrealized losses on available-for-sale fixed maturities are due to credit-related factors. An allowance for credit losses is established for any credit-related
impairments, limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recognized in earnings and
included in net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments. Unrealized losses that are not credit-related continue to be recognized in other
comprehensive income.
The Company considers the extent to which fair value is below amortized cost in determining whether a credit-related loss exists. The Company also
considers the credit quality rating of the security, with a special emphasis on securities downgraded below investment grade. A comparison is made
between the present value of expected future cash flows for a security and its amortized cost. If the present value of future expected cash flows is less than
amortized cost, a credit loss is presumed to exist and an allowance for credit losses is established. Management may conclude that a qualitative analysis is
sufficient to support its conclusion that the present value of the expected cash flows equals or exceeds a security’s amortized cost.
Bank Loan Participations
Bank loan participations are managed by a specialized outside investment manager. In connection with the adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company
elected the fair value option in accounting for bank loan participations effective January 1, 2020. Under the fair value option, bank loan participations are
measured at fair value, and changes in unrealized gains and losses in bank loan participations are reported in our income statement as net realized and
unrealized gains (losses) on investments.
Losses due to credit-related impairments on bank loan participations are determined based upon consultations and advice from the Company's
specialized investment manager and consideration of any adverse situations that could affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of
underlying collateral, and other relevant factors.
Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Discounts and premiums are amortized to income using the interest method. Prior to the
election of the fair value option on January 1, 2020, bank loan participations were generally stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances net of
unamortized premiums or discounts and net of any allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses was maintained at a level considered
adequate to absorb estimated probable credit losses.
Generally, the accrual of interest on a bank loan participation is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90
days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest. A bank loan participation may remain on accrual status
if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is reported as investment
income. There were no bank loans on nonaccrual status at December 31, 2021 or 2020.
Generally, bank loan participations are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the
contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.
Other Invested Assets
Other invested assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 include the Company’s interests in private debt and equity investments. The investments are
primarily focused in renewable energy, limited partnerships, and bank holding companies. Equity interests in various limited liability companies (“LLCs”)
and limited partnerships are accounted for under the equity method, as the Company has determined that the equity method best reflects its economic
interest in the underlying equity investment.
Short-Term Investments
Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Short-term investments have maturities greater than three months
but less than one year at the date of purchase.
F-11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cash Equivalents
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The Company considers highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash Equivalents
The Company considers highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase that are segregated for a specific use
to be restricted cash equivalents. Certain restricted cash equivalents invested in funds with floating net asset values are measured at fair value with changes
in fair value recognized in net income.
Direct Written Premiums
Direct written premiums are earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the policies, generally 12 months. The portion of premiums written applicable
to the unexpired terms of the policies in force is recorded as unearned premiums. Policies are accounted for on an individual basis, with no aggregation by
counterparty.
Assumed Reinsurance Premiums
Assumed reinsurance written premiums include amounts reported by brokers and ceding companies, supplemented by the Company’s own estimates
of premiums when reports have not been received. Premiums on the Company’s excess of loss and pro rata reinsurance contracts are estimated when the
business is underwritten. For excess of loss contracts, the deposit premium, as defined in the contract, is generally recorded as an estimate of premiums
written at the inception date of the treaty. Estimates of premiums written under pro rata contracts are recorded in the period in which the underlying risks
are expected to begin and are based on information provided by the brokers and the ceding companies.
Reinsurance premium estimates are reviewed by management periodically. Any adjustment to these estimates is recorded in the period in which it
becomes known.
Reinsurance premiums assumed are earned over the terms of the underlying policies or reinsurance contracts. Contracts and policies written on a
“losses occurring” basis cover claims that may occur during the term of the contract or policy, which is typically 12 months. Accordingly, the premium is
earned evenly over the term. Contracts which are written on a “risks attaching” basis cover claims which attach to the underlying insurance policies written
during the terms of such contracts. Premiums earned on such contracts usually extend beyond the original term of the reinsurance contract, typically
resulting in recognition of premiums earned over a 24-month period in proportion to the level of underlying exposure. Contracts are accounted for on an
individual basis, with no aggregation by counterparty.
Premiums Receivable and Agents’ Balances, Net
Premiums receivable and agents’ balances are carried at face value net of any allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses represents
the current estimate of expected credit losses based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of receivables that are past due, historical collection
percentages, and consideration of current economic conditions and expectations of future conditions that could affect ultimate collections. Receivables
greater than 90 days past due were $7.5 million and $6.9 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The allowance for credit losses was $16.7
million and $8.3 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Credit loss expense was $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021
($7.1 million of which will be deducted from amounts due to our reinsurers), $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $2.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2019. Receivables written off against the allowance for credit losses totaled $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021,
$660,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $812,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Account balances are charged off against the
allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
Costs which are incrementally or directly related to the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance business are deferred. These deferred costs
are primarily commissions to agents, ceding commissions paid on reinsurance assumed, premium taxes, and the portion of underwriting fixed
compensation and payroll related fringe benefits directly related to an insurance contract that has been acquired, net of ceding commissions related to
reinsurance ceded. Amortization of such policy acquisition costs is charged to expense in proportion to premium earned over the estimated policy life. To
the extent that unearned premiums on existing policies are not adequate to cover projected related costs and expenses, deferred policy acquisition costs are
charged to earnings. The Company considers anticipated investment income in determining whether a premium deficiency exists.
F-12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Reinsurance and Adjustable Features of Insurance and Reinsurance Contracts
Certain premiums and losses are ceded to other insurance companies or assumed from other insurance companies under various excess of loss and
quota-share reinsurance contracts. The Company enters into ceded reinsurance contracts to limit its exposure to large losses, to limit exposure on new lines
of insurance written by the Company, and to provide additional capacity for growth.
Premiums, commissions, and losses and loss adjustment expenses on reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with that used in
accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Reinsurance recoverables and prepaid reinsurance premiums are
reported as assets. The Company uses a provision matrix to calculate the allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverables by applying impairment
rates based on historical loss data to similarly rated reinsurance companies based on the expected duration of the receivables. The Company also considers
the expected impact of current and future expected economic conditions and adjusts estimates if needed based on an evaluation of these factors. The
allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverables at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $631,000 and $335,000, respectively. Other amounts payable
to insurance companies and reinsurers or receivable from insurance companies and reinsurers are netted where the right of offset exists. The Company
receives ceding commissions in connection with certain ceded reinsurance. The ceding commissions are recorded as a reduction of other operating
expenses.
Certain reinsurance contracts include provisions that adjust premiums or acquisition expenses based upon the loss experience under the contracts.
Premiums written and earned, as well as related acquisition expenses are recorded based upon the projected loss experience under the contracts.
The Company’s Specialty Admitted Insurance segment writes insurance under specialty admitted fronting and program arrangements. The fronting
and program arrangements may contain contractual provisions that adjust acquisition expenses based upon loss experience under the contracts. The
specialty admitted fronting and program arrangements are significantly reinsured. These reinsurance contracts may also contain provisions that adjust
premiums or acquisition expenses based upon the loss experience under the contracts. Premiums written and earned, as well as related acquisition expenses,
are recorded based upon the projected loss experience under the contracts.
Other Income
Other income is principally comprised of fee income earned on policies for which the Company has no exposure to underwriting risk. Fee income of
$4.5 million, $3.4 million, and $9.5 million is included in other income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Fees are
earned on a pro rata basis over the service period of the underlying business. Policies are accounted for on an individual basis, with no aggregation by
counterparty.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are provided for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective U.S. tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted U.S.
corporate tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred
tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance only when management believes it is more likely than not that some, or all, of the deferred tax assets will
not be realized. The Company determined that no valuation allowance was necessary at December 31, 2021 or 2020.
Goodwill
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment in the fourth quarter of each calendar year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the Company’s reporting units, including goodwill, may exceed their fair values. The Company first assesses
qualitative factors in determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If management determines that it is more
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value based on qualitative factors then they will perform the quantitative
goodwill impairment test. For the quantitative goodwill impairment testing, the fair value of the reporting units is determined using a combination of a
market approach and an income approach which projects the future cash flows produced by the reporting units and discounts those cash flows to their
present value. The projection of future cash flows is necessarily dependent upon assumptions on the future levels of income as well as business trends,
prospects, market, and economic conditions. The results of the two approaches are weighted to determine the fair value of each reporting unit. When the
fair value is less than the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit, including goodwill, an impairment loss is charged to operations. To
determine the amount of any goodwill impairment, the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill is compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill.
The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business
F-13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
combination is determined. That is, the fair value of a reporting unit is assigned to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized
intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts
assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.
Intangible Assets, Net
Intangible assets are initially recognized and measured at fair value. Specifically identified intangible assets with indefinite lives include trademarks
and state insurance licenses and authorities. Other specifically identified intangible assets with lives ranging from 7.0 to 27.5 years represent relationships
with brokers. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reviewed for impairment at least annually. In evaluating whether there has been impairment to the
intangible asset, management determines the fair value of the intangible asset and compares the resulting fair value to the carrying value of the intangible
asset. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the intangible asset is written down to fair value, and the impairment is reported through earnings. The
Company evaluates intangible assets with definite lives for impairment when impairment indicators are noted.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets with finite lives are tested for impairment whenever recognized events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of
these assets may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present, fair value is calculated using estimated future cash flows expected to be
generated from the use of those assets. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable
and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows
expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset or asset group. That assessment is based on the carrying amount of the asset or asset
group at the date it is tested for recoverability. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset
group exceeds its fair value.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, which is included in “other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, is reported at cost less accumulated
depreciation and is depreciated principally on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets, generally three to ten years.
Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses represents the estimated ultimate cost of all reported and unreported losses and loss adjustment
expenses incurred and unpaid at the balance sheet date. The Company does not discount this reserve. The process of estimating the reserve for losses and
loss adjustment expenses requires a high degree of judgment and is subject to a number of variables. The reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses is
estimated using individual case-basis valuations and statistical analyses. Those estimates are subject to the effects of trends in loss severity and frequency.
The Company utilizes various actuarially-accepted reserving methodologies in determining the continuum of expected outcomes for its reserves.
These methodologies utilize various inputs, including management’s initial expected loss ratio (the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred to
net earned premiums), expected reporting patterns and payment patterns for losses and loss adjustment expenses (based on insurance industry data and the
Company’s own experience), and the Company’s actual paid and reported losses and loss adjustment expenses. An internal actuary reviews these results
and (after applying appropriate professional judgment and other actuarial techniques that are considered necessary) presents recommendations to the
Company’s management. Management uses this information and its judgment to make decisions on the final recorded reserve for losses and loss
adjustment expenses. Management believes that the use of judgment is necessary to arrive at a best estimate for the reserve for losses and loss adjustment
expenses given the long-tailed nature of the business generally written by the Company and the limited operating experience of the Casualty Reinsurance
segment, the fronting and program business in the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, and the commercial auto business in the Excess and Surplus
Lines segment.
Catastrophes of significant magnitude, including hurricanes and earthquakes, involve complex coverage issues. In estimating the reserve for losses and
loss adjustment expenses for these catastrophes, management uses case reserve estimates based on information obtained from site inspections by the
Company’s adjustors and the terms of coverage provided in the policies. Management estimates reserves for incurred but not reported claims for these
catastrophes using judgment based on an assessment of the Company’s property insurance exposures where the catastrophes occur and the Company’s
progress in settling claims.
F-14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Although management believes that the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses is reasonable, it is possible that the Company’s actual incurred
losses and loss adjustment expenses will not develop in a manner consistent with the assumptions inherent in the determination of these reserves.
Specifically, the Company’s actual ultimate loss ratio could differ from management’s initial expected loss ratio and/or the Company’s actual reporting
patterns for losses could differ from the expected reporting patterns. Accordingly, the ultimate settlement of losses and the related loss adjustment expenses
may vary significantly from the estimates included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These estimates are reviewed continually by
management and are adjusted as necessary as experience develops or new information becomes known; such adjustments are included in current
operations.
Share Based Compensation
The Company expenses the fair value of share equity awards over the vesting period of the award on a straight-line basis. The Black-Scholes-Merton
option pricing model is used to value the options granted (see Note 12). Forfeitures of share-based awards are recognized as they occur. As the share based
compensation expense is incurred, a corresponding increase to additional paid-in capital in shareholders’ equity is recognized. Share based compensation
expense is reflected in “other operating expenses” in the accompanying consolidated statements of (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income.
Variable Interest Entities
Entities that do not have sufficient equity at risk to allow the entity to finance its activities without additional financial support or in which the equity
investors, as a group, do not have the characteristic of a controlling financial interest are referred to as variable interest entities (“VIE”). A VIE is
consolidated by the variable interest holder that is determined to have the controlling financial interest (primary beneficiary) as a result of having both the
power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive
benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of an entity subject to
consolidation based on a qualitative assessment of the VIE’s capital structure, contractual terms, nature of the VIE’s operations and purpose, and the
Company’s relative exposure to the related risks of the VIE on the date it becomes initially involved in the VIE. The Company reassesses its VIE
determination with respect to an entity on an ongoing basis.
The Company holds interests in VIEs through certain equity method investments included in “other invested assets” in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets. The Company has determined that it should not consolidate any of the VIEs as it is not the primary beneficiary in any of the relationships.
Although the investments resulted in the Company holding variable interests in the entities, they did not empower the Company to direct the activities that
most significantly impact the economic performance of the entities. The Company’s investments related to these VIEs totaled $26.9 million and $30.1
million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, representing the Company’s maximum exposure to loss.
(Loss) Earnings Per Share
Basic (loss) earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted-average number of common shares
outstanding for the period. Diluted (loss) earnings per share reflects the dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares or
common share equivalents were exercised or converted into common shares as calculated using the treasury stock method. When inclusion of common
share equivalents increases the earnings per share or reduces the loss per share, the effect on earnings is anti-dilutive, and the diluted net earnings or net
loss per share is computed excluding these common share equivalents.
F-15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The following represents a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share computations contained
in the consolidated financial statements.
Net (Loss) Income
(Numerator)
Weighted-Average
Common Shares
(Denominator)
(in thousands, except per share data)
(Loss) Earnings
Per Share
Year ended December 31, 2021
Basic
Common share equivalents
Diluted
Year ended December 31, 2020
Basic
Common share equivalents
Diluted
Year ended December 31, 2019
Basic
Common share equivalents
Diluted
$
$
$
$
$
$
(172,799)
—
(172,799)
4,824
—
4,824
38,339
—
38,339
34,956,957 $
—
34,956,957 $
30,552,210 $
332,206
30,884,416 $
30,275,184 $
398,740
30,673,924 $
(4.94)
—
(4.94)
0.16
—
0.16
1.27
(0.02)
1.25
Common share equivalents relate to our outstanding equity awards (stock options and RSUs).
For the year ended December 31, 2021, common share equivalents of 175,360 were excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share as their
effects were anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2020, all common share equivalents were dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2019,
9,735 shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their effects were anti-dilutive.
Adopted Accounting Standards
There were no new accounting standards adopted in 2021 that materially impacted the Company's financial statements.
Prospective Accounting Standards
There are no prospective accounting standards which are expected to have a material impact on our financial statements subsequent to December 31,
2021.
F-16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2. Investments
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The Company’s available-for-sale fixed maturity securities are summarized as follows:
December 31, 2021
Fixed maturity securities:
State and municipal
Residential mortgage-backed
Corporate
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations guaranteed by the U.S.
government
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale
December 31, 2020
Fixed maturity securities:
State and municipal
Residential mortgage-backed
Corporate
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations guaranteed by the U.S.
government
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(in thousands)
Fair
Value
$
$
$
$
323,773 $
246,586
711,930
301,247
60,329
1,643,865 $
277,241 $
286,104
715,145
314,911
97,489
1,690,890 $
12,156 $
2,384
26,119
4,941
653
46,253 $
19,203 $
7,784
52,098
12,611
2,360
94,056 $
(2,212) $
(2,339)
(5,714)
(1,700)
333,717
246,631
732,335
304,488
(592)
(12,557) $
60,390
1,677,561
(39) $
(40)
(421)
(803)
296,405
293,848
766,822
326,719
(1)
(1,304) $
99,848
1,783,642
The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale investments in fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2021 are summarized, by contractual
maturity, as follows:
One year or less
After one year through five years
After five years through ten years
After ten years
Residential mortgage-backed
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
Total
Cost or
Amortized
Cost
(in thousands)
$
$
86,238 $
463,670
310,943
235,181
246,586
301,247
1,643,865 $
Fair
Value
86,948
477,474
314,147
247,873
246,631
304,488
1,677,561
Actual maturities may differ for some securities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.
F-17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The following table shows the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair value for available-for-sale securities aggregated by investment category
and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
December 31, 2021
Fixed maturity securities:
State and municipal
Residential mortgage-backed
Corporate
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations guaranteed
by the U.S. government
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale
December 31, 2020
Fixed maturity securities:
State and municipal
Residential mortgage-backed
Corporate
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations guaranteed
by the U.S. government
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale
$
$
$
$
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(in thousands)
93,313 $
140,386
179,078
159,289
(2,162) $
(2,337)
(4,232)
(1,695)
24,378
596,444 $
(592)
(11,018) $
7,193 $
3,649
28,607
18,427
2,291
60,167 $
(39) $
(40)
(421)
(447)
(1)
(948) $
1,150 $
147
18,635
1,229
—
21,161 $
— $
—
—
38,802
—
38,802 $
(50) $
(2)
(1,482)
(5)
94,463 $
140,533
197,713
160,518
(2,212)
(2,339)
(5,714)
(1,700)
—
(1,539) $
24,378
617,605 $
(592)
(12,557)
— $
—
—
(356)
—
(356) $
7,193 $
3,649
28,607
57,229
2,291
98,969 $
(39)
(40)
(421)
(803)
(1)
(1,304)
The Company held securities of 230 issuers that were in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2021 with a total fair value of $617.6 million and
gross unrealized losses of $12.6 million. None of the fixed maturity securities with unrealized losses has ever missed, or been delinquent on, a scheduled
principal or interest payment.
At December 31, 2021, 99.5% of the Company’s fixed maturity security portfolio was rated “BBB-” or better (“investment grade”) by Standard &
Poor’s or received an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating agency.
The Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments on
January 1, 2020. This update changed the impairment model for available-for-sale fixed maturities and requires the Company to determine whether
unrealized losses on available-for-sale fixed maturities are due to credit-related factors. An allowance for credit losses is established for any credit-related
impairments, limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recognized in earnings and
included in net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments. Unrealized losses that are not credit-related continue to be recognized in other
comprehensive income.
The Company considers the extent to which fair value is below amortized cost in determining whether a credit-related loss exists. The Company also
considers the credit quality rating of the security, with a special emphasis on securities downgraded below investment grade. A comparison is made
between the present value of expected future cash flows for a security and its amortized cost. If the present value of future expected cash flows is less than
amortized cost, a credit loss is presumed to exist and an allowance for credit losses is established. Management may conclude that a qualitative analysis is
sufficient to support its conclusion that the present value of expected cash flows equals or exceeds a security's amortized cost. As a result of this review,
management concluded that there were no credit-related impairments of fixed maturities at December 31, 2021 or 2020. Management does not intend to
sell the securities in an unrealized loss position, and it is not "more likely than not" that the Company will be required to sell these securities before a
recovery in their value to their amortized cost basis occurs.
Management concluded that none of the fixed maturity securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2019 experienced an other-than-temporary
impairment.
F-18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
In connection with the adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company elected the fair value option in accounting for bank loan participations effective
January 1, 2020. The targeted transition relief offered by ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief was
applied to elect the fair value option to account for bank loan participations already held at the January 1, 2020 date of adoption. Under the fair value
option, bank loan participations are measured at fair value, and changes in unrealized gains and losses in bank loan participations are reported in our
income statement as net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments. At adoption on January 1, 2020, the Company applied the amendments on a
modified retrospective basis, reducing the carrying value of its bank loan portfolio to fair value through an $8.4 million adjustment with a $7.8 million (net
of tax) cumulative effect adjustment to reduce retained earnings.
Applying the fair value option to the bank loan portfolio increases volatility in the Company's financial statements, but management believes it is less
subjective and less burdensome to implement and maintain than ASU 2016-13, which would have otherwise been required. At December 31, 2021, the
Company's bank loan portfolio had an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $159.0 million and an aggregate fair value of $156.0 million. Investment
income on bank loan participations included in net investment income was $10.6 million and $12.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and
2020, respectively. Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments includes gains of $6.7 million and $1.3 million related to changes in
unrealized gains and losses on bank loan participations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Management concluded that none of
the unrealized losses were due to credit-related impairments for the year ended December 31, 2021. For the year ended December 31, 2020, management
concluded that $8.3 million of unrealized losses were due to credit-related impairments. Losses due to credit-related impairments were determined based
upon consultations and advice from the Company's specialized investment manager and consideration of any adverse situations that could affect the
borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral, and other relevant factors.
Prior to the election of the fair value option on January 1, 2020, bank loan participations were classified as held-for-investment and carried at
amortized cost net of any allowance for credit losses. Under the prior accounting method, management concluded that seven loans from six issuers in the
Company's bank loan portfolio were impaired at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2019, the impaired loans had a carrying value of $6.9 million,
unpaid principal of $14.3 million, and an allowance for credit losses of $7.2 million, $5.1 million of which related to two loans from one issuer that was
experiencing liquidity concerns resulting from revenue declines and poor growth prospects in its most profitable segment.
Bank loan participations generally have a credit rating that is below investment grade (i.e. below “BBB-” for Standard & Poor’s) at the date of
purchase. These bank loans are primarily senior, secured floating-rate debt rated “BB”, “B”, or “CCC” by Standard & Poor’s or an equivalent rating from
another nationally recognized rating agency. These bank loans include assignments of, and participations in, performing and non-performing senior
corporate debt generally acquired through primary bank syndications and in secondary markets. Bank loans consist of, but are not limited to, term loans,
the funded and unfunded portions of revolving credit loans, and other similar loans and investments. Management believed that it was probable at the time
that these loans were acquired that the Company would be able to collect all contractually required payments receivable.
Interest income on bank loan participations is accrued on the unpaid principal balance, and discounts and premiums on bank loan participations are
amortized to income using the interest method. Generally, the accrual of interest on a bank loan participation is discontinued when the contractual payment
of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest. A bank loan
participation may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. Generally, bank loan participations
are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time,
and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is reported
as investment income. There were no bank loans on nonaccrual status at December 31, 2021 or 2020.
The average recorded investment in impaired bank loans was $3.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 and investment income of
$293,000 was recognized during the time that the loans were impaired. The Company recorded losses of $8.9 million during the year ended December 31,
2019 for changes in the fair value of impaired bank loans.
At December 31, 2019, unamortized discounts on bank loan participations were $2.4 million, and unamortized premiums were $4,000.
F-19
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Major categories of the Company’s net investment income are summarized as follows:
Fixed maturity securities
Bank loan participations
Equity securities
Other invested assets
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash equivalents, and short-term investments
Gross investment income
Investment expense
Net investment income
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
42,968 $
10,571
4,883
2,200
260
60,882
(4,017)
56,865 $
45,070 $
12,150
4,800
9,181
6,619
77,820
(4,452)
73,368 $
39,875
19,772
5,262
6,254
9,210
80,373
(4,721)
75,652
The Company’s net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments are summarized as follows:
Fixed maturity securities:
Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses
Equity securities:
Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses
Changes in fair values of equity securities
Bank loan participations:
Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses
Changes in fair values of bank loan participations
Short-term investments and other:
Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses
Changes in fair values of short-term investments and other
Total
F-20
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
4,988 $
(64)
4,924
1,098 $
(53)
1,045
284
(827)
5,350
4,807
555
(1,388)
6,661
5,828
—
(1,441)
(215)
(1,656)
554
(17,286)
1,318
(15,414)
75
(150)
80
5
15,564 $
77
(2)
(80)
(5)
(16,030) $
1,575
(494)
1,081
11
(232)
6,257
6,036
846
(10,902)
—
(10,056)
21
(1)
—
20
(2,919)
$
$
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The change in the Company’s available-for-sale fixed maturity gross unrealized net gains was $(59.1) million, $57.7 million, and $50.3 million for the
years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
The Company invests selectively in private debt and equity opportunities. These investments, which together comprise the Company’s other invested
assets, are primarily focused in renewable energy, limited partnerships, and bank holding companies.
Renewable energy LLCs (a)
Excess and Surplus Lines
Corporate & Other
Renewable energy notes receivable (b)
Excess and Surplus Lines
Corporate & Other
Limited partnerships (c)
Excess and Surplus Lines
Corporate & Other
Bank holding companies (d)
Excess and Surplus Lines
Corporate & Other
Total other invested assets
Excess and Surplus Lines
Corporate & Other
Carrying Value
December 31,
2021
2020
Investment Income
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2021
(in thousands)
$
$
24,211 $
2,709
26,920
— $
30,145
30,145
(625) $
(812)
(1,437)
2,329
2,911
5,240
13,098
2,150
15,248
4,500
—
4,500
—
—
—
4,096
7,807
11,903
—
4,500
4,500
417
522
939
1,417
938
2,355
200
143
343
— $
2,016
2,016
—
5,630
5,630
272
920
1,192
—
343
343
44,138
7,770
51,908 $
4,096
42,452
46,548 $
1,409
791
2,200 $
272
8,909
9,181 $
—
2,181
2,181
—
1,313
1,313
2,090
327
2,417
—
343
343
2,090
4,164
6,254
(a) The Company’s Excess and Surplus Lines and Corporate and Other segments own equity interests ranging from 2.6% to 32.6% in various LLCs
whose principal objective is capital appreciation and income generation from owning and operating renewable energy production facilities (wind and
solar). The LLCs are managed by an entity for which two of our former directors serve as officers, and the Company’s Non-Executive Chairman has
invested in certain of these LLCs. The equity method is used to account for the Company’s LLC investments. Income for the LLCs primarily reflects
adjustments to the carrying values of investments in renewable energy projects to their determined fair values. The fair value adjustments are included
in revenues for the LLCs. Expenses for the LLCs are not significant and are comprised of administrative and interest expenses. During the year ended
December 31, 2021, the Company transferred $26.3 million of its investments in the LLCs from the Corporate and Other segment to the Excess and
Surplus Lines segment. The Company received cash distributions from these investments totaling $1.8 million and $3.1 million for the years ended
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(b) The Company's Excess and Surplus Lines and Corporate and Other segments have invested in notes receivable for renewable energy projects. At
December 31, 2021, the Company held two notes issued by an entity for which two of our former directors serve as officers. Interest on the notes,
which mature in 2025, is fixed at 12%. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company received principal repayments of $1.7 million and
$2.1 million on the notes receivable in the Company's Excess and Surplus Lines segment and Corporate and Other segment, respectively. During the
year ended December 31, 2020, the Company received the total principal balance of $8.8 million plus a $5.3 million gain at maturity on an earlier note
receivable for renewable energy projects. Interest on that note was fixed at 15%.
F-21
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
(c) The Company owns investments in limited partnerships that invest in concentrated portfolios including publicly-traded small cap equities, loans of
middle market private equity sponsored companies, private equity general partnership interests, commercial mortgage-backed securities, and tranches
of distressed home loans. Income from the partnerships is recognized under the equity method of accounting. During the year ended December 31,
2021, the Company transferred $5.1 million of its investments in the limited partnerships from the Corporate and Other segment to the Excess and
Surplus Lines segment. At December 31, 2021, the Company’s Excess and Surplus Lines segment has outstanding commitments to invest another $5.3
million in these limited partnerships.
(d) The Company's Excess and Surplus Lines segment holds $4.5 million of subordinated notes issued by a bank holding company for which the
Company’s Non-Executive Chairman was previously the Lead Independent Director and an investor and for which one of the Company’s directors is
also an investor (the "Bank Holding Company"). During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company transferred ownership of the subordinated
notes from the Corporate and Other segment to the Excess and Surplus Lines segment. Interest on the notes, which mature in 2023, is fixed at 7.6% per
annum.
At December 31, 2020, the Company held an investment in a collateralized loan obligation (CLO) where one of the underlying loans was issued by
the Bank Holding Company. The investment, with a carrying value of $520,000 at December 31, 2020, was classified as an available-for-sale fixed
maturity. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company received the final principal repayment for the investment.
The Company maintains fixed maturity securities, short-term investments, accrued investment income, and cash and cash equivalents amounting to
$478.4 million at December 31, 2021 in trust accounts or on deposit as collateral for outstanding letters of credit issued as security to third-party reinsureds
on reinsurance assumed by JRG Re.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, cash and investments with a fair value of $54.9 million and $46.9 million, respectively, were on deposit with state
insurance departments to satisfy regulatory requirements.
3. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
An analysis of deferred policy acquisition costs is as follows:
Balance at beginning of period
Policy acquisition costs deferred:
Commissions
Underwriting and other issue expenses
Amortization of policy acquisition costs
Net change
Balance at end of period
4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
62,953 $
62,006 $
54,450
51,466
23,770
75,236
(69,663)
5,573
68,526 $
51,306
25,219
76,525
(75,578)
947
62,953 $
67,303
24,146
91,449
(83,893)
7,556
62,006
$
On December 11, 2007, the Company completed an acquisition of James River Group by acquiring 100% of the outstanding shares of James River
Group common stock, referred to herein as the “Merger”. The transaction was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and goodwill and
intangible assets were recognized by the Company as a result of the transaction.
All of the Company’s goodwill is an asset of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment. The Company’s annual testing performed in the fourth quarter of
2021, 2020 and 2019 indicated that no impairment of goodwill had occurred. The carrying amount of goodwill at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $181.8
million. Accumulated goodwill impairment losses were $99.6 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The most recent goodwill impairment losses
occurred in 2010.
Specifically identifiable intangible assets were acquired in the Merger. During the fourth quarters of 2021, 2020 and 2019, the indefinite-lived
intangible assets for trademarks and insurance licenses and authorities were tested for impairment. Intangible assets for broker relationships that have
specific lives and are subject to amortization were also reviewed for impairment. There were no impairments recognized in 2021, 2020, or 2019.
F-22
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization for each major specifically identifiable intangible asset class were as follows:
Trademarks
Insurance licenses and authorities
Identifiable intangibles not subject to amortization
Broker relationships
Identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization
Weighted-
Average
Life
(Years)
Indefinite
Indefinite
24.6
December 31,
2021
2020
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
$
$
22,200 $
8,964
31,164
11,611
11,611
42,775 $
(in thousands)
— $
—
—
6,736
6,736
6,736 $
22,200 $
8,964
31,164
11,611
11,611
42,775 $
Future estimated amortization of specifically identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2021 is as follows (in thousands):
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total
$
$
The table below summarizes the changes in the net carrying values of intangible assets by segment for 2021:
December 31, 2020
Net Carrying
Value
Amortization
Impairment
Losses
(in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Net Carrying
Value
Excess and Surplus Lines
Trademarks
Insurance licenses and authorities
Broker relationships
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Trademarks
Insurance licenses and authorities
Broker relationships
Total identifiable intangible assets
— $
—
(363)
(363)
—
—
—
—
(363) $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
19,700
4,900
4,874
29,474
2,500
4,065
—
6,565
36,039
19,700 $
4,900
5,237
29,837
2,500
4,065
—
6,565
36,402 $
$
$
F-23
—
—
—
6,373
6,373
6,373
363
363
363
363
363
3,059
4,874
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The table below summarizes the changes in the net carrying values of intangible assets by segment for 2020:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Trademarks
Insurance licenses and authorities
Broker relationships
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Trademarks
Insurance licenses and authorities
Broker relationships
Total identifiable intangible assets
December 31, 2019
Net Carrying
Value
Amortization
Impairment
Losses
(in thousands)
December 31, 2020
Net Carrying
Value
$
$
19,700 $
4,900
5,603
30,203
2,500
4,065
172
6,737
36,940 $
— $
—
(366)
(366)
—
—
(172)
(172)
(538) $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
19,700
4,900
5,237
29,837
2,500
4,065
—
6,565
36,402
Amortization of intangible assets was $362,000 for the Excess and Surplus Lines segment and $235,000 for the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment
for the year ended December 31, 2019.
5. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, is included in "other assets" on the consolidated balance sheets and consists of the following:
Electronic data processing hardware and software
Furniture and equipment
Property and equipment, cost basis
Accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment, net
6. Leases
December 31,
2021
2020
(in thousands)
$
$
2,492 $
2,221
4,713
(3,932)
781 $
3,238
2,025
5,263
(3,975)
1,288
The Company has entered into operating leases for office space in Bermuda, North Carolina, Virginia, Arizona, and Georgia. Following the adoption
of ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), effective January 1, 2019, the present value of future lease payments for the Company’s leases with terms greater
than 12 months are included on the consolidated balance sheets as lease liabilities and right-of-use lease assets. For leases with terms of 12 months or less,
lease payments are recognized in other operating expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Total expected lease payments are based on the lease payments specified in the contract and the stated term, including any options to extend or
terminate that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. The Company has elected the practical expedient to account for lease components and any
associated non-lease components as a single lease component, and therefore allocates all of the expected lease payments to the lease component.
The lease liability, which represents the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease, is calculated based on the present value
of expected lease payments over the remaining lease term, discounted using the Company’s collateralized incremental borrowing rate at the commencement
date. The lease liability is then adjusted for any prepaid rent, lease incentives received or capitalized initial direct costs to determine the lease asset, which
represents the Company's right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. Lease liabilities and right-of-use assets are included in other liabilities and
other assets, respectively, on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.
F-24
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Upon adoption of the new standard on January 1, 2019, the Company derecognized assets of $22.6 million and liabilities of $30.9 million associated
with a lease that was designated as build-to-suit under the previous guidance, and recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment to increase retained earnings by
$8.3 million. The Company also recorded right-of-use assets of $17.2 million and lease liabilities of $17.8 million at adoption of the new standard
associated with the Company's operating leases.
At December 31, 2021, lease liabilities and right-of-use assets associated with the Company's operating leases were $12.8 million and $11.7 million,
respectively ($14.9 million and $14.0 million at December 31, 2020, respectively). The weighted-average discount rate and weighted average remaining
lease term for operating leases was 4.1% and 3.6 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2021.
The table below summarizes maturities of the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021, which reconciles to total lease liabilities
included in other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets:
Years ending December 31,
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less imputed interest
Total operating lease liabilities
(in thousands)
4,146
3,935
2,625
2,556
407
90
13,759
(967)
12,792
$
$
Operating lease liabilities include $8.5 million associated with office space in a building that is owned by a partnership in which the Company has a
minority interest.
Operating lease costs were $5.1 million, $5.0 million, and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Operating lease costs are primarily comprised of rental expense for operating leases. Rental expense is recognized on a straight line basis over the lease
term and includes amortization of the right-of-use lease asset and imputed interest on the lease liability. Operating lease costs are included in other
operating expenses in the Company's consolidated statements of (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income.
7. Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses
In establishing the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, the Company’s internal actuaries estimate an initial expected ultimate loss ratio for
each of our lines of business by accident year (or for our Casualty Reinsurance segment, on a contract by contract basis). Input from the Company’s
underwriting and claims departments, including premium pricing assumptions and historical experience, are considered by the Company’s internal
actuaries in estimating the initial expected loss ratios. The Company’s internal actuaries generally utilize five actuarial methods in their estimation process
for the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses. These five methods utilize, to varying degrees, the initial expected loss ratio, detailed statistical
analysis of past claims reporting and payment patterns, claims frequency and severity, paid loss experience, industry loss experience, and changes in market
conditions, policy forms, exclusions, and exposures.
In applying these methods to develop an estimate of the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, our internal actuaries use judgment to
determine three key parameters for each accident year and line of business: the initial expected loss ratios, the incurred and paid loss development factors
and the weighting of the five actuarial methods to be used for each accident year and line of business. For the Excess and Surplus Lines and Specialty
Admitted Insurance segments, the internal actuaries perform a study on each of these parameters annually and make recommendations for the initial
expected loss ratios, the incurred and paid loss development factors and the weighting of the five actuarial methods by accident year and line of business.
Members of management’s Reserve Committee review and approve the parameter review actuarial recommendations, and absent any developments
requiring an earlier review, these approved parameters are used in the reserve estimation process for the next four quarters at which time a new parameter
study is performed. For the Casualty Reinsurance segment, periodic assessments are made on a contract by contract basis. Method weights are generally
less rigid for the Casualty Reinsurance
F-25
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
segment given the heterogeneous nature of the various contracts, and the potential for significant changes in mix of business within individual treaties.
Different reserving methods are appropriate in different situations, and the Company’s internal actuaries use their judgment and experience to
determine the weighting of the methods to use for each accident year and each line of business and, for our Casualty Reinsurance segment, on a contract by
contract basis. For example, the current accident year has very little incurred and paid loss development data on which to base reserve projections. As a
result, the Company relies heavily on the initial expected loss ratio in estimating reserves for the current accident year. The Company generally sets the
initial expected loss ratio for the current accident year consistent with the internal actuaries’ pricing assumptions adjusted upward where warranted based
on management's judgment in order to produce the best estimate. We believe that this is a reasonable and appropriate reserving assumption for the current
accident year since our pricing assumptions are actuarially driven and since the Company expects to make an acceptable return on the new business written.
If actual loss emergence is better than our initial expected loss ratio assumptions, we will experience favorable development and if it is worse than our
initial expected loss ratio assumptions, we will experience adverse development. Conversely, sufficient incurred and paid loss development data is available
for the oldest accident years, so more weight is given to this development data and less weight is given to the initial expected loss ratio.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve balances for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance,
to the gross amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets. Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are presented
gross of an allowance for credit losses on reinsurance balances of $631,000 and $335,000 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses net of reinsurance recoverables at beginning of
period
Add: Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses net of reinsurance:
Current year
Prior years
Total incurred losses and loss and adjustment expenses
Deduct: Loss and loss adjustment expense payments net of reinsurance:
Current year
Prior years
Total loss and loss adjustment expense payments
Deduct: Loss reserves ceded in LPT Transaction
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses net of reinsurance recoverables at end of period
Add: Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of period
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses gross of reinsurance recoverables on unpaid
losses and loss adjustment expenses at end of period
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
1,386,061 $
1,377,461 $
1,194,088
466,574
325,778
792,352
35,006
487,741
522,747
256,452
1,399,214
1,349,259
386,341
92,204
478,545
31,952
437,993
469,945
—
1,386,061
806,019
603,094
69,008
672,102
75,249
413,480
488,729
—
1,377,461
668,045
$
2,748,473 $
2,192,080 $
2,045,506
The foregoing reconciliation shows that $325.8 million of adverse development was experienced in 2021 on the reserve for losses and loss adjustment
expenses held at December 31, 2020. This adverse reserve development included $190.7 million of adverse development in the Excess and Surplus Lines
segment, including $200.1 million of adverse development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2019 and prior accident
years with Rasier LLC and its affiliates (collectively, “Rasier”). The adverse development for commercial auto was partially offset by $9.4 million of
favorable development in other Excess and Surplus Lines underwriting divisions. Favorable reserve development in the Specialty Admitted Insurance
segment was $2.5 million as losses on our workers’ compensation business written prior to 2020 continued to develop more favorably than we had
anticipated. The Casualty Reinsurance segment experienced $137.6 million of adverse development on prior underwriting years. Actual reported and paid
losses in the Casualty Reinsurance segment significantly exceeded expectations in 2021, particularly in the fourth quarter of 2021, causing us to refine
some of the assumptions used to determine our best estimate of ultimate losses for this segment. Specifically, we responded to this highly
F-26
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
elevated loss emergence by making significant adjustments to our assumed tail factors, other development factors, initial expected loss ratios, and weights
given to various actuarial methods. In particular, we gave significantly more weight to incurred loss development methods and Bornhuetter – Ferguson
incurred loss development methods than had been done previously. These actuarial refinements resulted in material deterioration in ultimate loss selections
for underwriting years 2014 through 2018. The adverse development was concentrated in four treaties, three of which were general liability and one which
was professional liability. Of the $137.6 million of adverse development recognized in 2021, $113.4 million was concentrated in these four treaties.
The foregoing reconciliation shows that $92.2 million of adverse development was experienced in 2020 on the reserve for losses and loss adjustment
expenses held at December 31, 2019. This adverse reserve development included $59.4 million of adverse development in the Excess and Surplus Lines
segment including $91.4 million of adverse development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2018 and prior accident
years with Rasier. The adverse development for commercial auto was partially offset by $32.0 million of favorable development in other Excess and
Surplus Lines underwriting divisions that was primarily related to the 2018 and 2019 accident years. The Company also experienced $5.0 million of
favorable development on prior accident years in the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, as losses on our workers’ compensation business written prior
to 2019 continued to develop more favorably than we had anticipated. The Casualty Reinsurance segment experienced $37.8 million of adverse
development on prior accident years primarily in accident years 2014 through 2018. This adverse development was mainly in the general liability and
commercial auto lines of business.
The foregoing reconciliation shows that $69.0 million of adverse development was experienced in 2019 on the reserve for losses and loss adjustment
expenses held at December 31, 2018. This adverse reserve development included $51.2 million of adverse development in the Excess and Surplus Lines
segment including $57.4 million of adverse development in the commercial auto line of business that was primarily related to the 2016 and 2017 accident
years with Rasier. The adverse development for commercial auto was partially offset by $6.2 million of favorable development in other Excess and Surplus
Lines underwriting divisions. The Company also experienced $5.3 million of favorable development on prior accident years in the Specialty Admitted
Insurance segment, as losses on our workers’ compensation business written prior to 2018 continued to develop more favorably than we had anticipated.
The Casualty Reinsurance segment experienced $23.1 million of adverse development on prior accident years primarily in accident years 2011 through
2016. This adverse development was mainly in the general liability and commercial auto lines of business.
The following tables present incurred and paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance as of December 31, 2021 for: (1) the Excess
and Surplus Lines segment split between all excess and surplus lines business excluding commercial auto, and separately, commercial auto, (2) the
Specialty Admitted Insurance segment split between individual risk workers’ compensation and fronting and programs, and (3) the Casualty Reinsurance
segment. The information provided herein about incurred and paid accident year claims development for the years ended December 31, 2020 and prior is
presented as “unaudited” supplementary information.
Excess and Surplus Lines — Excluding Commercial Auto
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
Accident Year
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
2012
97,908 $
$
2013
98,672 $
96,729
2014
97,829 $
96,064
114,942
2015
96,497 $
85,433
104,092
126,443
2016
97,306 $
81,009
90,267
113,417
138,507
2017
99,619 $
82,830
82,232
104,847
125,093
144,349
2018
101,271 $
83,855
84,074
102,434
126,050
131,897
167,004
2019
103,061 $
82,732
88,904
103,688
126,971
132,136
158,458
214,653
2020
106,118 $
82,517
90,191
110,466
125,097
124,265
146,633
194,759
239,897
$
2021
108,336
83,594
90,944
114,398
132,235
128,674
150,687
189,671
211,732
304,435
1,514,706
Cumulative paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
F-27
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Accident Year
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
$
6,944 $
33,757 $
3,867
49,604 $
14,509
3,412
63,216 $
30,382
16,969
4,048
74,869 $
44,421
28,212
17,164
5,180
82,545 $
59,641
43,891
34,801
22,852
5,290
88,812 $
66,553
58,774
55,911
46,045
22,956
6,000
94,588 $
71,035
71,549
73,455
70,105
42,764
26,160
8,235
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
All outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses prior to 2012, net of reinsurance (44 claims outstanding)
Total outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
Excess and Surplus Lines — Commercial Auto
Incurred losses and adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
99,628 $
74,635
76,523
87,344
90,166
64,924
50,679
31,346
8,642
$
$
$
101,669
76,295
79,980
94,494
102,072
81,303
76,494
62,227
34,561
11,693
720,788
6,714
800,632
Accident Year
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
$
1,255 $
1,300 $
20,487
1,451 $
14,071
30,109
1,351 $
17,233
33,113
74,340
1,301 $
18,953
35,149
109,286
207,355
1,277 $
19,779
36,139
126,791
208,743
255,881
1,277 $
18,303
36,636
147,122
272,421
230,220
262,306
1,277 $
19,196
37,839
157,712
319,472
283,408
240,773
19,133
$
2021
1,277
20,013
38,046
164,399
355,713
349,067
339,771
10,899
21,154
1,300,339
Cumulative paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
$
60 $
1,182 $
6,166
1,285 $
8,645
8,356
1,291 $
12,679
15,234
18,295
1,275 $
16,359
24,282
54,054
41,467
1,275 $
18,678
31,592
89,381
107,377
45,136
1,275 $
17,745
34,819
125,108
192,961
119,099
44,225
Accident Year
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
1,275 $
18,301
35,983
141,545
252,169
184,686
107,182
628
$
$
$
$
1,275
19,163
36,710
152,030
309,860
257,346
192,982
2,854
2,810
975,030
325,309
256,452
68,857
Total outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance before Rasier LPT
Reinsurance recoverable for Rasier LPT
Total outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
F-28
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Specialty Admitted — Individual Risk Workers’ Compensation
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
2012
32,116 $
$
2013
32,420 $
12,525
2014
31,490 $
13,668
16,638
2015
29,689 $
12,786
16,652
20,938
2016
28,255 $
11,578
14,620
21,274
21,678
2017
28,174 $
10,907
13,890
19,741
20,299
24,869
2018
28,186 $
10,909
12,704
18,376
18,050
22,071
16,432
2019
28,186 $
10,909
12,704
17,626
15,800
19,779
16,288
20,253
Accident Year
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
Cumulative paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
2012
$
9,222 $
2013
20,308 $
4,487
2014
24,755 $
8,723
4,633
2015
26,435 $
9,846
10,648
6,604
2016
26,897 $
10,246
12,041
13,285
4,664
2017
26,932 $
10,263
12,236
15,118
10,227
6,546
2018
26,963 $
10,309
12,282
15,889
12,135
12,782
4,497
2019
26,994 $
10,337
12,282
15,901
12,432
14,285
9,034
5,473
Accident Year
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
All outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses prior to 2012, net of reinsurance (6 claims outstanding)
Outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses assumed from involuntary workers’ compensation pools
Total outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
Specialty Admitted — Fronting and Programs
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
2020
27,741 $
10,598
12,573
16,492
14,050
18,810
16,038
21,056
20,137
$
2020
27,128 $
10,335
12,276
16,068
12,481
15,195
11,412
13,776
7,394
$
$
$
$
2021
27,386
10,573
12,685
16,468
13,069
16,606
14,200
20,631
22,240
14,519
168,377
2021
27,140
10,336
12,287
16,069
12,483
15,210
11,746
16,254
14,668
5,874
142,067
927
3,941
31,178
Accident Year
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
$
104 $
80 $
3,460
52 $
52 $
52 $
52 $
52 $
52 $
3,468
7,136
3,818
9,632
11,542
3,425
9,358
15,670
21,229
3,228
8,974
14,682
24,271
21,758
3,083
8,384
15,522
25,201
20,677
18,832
3,081
8,444
14,468
24,728
19,822
19,020
25,433
$
52
3,068
8,436
15,090
25,097
20,158
19,991
28,131
39,999
160,022
F-29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Cumulative paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
$
28 $
52 $
883
52 $
52 $
52 $
52 $
52 $
52 $
1,687
2,058
2,369
4,666
1,894
2,728
6,165
5,123
1,223
2,854
6,919
6,888
6,682
885
2,916
7,329
10,732
13,065
4,972
4,358
2,917
7,654
10,896
15,854
10,495
5,125
5,375
Accident Year
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
52
2,926
7,728
11,711
18,219
12,631
9,958
15,678
8,347
87,250
72,772
781
73,553
$
$
$
$
All outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
Outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses, assumed from involuntary pools
Total outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
Accident Year
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
2012
148,251 $
$
2013
132,388 $
133,230
2014
131,281 $
130,361
118,881
2015
135,594 $
131,352
115,927
119,157
2016
136,813 $
134,446
114,636
108,870
112,759
2017
139,978 $
137,801
116,981
108,699
105,533
134,628
2018
143,305 $
143,124
121,200
109,117
103,544
128,472
121,529
2019
146,045 $
146,760
126,160
114,517
108,222
129,800
119,098
86,022
2020
147,413 $
149,682
130,822
120,185
114,979
138,831
125,715
85,549
80,374
$
2021
148,103
153,622
139,208
133,790
132,058
176,828
163,957
100,895
81,800
82,610
1,312,871
F-30
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Cumulative paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance (in thousands)
2012
73,124 $
$
2013
81,859 $
59,756
2014
97,215 $
75,094
41,421
2015
113,943 $
93,902
58,601
40,021
2016
121,026 $
108,396
76,302
53,986
36,268
2017
128,567 $
119,256
89,899
68,002
50,905
47,739
2018
133,606 $
127,732
101,366
80,208
65,409
72,891
30,903
Accident Year
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total
All outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses prior to 2012, net of reinsurance
Total outstanding losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
2019
137,430 $
134,644
110,374
90,661
78,145
90,117
50,274
12,646
2020
139,719 $
139,250
117,971
100,548
90,356
106,942
69,123
25,453
5,589
$
$
$
2021
141,563
142,824
125,444
110,692
104,115
126,747
90,054
37,488
15,270
2,082
896,279
8,402
424,994
The reconciliation of the net incurred and paid claims development tables to the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses in the consolidated
balance sheet at December 31, 2021 is as follows (in thousands):
E&S – excluding commercial auto
E&S – commercial auto
Specialty Admitted – individual risk workers’ compensation
Specialty Admitted – fronting and programs
Casualty Reinsurance
Net reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses (gross of $631,000 allowance for credit losses on reinsurance recoverables)
Gross reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
$
$
800,632
68,857
31,178
73,553
424,994
1,399,214
1,349,259
2,748,473
The following is unaudited supplementary information about average annual percentage payouts of incurred claims by age, net of reinsurance, as of
December 31, 2021.
E&S – excluding commercial auto
E&S – commercial auto
Specialty Admitted – individual risk
workers’ compensation
Specialty Admitted – fronting and
programs
Casualty Reinsurance
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Year 6
Year 7
Year 8
Year 9
Year 10
8.7 %
17.7 %
15.1 %
35.0 %
17.1 %
17.9 %
18.2 %
13.9 %
14.7 %
8.4 %
8.4 %
3.2 %
5.3 %
1.1 %
4.1 %
0.6 %
2.3 %
2.1 %
1.8 %
27.8 %
31.3 %
15.2 %
8.7 %
6.5 %
3.4 %
2.2 %
1.1 %
1.2 %
0.9 %
17.8 %
13.2 %
22.3 %
9.7 %
21.2 %
7.7 %
14.1 %
7.0 %
9.3 %
7.5 %
6.0 %
7.4 %
4.7 %
7.4 %
2.3 %
7.0 %
2.3 %
6.8 %
6.1 %
In determining the cumulative number of reported claims, the Company measures claim counts by individual claimant for individual risk workers’
compensation policies in the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment. In the Excess and Surplus Lines insurance segment and for fronting and programs in
the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, the Company measures claim counts by claim event. The claim counts include all claims reported, even if the
Company does not establish a liability for the claim (i.e. reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses).
The Casualty Reinsurance segment typically assumes written premium under quota share arrangements. The Company typically does not have direct
access to claim frequency information underlying its assumed quota share arrangements given the nature of that business. In addition, multiple claims are
often aggregated by the ceding company before being reported to the Company. We do not use claim frequency information in the Casualty Reinsurance
segment in the determination of loss
F-31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
reserves or for other internal purposes. Based on these considerations, the Company does not believe providing claims frequency information is practicable
as it relates to the Casualty Reinsurance segment.
The table below provides information on IBNR liabilities and claims frequency for: (1) the Excess and Surplus Lines segment split between
commercial auto and all non commercial auto, and (2) the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment split between individual risk workers’ compensation and
fronting and programs:
Excess and Surplus Lines — Excluding Commercial Auto
Accident Year
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Excess and Surplus Lines — Commercial Auto
Accident Year
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Incurred Losses
and Loss Adj
Expenses
IBNR
($ in thousands)
Cumulative # of
Reported Claims
$
108,336 $
83,594
90,944
114,398
132,235
128,674
150,687
189,671
211,732
304,435
1,449
2,624
4,040
5,543
10,541
14,307
31,961
77,244
128,364
252,419
1,868
2,510
2,225
2,636
3,102
3,197
4,465
5,417
4,442
2,964
Incurred Losses
and Loss Adj
Expenses
$
1,277 $
20,013
38,046
164,399
355,713
349,067
339,771
10,899
21,154
IBNR
($ in thousands)
Cumulative # of
Reported Claims
2
266
741
4,895
9,690
22,594
54,011
3,442
14,481
54
7,764
41,770
89,117
134,150
97,334
71,428
594
699
F-32
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Specialty Admitted - Individual Risk Workers’ Compensation
Accident Year
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Specialty Admitted — Fronting and Programs
Accident Year
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Incurred Losses
and Loss Adj
Expenses
IBNR
($ in thousands)
Cumulative # of
Reported Claims
$
27,386 $
10,573
12,685
16,468
13,069
16,606
14,200
20,631
22,240
14,519
Incurred Losses
and Loss Adj
Expenses
$
52 $
3,068
8,436
15,090
25,097
20,158
19,991
28,131
39,999
$
247
237
319
391
585
1,283
2,253
3,057
3,890
2,845
1,323
540
851
975
836
1,093
1,238
1,552
1,367
1,238
IBNR
($ in thousands)
Cumulative # of
Reported Claims
—
134
502
2,241
4,630
4,000
5,316
5,843
22,373
22
858
1,361
2,816
6,788
7,360
8,084
8,680
8,253
Incurred Losses
and Loss Adj
Expenses
IBNR
($ in thousands)
148,103 $
153,622
139,208
133,790
132,058
176,828
163,957
100,895
81,800
82,610
906
2,566
5,712
9,817
14,766
33,463
42,942
49,980
94,855
24,450
The table below provides information on IBNR liabilities for the Casualty Reinsurance segment:
Accident Year
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
The Company has not provided insurance coverage that could reasonably be expected to produce material levels of asbestos claims activity. In
addition, management does not believe that the Company is exposed to environmental liability claims other than those which it has specifically
underwritten and priced as an environmental exposure.
F-33
TABLE OF CONTENTS
8. Reinsurance
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The Company remains liable to policyholders if its reinsurers are unable to meet their contractual obligations under applicable reinsurance
agreements. To minimize exposure to significant losses from reinsurance insolvencies, the Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and
monitors concentrations of credit risk. The Company’s reinsurance contracts generally require reinsurers that are not authorized as reinsurers under U.S.
state insurance regulations or that experience rating downgrades from rating agencies below specified levels to fund their share of the Company’s ceded
outstanding losses and loss adjustment expense reserves, typically through the use of irrevocable and unconditional letters of credit. In fronting
arrangements, which the Company conducts through its Specialty Admitted Insurance segment, the Company is subject to credit risk with regard to
insurance companies who act as reinsurers for the Company in such arrangements. The Company customarily requires a collateral trust arrangement to
secure the obligations of the insurance entity for whom it is fronting.
At December 31, 2021, the Company had reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses of $1,348.6 million and reinsurance recoverables on paid losses
of $82.2 million. All material reinsurance recoverables are from companies with A.M. Best Company ratings of “A-” (Excellent) or better, or are
collateralized by the reinsurer for our benefit through letters of credit or trust agreements, or represent recoverables from a state residual market for
automobile insurance.
At December 31, 2021, reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses from the Company’s three largest reinsurers were $325.0 million, $256.5 million,
and $125.4 million, representing 52.4% of the total balance.
At December 31, 2021, prepaid reinsurance premiums ceded to three reinsurers totaled $80.7 million, $43.2 million, and $19.8 million, representing
49.3% of the total balance.
Premiums written, premiums earned, and losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred are summarized as follows:
Written premiums:
Direct
Assumed
Ceded
Net
Earned premiums:
Direct
Assumed
Ceded
Net
Losses and loss adjustment expenses:
Direct
Assumed
Ceded
Net
9. Senior Debt
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,322,034 $
185,265
(762,919)
744,380 $
1,255,875 $
154,243
(714,524)
695,594 $
1,117,673 $
232,240
(557,561)
792,352 $
1,103,994 $
153,006
(609,226)
647,774 $
1,005,138 $
145,867
(544,199)
606,806 $
709,545 $
125,096
(356,096)
478,545 $
1,305,948
164,787
(574,585)
896,150
1,182,501
150,330
(509,085)
823,746
953,548
113,843
(395,289)
672,102
The Company has a $315.0 million senior revolving credit facility (as amended or amended and restated, the "2013 Facility”). The 2013 Facility is
comprised of the following at December 31, 2021:
• A $102.5 million secured revolving facility utilized by JRG Re to issue letters of credit for the benefit of third-party reinsureds. This portion of our
credit facility is secured by our investment securities. At December 31, 2021, the Company had $34.3 million of letters of credit issued under the
secured facility.
F-34
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
• A $212.5 million unsecured revolving facility to meet the working capital needs of the Company. All unpaid principal on the revolver is due at
maturity. Interest accrues quarterly and is payable in arrears at LIBOR plus a margin (1.625% at December 31, 2021), which is subject to change
according to terms in the credit agreement. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had a drawn balance of $185.8 million outstanding on
the unsecured revolver. In 2020, we borrowed an additional $52.5 million to support our growth and for general corporate purposes.
James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and JRG Re are borrowers on the 2013 Facility. The 2013 Facility has been amended from time to time since its
inception in 2013. On November 8, 2019, the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement for the 2013 Facility which,
among other things, extended the maturity date of the 2013 Facility until November 8, 2024, increased the amount available under the unsecured revolving
credit facility to $212.5 million, lowered the applicable interest rate and letter of credit fees, and modified certain negative covenants to be less restrictive.
A subsidiary of the Bank Holding Company is one of the lenders for the 2013 Facility, with a $36.0 million commitment allocation on the total $315.0
million 2013 Facility.
The 2013 Facility contains certain financial and other covenants (including minimum net worth, maximum ratio of total adjusted debt outstanding to
total capitalization, and financial strength ratings) with which the Company was in compliance, at December 31, 2021.
On August 2, 2017, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, JRG Re, together as borrowers, entered into a credit agreement (the "2017
Facility") that provides the Company with a revolving line of credit of up to $100.0 million, which may be used for loans and letters of credit made or
issued, at the borrowers' option, on a secured or unsecured basis. The loans and letters of credit made or issued under the revolving line of credit may be
used to finance the Borrowers’ general corporate purposes. On November 8, 2019, the Company entered into a First Amendment to Credit Agreement
which, among other things, lowered the applicable interest rate and modified certain negative covenants to be less restrictive. Obligations under the 2017
Facility carry a variable rate of interest subject to terms in the credit agreement (LIBOR plus a margin of 1.625% at December 31, 2021) and will mature
30 days after notice of termination from the lender. Interest accrues quarterly and is payable in arrears at variable rates which are subject to change
according to terms in the credit agreement. At December 31, 2021, unsecured loans of $61.5 million and secured letters of credit totaling $20.5 million
were outstanding under the facility. During 2020, we borrowed an additional $51.5 million in unsecured loans to support our growth and for general
corporate purposes.
In order to secure borrowings and letters of credit made or issued under the secured portion of the revolving line of credit, JRG Re entered into a
pledge and security agreement on August 2, 2017 with the lender, pursuant to which JRG Re will pledge certain investment securities. In the event the
Company elects to pledge investment securities as collateral for the secured portion of the revolving credit facility, the Company will enter into a similar
pledge and security agreement.
The lender under the credit agreement and its affiliate is a joint bookrunner and joint lead arranger under the Company’s Second Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 8, 2019, as amended, and its affiliate was also an underwriter in the December 2014 initial public
offering of the Company’s common shares.
The 2017 Facility contains certain financial and other covenants which we are in compliance with at December 31, 2021.
On May 26, 2004, James River Group issued $15.0 million of unsecured, floating rate senior debentures (the “Senior Debt”), due April 29, 2034
unless accelerated earlier, through an indenture. The Senior Debt is not redeemable by the holder and is not subject to sinking fund requirements. Interest
accrues quarterly and is payable in arrears at a per annum rate of the three-month LIBOR on the Determination Date (as defined in the indenture) plus
3.85%. The Senior Debt is redeemable prior to its stated maturity in whole or in part, at the option of James River Group.
The terms of the indenture generally provide that so long as the Senior Debt is outstanding, neither James River Group nor any of its subsidiaries may:
• assume or permit to exist any indebtedness that is secured by any encumbrance on the capital stock of James River Group or any of its subsidiaries
which is senior to the Senior Debt; or
• issue, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of, securities convertible into, or warrants, rights or options to subscribe for or purchase
shares of, capital stock of any subsidiary.
The terms of the Senior Debt contain certain covenants, with which we are in compliance at December 31, 2021, and which, among other things,
restrict our ability to assume senior indebtedness secured by our U.S. holding company's common stock or its subsidiaries' capital stock or to issue shares
of its subsidiaries' capital stock.
F-35
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Interest payable is included in “accrued expenses” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
10. Junior Subordinated Debt
The Company issued trust preferred securities (“Trust Preferred Securities”) through James River Capital Trust I, James River Capital Trust II, James
River Capital Trust III, James River Capital Trust IV, and Franklin Holdings II (Bermuda) Capital Trust I, (each, a “Trust”; collectively, the “Trusts”).
These Delaware statutory trusts are sponsored and wholly-owned by the Company. Each Trust was created solely for the purpose of issuing the Trust
Preferred Securities.
Each Trust used proceeds from the sale of its Trust Preferred Securities to purchase the Company’s floating rate junior subordinated debentures (the
“Junior Subordinated Debt”) issued to the Trust under an indenture (each, an “Indenture”; collectively, the “Indentures”). The Junior Subordinated Debt is
the sole asset of each Trust, and the Trust Preferred Securities are the sole liabilities of each Trust. The Company purchased all of the outstanding common
stock of the Trusts, and the investment in the Trusts is included in “other assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
The following table summarizes the nature and terms of the junior subordinated debt and trust preferred securities outstanding at December 31, 2021
(including the Company’s repurchases of a portion of these trust preferred securities):
Issue date
Principal amount of Trust Preferred Securities
Principal amount of Junior Subordinated Debt
Carrying amount of Junior Subordinated Debt net of
repurchases
Maturity date of Junior Subordinated Debt, unless accelerated
earlier
Trust common stock
Interest rate, per annum
James River
Capital
Trust I
James River
Capital
Trust II
May 26,
2004
$7,000
$7,217
December 15,
2004
$15,000
$15,464
James River
Capital
Trust III
($ in thousands)
June 15,
2006
$20,000
$20,619
James River
Capital
Trust IV
December 11,
2007
$54,000
$55,670
Franklin
Holdings II
(Bermuda)
Capital
Trust I
January 10,
2008
$30,000
$30,928
$7,217
May 24,
2034
$217
Three-Month
LIBOR plus 4.0%
$15,464
December 15,
2034
$464
Three-Month
LIBOR plus 3.4%
$20,619
June 15,
2036
$619
Three-Month
LIBOR plus 3.0%
$44,827
December 15,
2037
$1,670
Three-Month
LIBOR plus 3.1%
$15,928
March 15,
2038
$928
Three-Month
LIBOR plus 4.0%
All of the Junior Subordinated Debt is currently redeemable at 100.0% of the unpaid principal amount at the Company’s option. Interest on the Trust
Preferred Securities and interest paid to the Trusts on the Junior Subordinated Debt is payable quarterly in arrears at a per annum rate as described in the
table above. The Company has the right to defer interest payments on the Junior Subordinated Debt for up to five years without triggering an event of
default.
The Trust Preferred Securities are subject to mandatory redemption in a like amount (a) upon repayment of all of the Junior Subordinated Debt on the
stated maturity date, (b) contemporaneously with the optional prepayment of all of the Junior Subordinated Debt in conjunction with a special event (as
defined), and (c) five years or more after the issue date, contemporaneously with the optional prepayment, in whole or in part, of the Junior Subordinated
Debt. The Indentures contain certain covenants which the Company is in compliance with as of December 31, 2021.
Interest payable is included in “accrued expenses” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
11. Capital Stock
The Company’s authorized share capital consists of 200,000,000 common shares, par value $0.0002 per share (37,373,066 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2021) and 20,000,000 undesignated preferred shares, par value $0.00125 per share (no shares issued or outstanding at
December 31, 2021).
On May 10, 2021, the Company closed the offering and public sale (the “Offering”) of an aggregate of 6,497,500 of the Company’s common shares at
a public offering price of $31.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds (before expenses) from the Offering of $192.1 million, which were used
for general corporate purposes. The common shares were offered and sold pursuant to an underwriting agreement entered into by the Company, Barclays
Capital, Inc., and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters named therein.
F-36
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The Company also issued 226,305 common shares in 2021 related to outstanding equity incentive plan awards. Of the new shares issued, 93,446 were
related to employee stock option exercises and 132,859 were related to vesting of restricted share units (“RSUs”).
As a result of the Offering and the issuances related to equity incentive plan awards, the total common shares outstanding increased from 30,649,261
at December 31, 2020 to 37,373,066 at December 31, 2021.
In 2020, the Company issued 224,870 shares related to outstanding equity incentive plan awards, increasing the number of common shares
outstanding from 30,424,391 at December 31, 2019 to 30,649,261 at December 31, 2020. Of the new shares issued, 113,346 were related to employee stock
option exercises and 111,524 were related to vesting of restricted share units (“RSUs”).
The Company has 4,321,150 common shares reserved for future issuance upon exercise or vesting of equity awards, as applicable.
The Board of Directors declared the following cash dividends in 2021, 2020, and 2019:
Date of
Declaration
Dividend per
Common Share
Payable to Shareholders
of Record on
Payment Date
Total Amount (thousands)
2021
February 24, 2021
April 27, 2021
July 27, 2021
October 26, 2021
Total
2020
February 19, 2020
April 28, 2020
July 28, 2020
October 27, 2020
Total
2019
February 20, 2019
April 30, 2019
July 30, 2019
November 5, 2019
Total
$0.30
$0.30
$0.30
$0.30
$1.20
$0.30
$0.30
$0.30
$0.30
$1.20
$0.30
$0.30
$0.30
$0.30
$1.20
March 15, 2021
June 14, 2021
September 13, 2021
December 13, 2021
March 31, 2021
June 30, 2021
September 30, 2021
December 31, 2021
March 16, 2020
June 15, 2020
September 14, 2020
December 14, 2020
March 31, 2020
June 30, 2020
September 30, 2020
December 31, 2020
March 11, 2019
June 10, 2019
September 16, 2019
December 16, 2019
March 29, 2019
June 28, 2019
September 30, 2019
December 31, 2019
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
9,345
11,291
11,282
11,292
43,210
9,269
9,271
9,292
9,305
37,137
9,146
9,205
9,231
9,229
36,811
Included in the dividends are $404,000, $449,000 and $433,000 of dividend equivalents on RSUs, of which $518,000, $663,000 and $623,000 were
payable as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
12. Equity Awards
Equity Incentive Plans
The Company’s shareholders have approved various equity incentive plans, including the Amended and Restated 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the
“Legacy Plan”), the 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (“2014 LTIP”), and the 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan (“2014 Director Plan”)
(collectively, the “Plans”). All awards issued under the Plans are issued at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Under the Legacy Plan, employees
received non-qualified stock options. There are no options outstanding under the Legacy Plan as of December 31, 2021 and no additional awards may be
granted.
Employees are eligible to receive non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, share appreciation rights, performance shares, restricted shares,
RSUs, and other awards under the 2014 LTIP. The maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 LTIP is 4,171,150, and at
December 31, 2021, 1,326,456 shares are available for grant.
F-37
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Non-employee directors of the Company are eligible to receive non-qualified stock options, share appreciation rights, performance shares, restricted
shares, RSUs, and other awards under the 2014 Director Plan. At the 2019 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders of the Company held on April 30,
2019, the Company's shareholders approved an amendment to the 2014 Director Plan. The Board of Directors of the Company had previously approved the
amendment. The amendment increased the number of the Company's common shares authorized for issuance under the 2014 Director Plan by 100,000
shares. The maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Director Plan is 150,000, and at December 31, 2021, 94,781 shares are
available for grant.
Generally, awards issued under the 2014 LTIP and 2014 Director Plan vest immediately in the event that an award recipient is terminated without
Cause (as defined), and in the case of the 2014 LTIP for Good Reason (as defined), at any time following a Change in Control (as defined in the applicable
plans).
Options
The following table summarizes the option activity:
Outstanding:
Beginning of year
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
End of year
Exercisable, end of year
2021
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Shares
463,324 $
— $
(126,798) $
(48,552) $
287,974 $
287,974 $
32.25
—
22.26
40.42
35.26
35.26
Year Ended December 31,
2020
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
2019
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Shares
Shares
643,851 $
— $
(180,527) $
— $
463,324 $
463,324 $
30.41
—
25.70
—
32.25
32.25
1,115,324 $
— $
(459,415) $
(12,058) $
643,851 $
590,340 $
29.02
—
26.87
36.84
30.41
29.34
All of the outstanding options vested over three years and have a contractual life of seven years from the original date of grant. All of the outstanding
options have an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying shares at the date of grant.
The intrinsic value of each option is determined based on the difference between the fair value of the underlying share and the exercise price of the
underlying option. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $1.3 million, $3.8 million and $8.2 million, respectively.
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0, $7.8 million and $7.1 million, respectively. The
aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0, $7.8 million and $7.1 million, respectively. The fair value
used for calculating intrinsic values was $28.81, $49.15 and $41.21 at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2021 is 1.4 years. There were no options
granted in 2021, 2020, or 2019. The value of the options granted was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.
F-38
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
RSUs
The following table summarizes RSU activity:
Unvested, beginning of year
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested, end of year
2021
Shares
399,856 $
161,971 $
(194,157) $
(75,535) $
292,135 $
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
43.59
47.82
42.74
45.98
45.89
Year Ended December 31,
2020
Shares
340,368 $
272,608 $
(165,344) $
(47,776) $
399,856 $
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
41.50
45.11
41.49
44.57
43.59
2019
Shares
300,142 $
197,078 $
(134,407) $
(22,445) $
340,368 $
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
39.22
42.56
37.99
41.32
41.50
The vesting period of RSUs granted to employees have ranged from one to five years and vest ratably over the respective vesting period, with the
majority vesting in three years. All RSUs granted to date to non-employee directors had a one year vesting period. The total fair value of shares vested in
2021, 2020 and 2019 was $9.1 million, $7.2 million and $5.3 million, respectively. The holders of RSUs are entitled to dividend equivalents. The dividend
equivalents are settled in cash at the same time that the underlying RSUs vest and are subject to the same risk of forfeiture as the underlying shares. The
fair value of the RSUs granted is based on the market price of the underlying shares.
Compensation Expense
Share based compensation expense is recognized on a straight line basis over the vesting period. The amount of expense and related tax benefit is
summarized below:
Share based compensation expense
U.S. tax benefit on share based compensation expense
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
6,658 $
1,206 $
7,625 $
1,001 $
7,178
872
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $8.7 million of unrecognized share based compensation expense expected to be charged to earnings over
a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.
13. Income Taxes
Under current Bermuda law, James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and its Bermuda based subsidiaries, JRG Re and Carolina Re, are not required to pay
any Bermuda taxes on their income or capital gains. Those companies have received an undertaking from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the
event of any taxes being imposed, the Company will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 2035.
Distributions from the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries to its U.K. intermediate holding company, James River UK, are generally subject to a 5%
dividend withholding tax. No distributions occurred in 2021, 2020 or 2019.
The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries are subject to federal, state and local corporate income taxes, and other taxes applicable to U.S. corporations. In
addition, Carolina Re is subject to Federal income taxes as a result of its irrevocable election to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation under Section
953(d) of the Code. The Company’s U.S.-domiciled subsidiaries and Carolina Re file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return.
The Company’s U.S.-based subsidiaries are generally no longer subject to income tax examination by U.S. income tax authorities for the tax years
ending before January 1, 2017.
During 2018, the IRS published factors that allowed the Company to adjust its current and deferred tax liabilities based on the provisions of the Tax
Act. The Tax Act has specific transition provisions associated with reserve discounting. The initial impact of the proposed regulations in 2018 was an
increase to our deferred tax asset for the additional discount as of December 31, 2017 of $8.8 million offset by an increase to our deferred tax liability of
$8.8 million representing the 8 year transition provision required by the Tax Act. During 2018, $1.1 million of this transition provision was recognized in
our current
F-39
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
provision and adjusted out of our deferred tax liability. The regulations were finalized in 2019, and the remaining reserve adjustment at December 31, 2019
based on these final regulations is $5.7 million to be recognized over the next six years at $950,000 per year.
The expected income tax provision computed from pre-tax income at the weighted-average tax rate has been calculated as the sum of the pre-tax
income in each jurisdiction multiplied by that jurisdiction’s applicable Federal statutory tax rate. Federal statutory tax rates of 0% and 21% have been used
in 2021, 2020 and 2019 for Bermuda and the U.S., respectively. The U.S. (loss) income before Federal income taxes was $(89.3) million, $25.1 million,
and $70.7 million for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The Tax Act base-erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) provisions
impose a minimum tax on applicable taxpayers that make certain payments to related foreign persons. BEAT subjects the modified taxable income of an
applicable taxpayer to a specified tax rate (10% in 2021). Modified taxable income is generally calculated by adding back certain payments to related
foreign persons to regular taxable income. For the Company, reinsurance premiums paid by the Company’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries to JRG Re, a
Bermuda entity that is not a U.S. taxpayer, are added back to regular taxable income in applying the BEAT provisions. A reconciliation of the difference
between the Company’s Federal income tax provision on U.S. income and the expected Federal tax provision on U.S. income using the weighted-average
tax rate as well as a reconciliation to total tax expense is as follows:
Federal income tax (benefit) expense at applicable statutory rates
Tax-exempt investment income
Dividends received deduction
Excess tax benefits on share based compensation
Provision to return and amended tax returns
Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax
Other
Federal income tax (benefit) expense
U.S. state income tax expense
Total income tax (benefit) expense
F-40
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
$
(18,750) $
(278)
(298)
(208)
(3,945)
—
233
(23,246) $
11
(23,235) $
5,272 $
(260)
(283)
(679)
—
2,843
17
6,910 $
203
7,113 $
14,843
(230)
(307)
(1,099)
—
—
99
13,306
222
13,528
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The significant components of net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at the corporate income tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and
2020 are summarized as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued compensation expenses
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
Unearned premiums
Share based compensation
Allowance for credit losses
Property and equipment
Net operating loss carryforward
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets
Net unrealized gains
Deferred policy acquisition costs
Equity method investments
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
December 31,
2021
2020
(in thousands)
$
2,604 $
18,016
10,675
1,541
2,516
144
15,221
7,053
57,770
7,289
6,626
4,494
10,257
2,674
31,340
26,430 $
$
2,308
14,265
9,753
1,427
2,130
213
—
4,810
34,906
7,324
12,201
4,786
8,839
2,861
36,011
(1,105)
Deferred income taxes have not been accrued with respect to certain undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries. If the earnings were to be
distributed, as dividends or otherwise, such amounts may be subject to withholding taxation in the jurisdiction of the paying entity. The Company asserts
that U.S. unremitted earnings as of December 31, 2021 will be permanently reinvested in the U.S. and, accordingly, no provision for withholding taxes
arising in respect to U.S. unremitted earnings has been made.
The company is considered a mixed company for net operating loss carryforward rules. A 20-year carryforward without an annual income limitation is
applicable for insurance companies. The carryforward period for non-insurance companies is unlimited but limited to 80% of the current year taxable
income.
The Company had no reserve for future tax contingencies or liabilities (“unrecognized tax benefits”) at December 31, 2021 or 2020.
The U.S. imposes a 1% excise tax on reinsurance premiums paid to non-U.S. reinsurers with respect to risks located in the U.S. The rates of tax are
established based on the nature of the risk, unless reduced by an applicable U.S. tax treaty. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the
Company paid $338,000, $468,000, and $586,000, respectively, of federal excise taxes on its intercompany reinsurance transactions. The Company also
paid excise taxes of $1.5 million, $1.2 million, and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, on written premiums
assumed from third-party insurers with respect to risks located in the U.S. These excise taxes are reflected as “other operating expenses” in the Company’s
consolidated income statements.
F-41
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
14. Other Operating Expenses and Other Expenses
Other operating expenses consist of the following:
Amortization of policy acquisition costs
Other underwriting expenses of the insurance segments
Other operating expenses of the Corporate and Other segment
Total
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
69,663 $
67,420
27,609
164,692 $
75,578 $
60,502
29,418
165,498 $
83,893
59,351
27,664
170,908
Other expenses of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily consist of legal and other professional fees related to the Company’s
May 2021 common share offering, certain legal and professional consulting fees related to various strategic initiatives, and employee severance costs.
Other expenses of $2.1 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, primarily consist of employee severance
costs.
15. Employee Benefits
The Company and its subsidiaries offer savings plans (the “Savings Plans”) which qualify under Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.
Participants may contribute certain percentages of their pre-tax salary to the Savings Plans subject to statutory limitations. The Company and its
subsidiaries match employee contributions at various rates up to a maximum contribution of 6.0% of the participant’s earnings subject to certain statutory
limits. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the expense associated with the Savings Plans totaled $3.4 million, $3.5 million, and $3.2
million, respectively.
16. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including commercial matters and litigation regarding insurance claims arising in the ordinary
course of business as well as an alleged class action lawsuit. In addition, the Company is involved from time to time in legal actions which seek extra-
contractual damages, punitive damages or penalties, including claims alleging bad faith in the handling of insurance claims. The Company believes that the
outcome of such matters, individually and in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
On July 9, 2021 a purported class action lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Virginia (the "Court") by Employees'
Retirement Fund of the City of Fort Worth against James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and certain of its present and former officers (together, "Defendants").
On September 22, 2021, the Court entered an order appointing Employees' Retirement Fund of the City of Fort Worth and the City of Miami General
Employees' and Sanitation Employees' Retirement Trust as co-lead plaintiffs (together, "Plaintiffs"). Plaintiffs' consolidated amended complaint was filed
on November 19, 2021 (the "Amended Complaint"), which asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on behalf
of a putative class of persons and entities that purchased the Company's stock between February 22, 2019 and October 25, 2021. The Amended Complaint
alleges that Defendants failed to make appropriate disclosures concerning the adequacy of reserves for policies that covered Rasier LLC, a subsidiary of
Uber Technologies, Inc., and seeks unspecified damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and such other relief as the court may deem proper. The Defendants filed a
motion to dismiss on January 18, 2022. Plaintiffs' response to the motion to dismiss is due to be filed on March 4, 2022.
For a description of the potential future impacts of COVID-19 on the Company, see the “The global coronavirus outbreak could harm business and
results of operations of the Company” risk factor in Part I—Item IA in this Annual Report.
The Company’s reinsurance subsidiary, JRG Re, entered into three letter of credit facilities with banks as security to third-party reinsureds on
reinsurance assumed by JRG Re. JRG Re has established custodial accounts to secure these letters of credit. Under a $30.0 million facility, $5.9 million of
letters of credit were issued through December 31, 2021 which were secured by deposits of $9.6 million. Under the 2013 Facility, $34.3 million of letters of
credit were issued through December 31, 2021 which were secured by deposits of $53.2 million. Under the 2017 Facility, $20.5 million of letters of credit
were issued through December 31, 2021 which were secured by deposits of $33.1 million. JRG Re has also established trust accounts to secure its
obligations to selected reinsureds. The total amount deposited in the trust accounts for the benefit of third-party reinsureds was $382.4 million at
December 31, 2021.
F-42
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Amounts Recoverable from an Indemnifying Party and Reinsurer on Legacy Commercial Auto Book
James River previously issued a set of commercial auto insurance contracts to Rasier (the “Rasier Commercial Auto Policies”) under which James
River pays losses and loss adjustment expenses on the contracts. James River has indemnity agreements with Rasier (non-insurance entities) (collectively,
the “Indemnity Agreements”) and is contractually entitled to reimbursement for the portion of the losses and loss adjustment expenses paid on behalf of
Rasier under the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies and other expenses incurred by James River. On September 27, 2021, James River entered into a loss
portfolio transfer reinsurance agreement (the “LPT Agreement”) with Aleka to reinsure substantially all of the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies for which
James River is not otherwise indemnified by Rasier under the Indemnity Agreements. Under the terms of the LPT Agreement, effective as of July 1, 2021,
James River ceded to Aleka approximately $345.1 million of commercial auto liabilities relating to Rasier Commercial Auto Policies written in the years
2013-2019, which amount constituted the reinsurance premium.
Each of Rasier and Aleka are required to post collateral under the Indemnity Agreements and the LPT Agreement, respectively:
•
Pursuant to the Indemnity Agreements, Rasier is required to post collateral for the amounts that are recoverable or may be recoverable under the
indemnity agreements, including, among other things, case loss and loss adjustment expense reserves, IBNR loss and loss adjustment expense reserves,
extra contractual obligations and excess policy limits liabilities. The collateral is provided through a collateral trust arrangement (the “Indemnity Trust”) in
favor of James River by Aleka. In connection with the execution of the LPT Agreement, James River returned $691.3 million to the Indemnity Trust,
representing the remaining balance of the amount withdrawn in October 2019, as was permitted under the indemnification agreements with Rasier and the
associated trust agreement. At December 31, 2021, the balance in the Indemnity Trust was $584.6 million, and, together with the balance of the Loss Fund
Trust (as defined below) attributable to the Indemnity Agreements as described below, the total balance of collateral securing Rasier’s obligations under the
Indemnity Agreements was $653.7 million.
•
Pursuant to the LPT Agreement, Aleka is required to post collateral equal to 102% of James River's estimate of Aleka's obligations under the LPT
Agreement, calculated in accordance with statutory accounting principles. The collateral is provided through a collateral trust arrangement (the “LPT
Trust”) established in favor of James River by Aleka. At December 31, 2021, the balance in the LPT Trust was $251.7 million, and, together with the
balance of the Loss Fund Trust (as defined below) attributable to the LPT Agreement as described below, the total balance of collateral securing Aleka’s
obligations under the LPT Agreement was $279.9 million. At December 31, 2021, the total reinsurance recoverables under the LPT Agreement was
$272.3 million (including $256.5 million of unpaid recoverables and $15.9 million of paid recoverables).
In connection with the execution of the LPT Agreement, James River and Aleka entered into an administrative services agreement (the
“Administrative Services Agreement”) with a third party claims administrator (the “Administrator”) pursuant to which the Administrator handles the
claims on the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies for the remaining life of those claims. The claims paid by the Administrator are reimbursable by James
River, and pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, James River established a loss fund trust account for the benefit of the Administrator (the
“Loss Fund Trust”) to collateralize its claims payment reimbursement obligations. James River funds the Loss Fund Trust using funds withdrawn from the
Indemnity Trust, funds withdrawn from the LPT Trust, and its own funds, in each case in an amount equal to the pro rata portion of the required Loss Fund
Trust balance attributable to the Indemnity Agreements, the LPT Agreement and James River’s existing third party reinsurance agreements, respectively. At
December 31, 2021, the balance in the Loss Fund Trust was $102.0 million, including $69.2 million representing collateral supporting Rasier’s obligations
under the Indemnity Agreements and $28.2 million representing collateral supporting Aleka’s obligations under the LPT Agreement. Funds posted to the
Loss Fund Trust are classified as restricted cash equivalents on the Company's balance sheet.
While the LPT Agreement brings economic finality to substantially all of the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies, the Company has credit exposure to
Rasier and Aleka under the Indemnity Agreements and the LPT Agreement if the estimated losses and expenses of the Rasier Commercial Auto Policies
grow at a faster pace than the growth in our collateral balances. In addition, we have credit exposure if our estimates of future losses and loss adjustment
expenses and other amounts recoverable under the Indemnity Agreements and the LPT Agreement, which are the basis for establishing the collateral
balances, are lower than actual amounts paid or payable. The amount of our credit exposure in any of these instances could be material. To mitigate these
risks, we closely and frequently monitor our exposure compared to our collateral held, and we request additional collateral when our analysis indicates that
we have uncollateralized exposure.
F-43
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
17. Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
The following table summarizes the components of other comprehensive (loss) income:
Unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period, before U.S. income taxes
U.S. income taxes
Unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period, net of U.S. income taxes
Less reclassification adjustment:
Net realized investment gains
U.S. income taxes
Reclassification adjustment for investment gains realized in net income
Other comprehensive (loss) income
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
(54,132) $
6,189
(47,943)
4,924
(946)
3,978
(51,921) $
58,704 $
(6,967)
51,737
1,045
(93)
952
50,785 $
51,381
(3,510)
47,871
1,081
(152)
929
46,942
In addition to the net realized investment gains of $4.9 million, $1.0 million, and $1.1 million on available-for-sale fixed maturity securities for the
years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the Company recognized net realized and unrealized investment gains (losses) in the respective years of
$5.8 million, $(15.4) million, and $(10.1) million on its investments in bank loan participations and $4.8 million, $(1.7) million, and $6.0 million on its
investments in equity securities.
18. Segment Information
The Company has four reportable segments, three of which are separately managed business units and the fourth (“Corporate and Other”) includes the
Company’s remaining operations. The Excess and Surplus Lines segment primarily offers commercial excess and surplus lines liability and excess property
insurance products. The Specialty Admitted Insurance segment offers workers’ compensation insurance coverage as well as specialty admitted fronting and
program business. The Casualty Reinsurance segment offers commercial liability and non-catastrophe property reinsurance to U.S. insurance companies
and to the Company’s U.S.-based insurance subsidiaries. The Corporate and Other segment consists of certain management and treasury activities of James
River Group, James River UK, and JRG Holdings as well as interest expense associated with senior debt and Junior Subordinated Debt, and investment
income from investments classified as other invested assets. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the
summary of significant accounting policies.
Segment revenues for each reportable segment consist of net earned premiums, net investment income, and realized and unrealized (losses) gains on
investments. Segment profit (loss) for each reportable segment is measured by underwriting profit (loss), which is generally defined as net earned
premiums less losses and loss adjustment expenses and other operating expenses of the operating segments. Gross fee income of the Excess and Surplus
Lines segment and Specialty Admitted Insurance segment is included in the respective segment’s underwriting (loss) profit. Gross fee income of $4.5
million ($0.0 million from the Excess and Surplus Lines segment and $4.5 million from the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment), $3.4 million ($1.6
million from the Excess and Surplus Lines segment and $1.8 million from the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment) and $9.5 million ($9.1 million from
the Excess and Surplus Lines segment and $421,000 from the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment) was included in other income and in underwriting
(loss) profit for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Segment results are reported prior to the effects of the intercompany
reinsurance agreements between the Company’s insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. All gross written premiums and net earned premiums for all
periods presented were generated from policies issued to U.S. based insureds.
F-44
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
As of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2021
Gross written premiums
Net earned premiums
Segment revenues
Net investment income
Interest expense
Underwriting (loss) profit of operating segments
Segment goodwill
Segment assets
As of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2020
Gross written premiums
Net earned premiums
Segment revenues
Net investment income
Interest expense
Underwriting profit (loss) of operating segments
Segment goodwill
Segment assets
As of and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2019
Gross written premiums
Net earned premiums
Segment revenues
Net investment income
Interest expense
Underwriting profit (loss) of operating segments
Segment goodwill
Segment assets
$
$
$
Excess and
Surplus Lines
Specialty
Admitted
Insurance
Casualty
Reinsurance
(in thousands)
Corporate
and
Other
Total
833,657 $
486,000
508,829
13,811
—
(121,478)
181,831
1,997,192
491,561 $
75,371
83,855
3,044
—
9,667
—
1,062,125
182,081 $
134,223
179,354
39,445
—
(117,526)
—
1,857,462
408,691 $
57,505
62,790
3,392
—
4,185
—
907,604
387,642 $
54,338
61,241
3,802
—
5,913
—
786,433
149,166 $
134,133
166,837
42,554
—
(18,364)
—
1,899,328
160,773 $
143,880
183,700
46,325
—
(7,161)
—
1,699,473
699,143 $
415,168
429,918
18,664
—
9,752
181,831
2,208,344
922,320 $
625,528
657,501
21,358
—
19,157
181,831
2,481,934
F-45
— $
—
842
565
8,922
—
—
31,771
— $
—
9,144
8,758
10,033
—
—
47,796
— $
—
4,683
4,167
10,596
—
—
56,565
1,507,299
695,594
772,880
56,865
8,922
(229,337)
181,831
4,948,550
1,257,000
606,806
668,689
73,368
10,033
(4,427)
181,831
5,063,072
1,470,735
823,746
907,125
75,652
10,596
17,909
181,831
5,024,405
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The following table reconciles the underwriting (loss) profit of operating segments by individual segment to income before income taxes:
Underwriting (loss) profit of the operating segments:
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted Insurance
Casualty Reinsurance
Total underwriting (loss) profit of operating segments
Other operating expenses of the Corporate and Other segment
Underwriting loss
Net investment income
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
Other income
Other expenses
Interest expense
Amortization of intangible assets
(Loss) income before income taxes
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
(121,478) $
9,667
(117,526)
(229,337)
(27,609)
(256,946)
56,865
15,564
353
(2,585)
(8,922)
(363)
(196,034) $
9,752 $
4,185
(18,364)
(4,427)
(29,418)
(33,845)
73,368
(16,030)
1,153
(2,138)
(10,033)
(538)
11,937 $
19,157
5,913
(7,161)
17,909
(27,664)
(9,755)
75,652
(2,919)
1,137
(1,055)
(10,596)
(597)
51,867
The Company currently has 15 underwriting divisions, including 13 in the Excess and Surplus Lines segment, one in the Specialty Admitted Insurance
segment, and one in the Casualty Reinsurance segment. Each underwriting division focuses on a specific industry group or coverage.
Gross written premiums by segment and underwriting division are presented below:
Excess Casualty
General Casualty
Manufacturers and Contractors
Excess Property
Energy
Life Sciences
Commercial Auto
Allied Health
Small Business
Environmental
Professional Liability
Sports and Entertainment
Medical Professionals
Total Excess and Surplus Lines segment
Specialty Admitted Insurance segment
Casualty Reinsurance segment
Total
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
285,082 $
140,608
139,720
47,241
46,216
35,935
34,630
35,192
32,593
17,050
8,104
9,442
1,844
833,657
491,561
182,081
1,507,299 $
213,037 $
125,433
122,880
37,332
51,109
35,163
30,029
26,918
24,790
17,753
6,881
6,118
1,700
699,143
408,691
149,166
1,257,000 $
$
$
2019
118,954
115,832
105,096
31,606
45,442
24,462
405,565
26,713
19,725
16,539
6,441
4,212
1,733
922,320
387,642
160,773
1,470,735
The Company does business with three brokers that generated $239.1 million, $197.3 million and $132.5 million of gross written premiums for the
Excess and Surplus Lines segment for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing 15.9%, 13.1%
F-46
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
and 8.8% of consolidated gross written premiums and 28.7%, 23.7% and 15.9% of the Excess and Surplus Lines segment’s gross written premiums,
respectively. The Company has agency contracts with various branches within the aforementioned brokers. No other broker generated 10.0% or more of the
gross written premiums for the Excess and Surplus Lines segment for the year ended December 31, 2021. No individual insured generated 10.0% or more
of the gross written premiums for the Excess and Surplus Lines segment for the year ended December 31, 2021.
The Specialty Admitted Insurance segment accepts applications for insurance from a variety of sources, including independent retail agents, program
administrators and managing general agents (“MGAs”). The Company does business with two agencies that generated $124.1 million (Atlas General
Insurance Services) and $89.5 million of gross written premiums for the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment for the year ended December 31, 2021,
representing 8.2% and 5.9% of the consolidated gross written premiums and 25.2% and 18.2% of the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment’s gross written
premiums, respectively. No other agency generated 10.0% or more of the gross written premiums for the Specialty Admitted Insurance segment for the
year ended December 31, 2021.
The Company does business with three brokers that generated $80.1 million, $53.9 million, and $20.0 million of gross written premiums for the
Casualty Reinsurance segment for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing 5.3%, 3.6%, and 1.3% of consolidated gross written premiums and
44.0%, 29.6%, and 11.0% of the Casualty Reinsurance segment’s gross written premiums, respectively. No other broker generated 10.0% or more of the
gross written premiums for the Casualty Reinsurance segment for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Casualty Reinsurance segment assumed business
from three unaffiliated ceding companies that generated $76.6 million, $22.9 million, and $16.2 million of gross written premiums for the year ended
December 31, 2021, representing 5.1%, 1.5%, and 1.1% of consolidated gross written premiums and 42.1%, 12.6%, and 8.9% of the Casualty Reinsurance
segment’s gross written premiums, respectively.
19. Fair Value Measurements
Three levels of inputs are used to measure fair value of financial instruments: (1) Level 1: quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets for identical
assets, (2) Level 2: inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are
observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument, and (3) Level 3: inputs to the valuation
methodology are unobservable for the asset or liability.
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous
market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
The fair values of fixed maturity securities, equity securities, and bank loan participations have been determined using fair value prices provided by
the Company's investment accounting services provider or investment managers, who utilize internationally recognized independent pricing services. The
prices provided by the independent pricing services are generally based on observable market data in active markets (e.g. broker quotes and prices observed
for comparable securities). Values for U.S. Treasury and publicly-traded equity securities are generally based on Level 1 inputs which use the market
approach valuation technique. The values for all other fixed maturity securities (including state and municipal securities and obligations of U.S.
government corporations and agencies) and bank loan participations generally incorporate significant Level 2 inputs, and in some cases, Level 3 inputs,
using the market approach and income approach valuation techniques. There have been no changes in the Company’s use of valuation techniques since
December 31, 2019.
The Company reviews fair value prices provided by its outside investment accounting service provider or investment managers for reasonableness by
comparing the fair values provided by the managers to those provided by its investment custodian. The Company also reviews and monitors changes in
unrealized gains and losses. The Company has not historically adjusted security prices. The Company obtains an understanding of the methods, models and
inputs used by the investment managers and independent pricing services, and controls are in place to validate that prices provided represent fair values.
The Company’s control process includes, but is not limited to, initial and ongoing evaluation of the methodologies used, a review of specific securities and
an assessment for proper classification within the fair value hierarchy, and obtaining and reviewing internal control reports for our investment manager that
obtains fair values from independent pricing services.
F-47
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 are summarized below:
Fair Value Measurements Using
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
Level 1
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
(in thousands)
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
State and municipal
Residential mortgage-backed
Corporate
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations guaranteed by the U.S.
government
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale
Equity securities:
Preferred stock
Common stock
Total equity securities
Bank loan participations
Short-term investments
$
$
$
$
$
$
— $
—
—
—
333,717 $
246,631
732,335
304,488
59,988
59,988 $
402
1,617,573 $
— $
41,244
41,244 $
— $
— $
63,612 $
3,452
67,064 $
156,043 $
136,563 $
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 are summarized below:
— $
—
—
—
— $
— $
102
102 $
— $
— $
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
State and municipal
Residential mortgage-backed
Corporate
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations guaranteed by the U.S.
government
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale
Equity securities:
Preferred stock
Common stock
Total equity securities
Bank loan participations
Short-term investments
$
$
$
$
$
$
Fair Value Measurements Using
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
Level 1
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
(in thousands)
296,405 $
293,848
766,822
326,719
— $
—
—
—
99,384
99,384 $
464
1,684,258 $
— $
15,793
15,793 $
— $
— $
67,495 $
5,015
72,510 $
147,296 $
130,289 $
— $
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
672
672 $
308 $
— $
Total
333,717
246,631
732,335
304,488
60,390
1,677,561
63,612
44,798
108,410
156,043
136,563
Total
296,405
293,848
766,822
326,719
99,848
1,783,642
67,495
21,480
88,975
147,604
130,289
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities, equity securities, and bank loan participations
(following the Company's election of the fair value option in accounting for bank loan participations
F-48
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
effective January 1, 2020) measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) is shown below:
Beginning balance
Transfers in to Level 3
Transfers out of Level 3
Purchases
Sales
Maturities, calls and paydowns
Amortization of discount
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
Included in earnings
Included in other comprehensive income
Ending balance
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
980 $
8
(6)
—
(426)
(379)
—
(75)
—
102 $
43 $
358
(767)
1,417
—
(17)
2
(56)
—
980 $
4,442
3,010
(7,238)
—
—
—
—
(171)
—
43
$
$
The Company held one equity security at December 31, 2021 for which the fair value was determined using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).
The fair value of $102,000 for the equity security was based on expected proceeds from its sale. During 2021, one equity security was transferred from
Level 2 to Level 3 as the security was no longer actively traded. This security was exchanged for an equity security that is publicly traded and it was
transferred from Level 3 to Level 1.
The Company held one bank loan participation and two equity securities at December 31, 2020 and one equity security at December 31, 2019 for
which the fair value was determined using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). A market approach using prices in trades of comparable securities was
utilized to determine a fair value of $980,000 at December 31, 2020 and $43,000 at December 31, 2019. During 2019, one equity security was transferred
from Level 1 to Level 3 as the security was no longer actively traded. The Company was subsequently able to obtain a quoted price from a pricing vendor
for the equity security and it was transferred from Level 3 to Level 2. During 2020, the Company was able to obtain a quoted price from a vendor for two
bank loan participations and one equity security and transferred them to Level 2.
Transfers out of Level 3 occur when the Company is able to obtain reliable prices from pricing vendors for which the Company was previously unable
to obtain reliable prices. Transfers in to Level 3 occur when the Company is unable to obtain reliable prices for securities from pricing vendors and instead
must use broker price quotes.
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2021, 2020 or 2019. The Company recognizes transfers between levels at the beginning
of the reporting period.
In the determination of the fair value for bank loan participations and certain high yield bonds, the Company’s investment manager endeavors to
obtain data from multiple external pricing sources. External pricing sources may include brokers, dealers and price data vendors that provide a composite
price based on prices from multiple dealers. Such external pricing sources typically provide valuations for normal institutional size trading units of such
securities using methods based on market transactions for comparable securities, and various relationships between securities, as generally recognized by
institutional dealers. For investments in which the investment manager determines that only one external pricing source is appropriate or if only one
external price is available, the relevant investment is generally recorded at fair value based on such price.
Investments for which external sources are not available or are determined by the investment manager not to be representative of fair value are
recorded at fair value as determined by the Company, with input from its investment managers and valuation specialists as considered necessary. In
determining the fair value of such investments, the Company considers one or more of the following factors: type of security held, convertibility or
exchangeability of the security, redeemability of the security (including the timing of redemptions), application of industry accepted valuation models,
recent trading activity, liquidity, estimates of liquidation value, purchase cost, and prices received for securities with similar terms of the same issuer or
similar issuers. There were no investments for which external sources were unavailable to determine fair value as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
F-49
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
The carrying values and fair values of financial instruments are summarized below:
Assets
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale
Equity securities
Bank loan participations
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Other invested assets – notes receivable
Liabilities
Senior debt
Junior subordinated debt
2021
Carrying
Value
December 31,
Fair
Value
Carrying
Value
(in thousands)
2020
Fair
Value
$
1,677,561 $
108,410
156,043
190,123
102,005
136,563
4,500
1,677,561 $
108,410
156,043
190,123
102,005
136,563
4,834
1,783,642 $
88,975
147,604
162,260
859,920
130,289
4,500
262,300
104,055
252,213
106,635
262,300
104,055
1,783,642
88,975
147,604
162,260
859,920
130,289
5,302
250,953
110,612
The fair values of fixed maturity securities, equity securities, and bank loan participations have been determined using quoted market prices for
securities traded in the public market or prices using bid or closing prices for securities not traded in the public marketplace. The fair values of cash and
cash equivalents and short-term investments approximate their carrying values due to their short-term maturity.
The fair values of other invested assets-notes receivable, senior debt, and junior subordinated debt at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were determined
by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows under the terms of the note agreements or debt agreements, as applicable, discounted at an
estimated market rate of interest at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The fair values of senior debt and junior subordinated debt at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were determined using inputs to the valuation
methodology that are unobservable (Level 3).
20. Statutory Matters
U.S.
U.S. state insurance laws and regulations prescribe accounting practices for determining statutory net income and capital and surplus for insurance
companies. In addition, state regulators may permit statutory accounting practices that differ from prescribed practices. Statutory accounting practices
prescribed or permitted by regulatory authorities for the Company’s insurance subsidiaries differ from U.S. GAAP. The principal differences between SAP
and GAAP as they relate to the financial statements of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries are (a) policy acquisition costs are expensed as incurred under
SAP, whereas they are deferred and amortized under GAAP, (b) certain assets are not admitted for purposes of determining surplus under SAP, (c) the
classification and carrying amounts of investments in certain securities are different under SAP and GAAP, and (d) the criteria for providing asset valuation
allowances and the methodologies used to determine the amount thereof are different under SAP and GAAP.
F-50
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Combined net income, statutory capital and surplus and minimum required statutory capital and surplus, as determined in accordance with statutory
accounting practices, for the U.S. insurance subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 and for the years then ended are summarized as follows:
Statutory net (loss) income
Statutory capital and surplus
Minimum required statutory capital and surplus
2021
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
(3,847) $
(710) $
325,368
111,031
286,449
100,170
3,586
266,715
111,208
Risk-Based Capital (“RBC”) requirements promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners require property-casualty insurers to
maintain minimum capitalization levels determined based on formulas incorporating various business risks of the insurance subsidiaries. As of
December 31, 2021, the insurance subsidiaries’ adjusted capital and surplus exceeds their authorized control level RBC.
Bermuda
The Company has two Bermuda-based insurance subsidiaries: JRG Re, a Class 3B insurer and Carolina Re, a Class 3A insurer. Under the Bermuda
Insurance Act 1978 and related regulations, an insurer must maintain minimum statutory capital and surplus at the greater of a minimum solvency margin
(“MSM”) and the Enhanced Capital Requirement (“ECR”), which is the higher of the MSM and capital calculated by the Bermuda Solvency Capital
Requirement (“BSCR”) model or an approved internal model. The combined estimated Bermuda insurers minimum statutory solvency margin required at
December 31, 2021 was approximately $167.1 million (2020: $172.9 million). Actual combined statutory capital and surplus at December 31, 2021 was
$518.7 million (2020: $615.2 million). The insurers had combined statutory net (loss) income of $(141.5) million for 2021, $20.8 million for 2020, and
$53.2 million for 2019. The combined ECR for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $419.7 million. The BSCR models for the year ended
December 31, 2021 will not be filed with the Bermuda Monetary Authority until April 30, 2022. The Company believes that the minimum statutory capital
and surplus requirements will be met.
The insurers must also maintain a minimum liquidity ratio in which the value of its relevant assets is not less than 75.0% of the amount of its relevant
liabilities for general business. Relevant assets include cash and cash equivalents, fixed maturities, quoted alternative investments, accrued interest income,
premiums receivable, losses recoverable from reinsurers, and funds withheld. The relevant liabilities include total insurance provisions and other liabilities
less deferred income taxes and letters of credit, guarantees and other instruments. As of December 31, 2021, the minimum liquidity ratio requirements were
met.
21. Dividend Restrictions
U.S.
The insurance statutes of the U.S.-based insurance subsidiaries’ states of domicile limit the amount of dividends that they may pay annually without
first obtaining regulatory approval. Generally, the limitations are based on the greater of statutory net income for the preceding year or 10.0% of statutory
surplus at the end of the preceding year. The maximum amount of dividends available to James River Group from its U.S. insurance subsidiaries during
2022 without regulatory approval is $27.2 million. However, U.S. insurance regulators have broad powers to prevent the reduction of statutory surplus to
inadequate levels and could refuse to permit the payment of dividends.
Distributions from the Company’s U.S.-based subsidiaries to its U.K. intermediate holding company, James River UK, are generally subject to a 5%
dividend withholding tax. The payment of any dividends by the Company’s U.S.-based subsidiaries directly to a Bermuda-based entity is subject to U.S.
taxes at a 30.0% tax rate. JRG Holdings has determined that earnings of its U.S. subsidiaries have been and will be indefinitely reinvested in U.S.
operations.
Bermuda
The Bermuda Insurance Act of 1978 prohibits an insurer from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin, its
enhanced capital requirement, or its minimum liquidity ratio, or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. An insurer can
declare or pay dividends without prior regulatory approval up to 25% of the total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year's
statutory balance sheet). The maximum combined amount of dividends and return of capital that can be paid without prior regulatory approval from our
Bermuda insurers at December 31, 2021 is calculated to be approximately $129.7 million. However, this dividend amount is subject to annual enhanced
solvency requirement calculations.
F-51
TABLE OF CONTENTS
James River Group Holdings, LTD. and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
22. Other Related Party Transactions
The Company leases a commercial office building which houses the Company’s Richmond, Virginia operations under the terms of a non-cancelable
lease from an entity with which it is affiliated. The term of the lease, which has been amended from time to time, runs through 2026. Operating costs under
the lease were $2.1 million, $1.9 million, and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Upon retiring effective July 31, 2021, the Company’s former President and Chief Operating Officer entered into a consulting agreement with the
Company to provide consulting services as requested by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer during the period August 1, 2021 through December 31,
2021. The Company incurred expenses of $146,000 in 2021 as compensation for rendering these consulting services.
23. Subsequent Events
On February 21, 2022, the Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.05 per share. The dividend is payable on March 31, 2022 to shareholders
of record on March 14, 2022.
On February 21, 2022, the Board of Directors approved awards under the 2014 LTIP and the 2014 Director Plan to the Company’s employees and
directors with an aggregate fair value of $11.0 million and a grant date of March 2, 2022.
On February 23, 2022, one of the Company’s primary operating subsidiaries, JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd., entered into a loss portfolio transfer
retrocession agreement (the “Retrocession Agreement”) with Fortitude Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“FRL”) under which FRL will reinsure the majority of
the reserves in the Company’s Casualty Reinsurance segment. Under the terms of the transaction, at closing, JRG Re will (a) cede to FRL all existing and
future claims for losses arising under certain casualty reinsurance agreements with underlying insurance companies with treaty inception dates ranging
from 2011 to 2020 (the “Subject Business”), in each case net of third-party reinsurance and other recoveries, up to an aggregate limit of $400.0 million; (b)
continue to manage and retain the benefit of other third-party reinsurance on the Subject Business; (c) pay FRL a reinsurance premium of $335.0 million,
$310.0 million of which JRG Re will credit to a notional funds withheld account (the “Funds Withheld Account”) and $25.0 million of which JRG Re will
pay in cash to FRL; and (d) pay FRL a 2% per annum crediting rate on the Funds Withheld Account balance on a quarterly basis. The total premium, initial
Funds Withheld Account credit, and aggregate limit will be adjusted for claims paid from October 1, 2021 to the closing date. An after-tax loss of
$6.8 million will be recognized as adverse loss and loss adjustment reserve development in the Casualty Reinsurance segment associated with the
Retrocession Agreement during the first quarter of 2022. The Retrocession Agreement will close upon receipt of required regulatory approvals by FRL and
satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.
On February 24, 2022, we entered into an Investment Agreement with GPC Partners Investments (Thames) LP, an affiliate of Gallatin Point Capital
LLC, relating to the issuance and sale of 150,000 7% Series A Perpetual Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares, par value $0.00125 per share, for an
aggregate purchase price of $150.0 million, or $1,000 per share, in a private placement. The closing of the transaction is expected to occur on March 1,
2022. In connection with the offering, the Company's Board of Directors approved the appointment of Matthew Botein, a co-founder of Gallatin Point
Capital LLC, to serve as a member of the Board, effective following receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals. Mr. Botein will have Board observer
status until applicable regulatory approvals are obtained.
F-52
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD.
Summary of Investments—Other than Investments in Related Parties
Type of Investment
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
State and municipal
Residential mortgage-backed
Corporate
Commercial mortgage and asset-backed
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations guaranteed by the U.S. government
Total fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale
Equity securities:
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Total equity securities
Bank loan participations
Short-term investments
Other invested assets
Total invested assets
Cost or
Amortized Cost
(in thousands)
Fair
Value
$
323,773 $
246,586
711,930
301,247
60,329
1,643,865
333,717 $
246,631
732,335
304,488
60,390
1,677,561
51,584
44,199
95,783
156,505
136,563
63,612
44,798
108,410
156,043
136,563
$
SCHEDULE I
Amount at
which shown
on Balance
Sheet
(1)
333,717
246,631
732,335
304,488
60,390
1,677,561
63,612
44,798
108,410
156,043
136,563
15,248
2,093,825
(1) Differences between the amounts in this column and the amounts in the consolidated balance sheet are due to this schedule excluding investments in
related parties.
F-53
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Balance Sheets (Parent Company)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investment in subsidiaries
Due from subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Liabilities:
Accrued expenses
Senior debt
Junior subordinated debt
Notes payable to subsidiary
Due to subsidiaries
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Shareholders’ equity:
Class A common shares
Additional paid-in capital
Retained (deficit) earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
See accompanying notes.
F-54
SCHEDULE II
December 31,
2021
2020
(in thousands)
157 $
1,003,762
3,356
3,197
1,010,472 $
571
1,145,887
1,140
3,116
1,150,714
1,419 $
247,300
15,928
—
19,847
616
285,110
1,824
247,300
15,928
70,000
19,391
663
355,106
7
862,040
(166,663)
29,978
725,362
1,010,472 $
6
664,476
49,227
81,899
795,608
1,150,714
$
$
$
$
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Statements of (Loss) Income and Comprehensive (Loss) Income (Parent Company)
SCHEDULE II
Revenues:
Other income
Total revenues
Expenses:
Other operating expenses
Other expenses
Interest expense
Total expenses
Loss before equity in net income of subsidiaries
Equity in net (loss) income of subsidiaries
Net (loss) income
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
Equity in other comprehensive (losses) earnings of subsidiaries
Total comprehensive (loss) income
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
$
$
$
39 $
39
45 $
45
11,632
469
5,532
17,633
(17,594)
(155,205)
(172,799) $
(51,921)
(224,720) $
14,960
—
6,234
21,194
(21,149)
25,973
4,824 $
50,785
55,609 $
61
61
14,267
—
5,047
19,314
(19,253)
57,592
38,339
46,942
85,281
See accompanying notes.
F-55
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Statements of Cash Flows (Parent Company)
SCHEDULE II
Operating activities
Net (loss) income
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
$
Provision for depreciation and amortization
Share based compensation expense
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Investing activities
Net cash provided by investing activities
Financing activities
Dividends paid
Senior debt issuance
Senior debt repayments
Subsidiary note issuance
Subsidiary note repayments
Contribution to subsidiary
Debt issue costs paid
Issuances of common shares - public offering
Issuances of common shares under equity incentive plans
Common share repurchases
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
Supplemental information
Interest paid
$
$
See accompanying notes.
F-56
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
2019
(172,799) $
4,824 $
38,339
216
6,658
218,204
(2,364)
49,915
216
7,625
(25,973)
6,433
(6,875)
182
7,178
(49,592)
(2,782)
(6,675)
—
—
—
(43,236)
—
—
—
(70,000)
(128,000)
—
192,107
1,877
(3,077)
(50,329)
(414)
571
157 $
(37,051)
164,000
(60,000)
30,000
—
(90,000)
—
—
2,580
(3,604)
5,925
(950)
1,521
571 $
(36,720)
60,000
(20,000)
—
—
—
(711)
—
8,286
(2,899)
7,956
1,281
240
1,521
5,954 $
6,530 $
5,710
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Accounting Policies
Organization
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
SCHEDULE II
James River Group Holdings, Ltd. (the “Company”) is an exempted holding company registered in Bermuda, organized for the purpose of acquiring
and managing insurance and reinsurance entities.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared using the equity method. Under the equity method, the investment in
consolidated subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. These condensed
financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Estimates and Assumptions
Preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Those estimates are inherently subject to change, and actual results may ultimately
differ from those estimates.
Adopted Accounting Standards
There were no new accounting standards adopted in 2021 that materially impacted the Company's financial statements.
F-57
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Supplementary Insurance Information
(in thousands)
SCHEDULE III
December 31, 2021
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted
Casualty Reinsurance
Corporate and Other
Total
December 31, 2020
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted
Casualty Reinsurance
Corporate and Other
Total
December 31, 2019
Excess and Surplus Lines
Specialty Admitted
Casualty Reinsurance
Corporate and Other
Total
Deferred
Policy
Acquisition
Costs
Reserve
for Losses
and Loss
Adjustment
Expenses
Unearned
Premiums
Net
Earned
Premiums
Net
Investment
Income
Losses
and Loss
Adjustment
Expenses
Amortization
of Policy
Acquisition
Costs
Other
Operating
Expenses
Net
Written
Premiums
$
$
$
$
$
$
26,297 $
(4,889)
47,118
—
68,526 $
1,623,635 $
686,643
438,195
—
382,479 $ 486,000 $
165,998
179,075
—
75,371
134,223
—
2,748,473 $
727,552 $ 695,594 $
25,875 $
(3,073)
40,151
—
62,953 $
1,276,054 $
600,309
315,717
—
345,976 $ 415,168 $
136,355
148,040
—
57,505
134,133
—
2,192,080 $
630,371 $ 606,806 $
24,428 $
(2,902)
40,480
—
62,006 $
1,245,581 $
511,027
288,898
—
267,924 $ 625,528 $
115,606
140,847
—
54,338
143,880
—
2,045,506 $
524,377 $ 823,746 $
13,811 $
3,044
39,445
565
56,865 $
18,664 $
3,392
42,554
8,758
73,368 $
21,358 $
3,802
46,325
4,167
75,652 $
516,299 $
55,875
220,178
—
792,352 $
318,467 $
41,928
118,150
—
478,545 $
528,133 $
34,860
109,109
—
672,102 $
50,283 $
(8,395)
27,775
—
91,179 $
14,333
31,571
27,609
69,663 $ 164,692 $
49,387 $
(4,525)
30,716
—
88,520 $
13,213
34,347
29,418
75,578 $ 165,498 $
49,720 $
(3,560)
37,733
—
87,326 $
13,986
41,932
27,664
83,893 $ 170,908 $
501,250
83,935
159,195
—
744,380
450,346
59,884
137,544
—
647,774
685,814
58,637
151,699
—
896,150
F-58
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE IV
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Excess and Surplus Lines Written Premiums
Specialty Admitted Written Premiums
Casualty Reinsurance Written Premiums
Total Written Premiums
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Excess and Surplus Lines Written Premiums
Specialty Admitted Written Premiums
Casualty Reinsurance Written Premiums
Total Written Premiums
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Excess and Surplus Lines Written Premiums
Specialty Admitted Written Premiums
Casualty Reinsurance Written Premiums
Total Written Premiums
Reinsurance
Direct
Amount
Ceded
to Other
Companies
Assumed
from Other
Companies
(in thousands)
Net
Amount
Percentage
of Amount
Assumed
to Net
$
$
$
$
$
$
833,657 $
488,377
—
1,322,034 $
699,143 $
404,851
—
1,103,994 $
922,320 $
383,628
—
1,305,948 $
332,407 $
407,626
22,886
762,919 $
248,797 $
348,807
11,622
609,226 $
236,506 $
329,005
9,074
574,585 $
— $
3,184
182,081
185,265 $
— $
3,840
149,166
153,006 $
— $
4,014
160,773
164,787 $
501,250
83,935
159,195
744,380
450,346
59,884
137,544
647,774
685,814
58,637
151,699
896,150
—
3.8 %
114.4 %
24.9 %
—
6.4 %
108.4 %
23.6 %
—
6.8 %
106.0 %
18.4 %
F-59
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
SCHEDULE V
Balance
at Beginning
of Period
Additions
Amounts
Charged to
Expense
Deductions
Amounts
Written Off
or Disposals
(in thousands)
Balance
at End
of Period
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Allowance for Credit Losses on Premiums Receivable and Agents'
Balances
Allowance for Credit Losses on Reinsurance Balances
Allowance for Credit Losses on Bank Loans
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Allowance for Credit Losses on Premiums Receivable and Agents'
Balances
Allowance for Credit Losses on Reinsurance Balances
Allowance for Credit Losses on Bank Loans
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Allowance for Credit Losses on Premiums Receivable and Agents'
Balances
Allowance for Credit Losses on Bank Loans
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
8,317 $
335
—
8,652 $
5,659 $
335
7,181
13,175 $
3,948 $
—
3,948 $
9,426 $
296
—
9,722 $
3,318 $
—
—
3,318 $
2,523 $
8,898
11,421 $
(1,063) $
—
—
(1,063) $
(660) $
—
(7,181)
(7,841) $
(812) $
(1,717)
(2,529) $
16,680
631
—
17,311
8,317
335
—
8,652
5,659
7,181
12,840
In connection with the adoption of ASU 2016-13, the Company elected the fair value option in accounting for bank loan participations effective
January 1, 2020. Under the fair value option, bank loan participations are measured at fair value, and changes in unrealized gains and losses in bank loan
participations are reported in our income statement as net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments. Also upon adoption of ASU 2016-13, the
Company established an allowance for credit losses on reinsurance balances.
F-60
TABLE OF CONTENTS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Supplementary Information Concerning Property Casualty Insurance Operations
SCHEDULE VI
Deferred policy acquisition costs
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses
Unearned premiums
Net earned premiums
Net investment income
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred:
Current year
Prior year
Total losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred
Amortization of policy acquisition costs
Paid losses and loss adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance
Net written premiums
F-61
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in thousands)
$
68,526 $
62,953 $
2,748,473
727,552
695,594
56,865
466,574
325,778
792,352
69,663
522,747
744,380
2,192,080
630,371
606,806
73,368
386,341
92,204
478,545
75,578
469,945
647,774
2019
62,006
2,045,506
524,377
823,746
75,652
603,094
69,008
672,102
83,893
488,729
896,150
FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.2
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “First
Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 18 day of February, 2022, by and among:
th
(i) JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD., a Bermuda company (“Parent”), and JRG REINSURANCE
COMPANY LTD., a regulated insurance company domiciled in Bermuda (“JRG Reinsurance” and, together with Parent,
each a “Borrower” and, collectively, the “Borrowers”);
(ii) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed as lenders on the signature pages hereto and their successors and
assigns (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”); and
(iii) KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, in its capacity as “Administrative
Agent” under the Credit Agreement (defined below).
Recitals:
A. The Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and certain other parties are the parties to that certain
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 8, 2019 (as amended from time to time, the “Credit
Agreement”), pursuant to which, inter alia, the Lenders agreed, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to advance Loans (as
this and other capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are defined in the Credit Agreement) to the
Borrowers; and the Letter of Credit Issuer agreed, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to issue Letters of Credit.
B. Parent intends to issue preferred equity in an amount not to exceed $150,000,000.
C. The Borrowers have requested the Lenders to agree to certain amendments to the Credit Agreement to accommodate
the issuance of the preferred equity; and upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this First Amendment, the Lenders have
agreed with such request.
Agreements:
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the
Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Amendments to the Credit Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of this First Amendment, including,
without limitation, Paragraph 2, below, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(A) The definition of the term “Current Redeemable Equity” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to provide as follows:
“Current Redeemable Equity” means any preferred stock or other preferred Equity Interests, which in either
case, by its terms or upon the happening of any event or condition, is subject to mandatory redemption (except as a
result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights to payment of the holders thereof upon the
occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans
and all other obligations that are accrued and payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the
termination of the Commitments) at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Maturity Date (as it exists on any
date of determination).
(B) Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definition in the correct
alphabetical order:
“2022 Preferred Equity” means the preferred equity issued by Parent in February 2022 for an aggregate issuance
price of up to $150,000,000.
(C) Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word “and” at the end of subsection
(vii) thereof; (ii) amending and restating subsection (viii) thereof in its entirety to provide as follows:
(viii) additional Debt (excluding the 2022 Preferred Equity) not to exceed $200,000,000 in aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding as to the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis; provided, however,
that the Subsidiary Debt Amount shall not at any time exceed an amount equal to $10,000,000, minus the
Guarantor Guaranteed Amount at such time; and
and (iii) adding a new subsection (ix) thereof which shall provide as follows:
(ix) the 2022 Preferred Equity.
2. Amendment Effective Date; Conditions Precedent. The amendments set forth in Paragraph 1, above, shall not be
effective unless and until the date on which all of the following conditions precedent have been satisfied (such date of
effectiveness being the “First Amendment Effective Date”):
(a) Borrowers’ Certifications. On the First Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to the amendment set forth in
Paragraph 1, above, the Borrowers hereby certify that (i) no Default exists, (ii) the representations and warranties of the
Borrowers under Article 3 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the First Amendment
Effective Date (unless and to the extent that any such representation and warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in
which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), (iii)
the execution, delivery and performance of this First Amendment has been authorized by all necessary corporate or company
action, and (iv) the Regulatory Condition Satisfaction remains effective.
(b) First Amendment. The Administrative Agent or the Special Counsel (defined below) shall have received from each
Borrower and Lenders constituting the Required Lenders a counterpart of this First Amendment signed on behalf of such party.
(c) Guarantor Confirmations. Each of James River and James River UK shall have executed and delivered to the
Administrative Agent a confirmation of its Payment Guaranty in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.
(d) Agent Expenses. The Borrowers shall have paid or caused to be paid to the Administrative Agent all fees and other
amounts due and payable on or prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or
payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of the Special Counsel) required to
be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers hereunder, under any other Loan Document or under said fee letter agreement.
(e) Legal Matters. All legal matters incident to this First Amendment and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory to Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP, Cleveland, Ohio, special counsel to the
Administrative Agent (the “Special Counsel”).
3. No Other Modifications. Except as expressly provided in this First Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
4. Confirmation of Obligations. Each Borrower hereby affirms as of the date hereof all of its respective Debt and other
obligations to each of the Lender Parties under and pursuant to the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents and
that such Debt and other obligations are owed to each of the Lender Parties according to their respective terms. Each Borrower
hereby affirms as of the date hereof that there are no claims or defenses to the enforcement by the Lender Parties of the Debt and
other obligations of such Borrower to each of them under and pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents.
5. Administrative Agent’s Expense. The Borrowers agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent promptly for its
reasonable invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this First Amendment and the transactions
contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of the Special Counsel.
6. Governing Law; Binding Effect. THIS FIRST AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND SHALL BE BINDING UPON AND INURE
TO THE BENEFIT OF THE BORROWERS, THE LENDERS AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THEIR
RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
7. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument, and all
signatures need not appear on any one counterpart. Any party hereto may execute and deliver a counterpart of this First
Amendment by delivering by facsimile or email transmission a signature page of this First Amendment signed by such party, and
any such facsimile or email signature shall be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. Any
party delivering by facsimile or email transmission a counterpart executed by it shall promptly thereafter also deliver a manually
signed counterpart of this First Amendment.
8. Miscellaneous.
(a) Upon the effectiveness of this First Amendment, this First Amendment shall be a Loan Document.
(b) The invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability of any provision in or Obligation under this First Amendment in any
jurisdiction shall not affect or impair the validity, legality, or enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations under this
First Amendment or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction.
(c) This First Amendment and all other agreements and documents executed in connection herewith have been prepared
through the joint efforts of all of the parties. Neither the provisions of this First Amendment or any such other agreements and
documents nor any alleged ambiguity shall be interpreted or resolved against any party on the ground that such party’s counsel
drafted this First Amendment or such other agreements and documents, or based on any other rule of strict construction. Each of
the parties hereto represents and declares that such party has carefully read this First Amendment and all other agreements and
documents executed in connection herewith and therewith, and that such party knows the contents thereof and signs the same
freely and voluntarily. The parties hereby acknowledge that they have been represented by legal counsel of their own choosing in
negotiations for and preparation of this First Amendment and all other agreements and documents executed in connection
therewith and that each of them has read the same and had their contents fully explained by such counsel and is fully aware of
their contents and legal effect.
(d) The obligations of the Borrowers hereunder are joint and several, all as more fully set forth in Article 10 of the
Credit Agreement.
9. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS FIRST AMENDMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,
PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR
OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE
FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO
ENTER INTO THIS FIRST AMENDMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND
CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have hereunto set their hands as of
the date first above written.
BORROWERS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD.
By: /s/ Sarah Doran
Name: Sarah Doran
Title: Chief Financial Officer
JRG REINSURANCE COMPANY LTD.
By: /s/ Allan Defante
Name: Allan Defante
Title: Chief Financial Officer
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent as Lender
By: /s/ Thomas A. Crandell
Name: Thomas A. Crandell
Title: Senior Vice President
LENDERS
KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Lender
By: /s/ Thomas A. Crandell
Name: Thomas A. Crandell
Title: Senior Vice President
[Lender Signatures Continued]
TRUIST BANK,
as Lender
By: /s/ Andrew Johnson
Name: Andrew Johnson
Title: Managing Director
[Lender Signatures Continued]
BANK OF MONTREAL,
as Lender
By: /s/ Benjamin Mlot
Name: Benjamin Mlot
Title: Director
[Lender Signatures Continued]
FIRST HORIZON BANK,
as Lender
By: /s/ Robert C. Mason
Name: Robert C. Mason
Title: Senior Vice President
[Lender Signatures Continued]
FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF PENNSYLVANIA,
as Lender
By: /s/ Robert Weaver
Name: Robert Weaver
Title: Senior Vice President
SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.7
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of
th
the 18 day of February 2022, by and among JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD., a Bermuda company, and JRG
REINSURANCE COMPANY LTD., a regulated insurance company domiciled in Bermuda (each a “Borrower” and, collectively,
the “Borrowers”), and BMO HARRIS BANK N.A., as Lender (“Lender”).
Recitals:
A. The Borrowers and the Lender are the parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 2, 2017 (as
amended by the First Amendment dated as of November 8, 2019 and as otherwise previously amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which, inter alia, the Lender agreed, subject to the terms and conditions
thereof, to advance Loans to the Borrowers and to issue Letters of Credit.
B. Parent intends to issue preferred equity in an amount not to exceed $150,000,000.
C. The Borrowers have requested the Lenders to agree to certain amendments to the Credit Agreement to accommodate
the issuance of the preferred equity; and upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Second Amendment, the Lender has
agreed with such request.
Agreements:
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the
Borrowers and the Lender intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1.
Definitions; Interpretation.
(a) Terms Defined in Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment (including in the recitals
hereof) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.
(b) Interpretation. The rules of interpretation set forth in Section 1.03 of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this
Second Amendment and are incorporated herein by this reference.
2. Amendments to the Credit Agreement.
(a) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as
follows:
(i) The definition of the term “Current Redeemable Equity” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to provide as follows:
“Current Redeemable Equity” means any preferred stock or other preferred Equity Interests, which in
either case, by its terms or upon the happening of any event or condition, is subject to mandatory redemption
(except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights to payment of the holders thereof upon
the occurrence of a
change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other
obligations that are accrued and payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the termination of
the Commitments) at any time prior to November 8, 2025 (as it exists on any date of determination)
(ii) Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definition in the correct
alphabetical order:
“2022 Preferred Equity” means the preferred equity issued by Parent in February 2022 for an aggregate
issuance price of up to $150,000,000.
(iii) Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (x) deleting the word “and” at the end of
subsection (viii) thereof; (y) amending and restating subsection (ix) thereof in its entirety to provide as follows:
(ix) additional Debt (excluding the 2022 Preferred Equity) not to exceed $100,000,000 in aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding as to the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis; provided,
however, that the Subsidiary Debt Amount shall not at any time exceed an amount equal to $10,000,000, minus
the Guarantor Guaranteed Amount at such time; and
and (z) adding a new subsection (x) thereof which shall provide as follows:
(x) the 2022 Preferred Equity.
(b) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this
Agreement” and the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit
Agreement as further amended by this Second Amendment.
3. Amendment Effective Date; Conditions Precedent. The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, shall not be
effective unless and until the date on which all of the following conditions precedent have been satisfied (such date of
effectiveness being the “Second Amendment Effective Date”):
(a) Borrowers’ Certifications. On the Second Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to the amendments set forth
in Paragraph 2, above, the Borrowers hereby certify that (i) no Default exists, (ii) the representations and warranties of the
Borrowers under Article 3 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Second Amendment
Effective Date (unless and to the extent that any such representation and warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in
which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), (iii)
the execution, delivery and performance of this Second Amendment has been authorized by all necessary corporate or company
action, and (iv) the Regulatory Condition Satisfaction remains effective.
(b) Second Amendment. The Lender shall have received from each Borrower a counterpart of this Second Amendment
signed on behalf of such party.
(c) Guarantor Confirmations. James River shall have executed and delivered to the Lender a confirmation of its
Payment Guaranty in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.
(d) Fees and Expenses. The Borrowers shall have paid or caused to be paid to the Lender all fees and other amounts due
and payable on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, including,
to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable and
documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Lender) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrowers
hereunder or under any other Loan Document.
3. No Other Modifications. Except as expressly provided in this Second Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of
the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
4. Confirmation of Obligations. Each Borrower hereby affirms as of the date hereof all of its respective Debt and other
obligations to the Lender under and pursuant to the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents and that such Debt
and other obligations are owed to the Lender according to their respective terms. Each Borrower hereby affirms as of the date
hereof that there are no claims or defenses to the enforcement by the Lender of the Debt and other obligations of such Borrower
to it under and pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
5. Governing Law; Binding Effect. THIS SECOND AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
6. Counterparts. This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument, and all
signatures need not appear on any one counterpart. Any party hereto may execute and deliver a counterpart of this Second
Amendment by delivering by facsimile or email transmission a signature page of this Second Amendment signed by such party,
and any such facsimile or email signature shall be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. Any
party delivering by facsimile or email transmission a counterpart executed by it shall promptly thereafter also deliver a manually
signed counterpart of this Second Amendment.
9. Miscellaneous.
(a) Upon the effectiveness of this Second Amendment, this Second Amendment shall be a Loan Document.
(b) The invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability of any provision in or obligation under this Second Amendment in any
jurisdiction shall not affect or impair the validity, legality, or enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations under this
Second Amendment or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction.
(c) This Second Amendment and all other agreements and documents executed in connection herewith have been
prepared through the joint efforts of all of the parties. Neither the provisions of this Second Amendment or any such other
agreements and documents nor any alleged ambiguity shall be interpreted or resolved against any party on the ground that such
party’s counsel drafted this Second Amendment or such other agreements and documents, or based on any other rule of strict
construction. Each of the parties hereto represents and declares that such party has carefully read this Second Amendment and all
other agreements and documents executed in connection herewith and therewith, and that such party knows the contents thereof
and signs the same freely and voluntarily. The parties hereby acknowledge that they have been represented by legal counsel of
their own choosing in negotiations for and preparation of this Second Amendment and all other agreements and documents
executed in connection therewith and that each of them has read the same and had their contents fully explained by such counsel
and is fully aware of their contents and legal effect.
(d) The obligations of the Borrowers hereunder are joint and several, all as more fully set forth in Article 10 of the
Credit Agreement.
(e) Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Second Amendment and shall not
affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Second Amendment.
10. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR
ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER
THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY
OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN
THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT
AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG
OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
[No additional provisions are on this page; the page next following is the signature page.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers and the Lender have hereunto set their hands as of the date first above written.
BORROWERS
JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD.
By: /s/ Sarah Doran
Name: Sarah Doran
Title: Chief Financial Officer
JRG REINSURANCE COMPANY LTD.
By: /s/ Allan Defante
Name: Allan Defante
Title: Chief Financial Officer
LENDER
BMO HARRIS BANK N.A.
By: /s/ Benjamin Mlot
Name: Benjamin Mlot
Title: Director
SUBSIDIARIES OF JAMES RIVER GROUP HOLDINGS, LTD.
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiary
Carolina Re Ltd
Falls Lake Fire and Casualty Company
Falls Lake Insurance Management Company, Inc.
Falls Lake National Insurance Company
Franklin Holdings II (Bermuda) Capital Trust I
James River Capital Trust I
James River Capital Trust II
James River Capital Trust III
James River Capital Trust IV
James River Casualty Company
James River Group Holdings UK Limited
James River Group, Inc.
James River Insurance Company
James River Management Company, Inc.
James River Richmond Real Estate, LLC
JRG Reinsurance Company Ltd.
James River TPA Services, Inc.
Stonewood Insurance Company
Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Formation
Bermuda
California
Delaware
Ohio
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Virginia
United Kingdom
Delaware
Ohio
Delaware
Virginia
Bermuda
Virginia
North Carolina
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Exhibit 23.1
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)
(2)
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-255789) of James River Group Holdings, Ltd., and
Registration Statement (Form S-8 Nos. 333-200995, 333-217743, and 333-231200) pertaining to the Amended and Restated Equity
Incentive Plan, 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, and 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Plan, as amended, of
James River Group Holdings, Ltd.;
of our reports dated March 1, 2022, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of James River Group Holdings, Ltd. and the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of James River Group Holdings, Ltd. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of James River
Group Holdings, Ltd. for the year ended December 31, 2021.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 1, 2022
CERTIFICATION
Exhibit 31.1
I, Frank N. D'Orazio, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of James River Group Holdings, Ltd.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Date: March 1, 2022
/s/ Frank N. D'Orazio
Frank N. D'Orazio
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION
Exhibit 31.2
I, Sarah C. Doran, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of James River Group Holdings, Ltd.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Date: March 1, 2022
/s/ Sarah C. Doran
Sarah C. Doran
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the annual report of James River Group Holdings, Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31,
2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, Frank N. D'Orazio, Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, and Sarah C. Doran, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of our knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted
pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
(2)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ Frank N. D'Orazio
Frank N. D'Orazio
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 1, 2022
/s/ Sarah C. Doran
Sarah C. Doran
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
March 1, 2022